Switches & Pilot Devices - REM-Technik · Selector Switch, Key Switch, E-Stop, Mono-Lever 549 TW...

Switching & Controls

Table of Contents LED Machine Lighting - Pg. 1 Automation & Sensing - Pg. 27 Safety - Pg. 255 Switching & Controls - Pg. 449 Index - Pg. 933

www.IDEC.com/switches

Switches &

Pilot Devices

Signaling LightsRelays &

SocketsTim

ersContactors

Terminal Blocks

Circuit Breakers

Switches

& Pilot Devices

Selection Guide .......................................... 450

Miniature Switches & Pilot Devices .......... 452AP Series ø8-16mm ...................................... 452A8 Series ø8mm ............................................ 456

ø16mm Switches & Pilot Devices .............. 461XA E-Stops ø16mm ....................................... 461LB Series ø16mm .......................................... 468L6 Series ø16mm .......................................... 502

ø22mm Switches & Pilot Devices .............. 525XW E-Stops ø22mm ...................................... 525CW Series ø22mm ........................................ 531HW Series ø22mm ........................................ 549TW Series ø22mm ........................................ 611FB Series Enclosures ..................................... 652

ø30mm Switches & Pilot Devices .............. 654XN E-Stops ø30mm ....................................... 654TWTD Series ø30mm .................................... 660Cam Switches - CS Series ............................ 690Mono-Lever Switches - ARN Switches ........ 697

Switc

hes

& P

ilot D

evic

esSi

gnal

ing

Ligh

tsRe

lays

& S

ocke

tsTi

mer

sCo

ntac

tors

Term

inal

Blo

cks

Circ

uit B

reak

ers

Selection Guide Switches & Pilot Devices

450 www.IDEC.com

Selection Guide

Appearance Product Series Mounting Hole Contact Rating Contact Mounting Function Page

AP ø8mm, ø10mm, ø12mm, ø16mm N/A N/A Pilot light 452

A8 ø8mm 1A Unibody Pushbutton, Pilot Light 456

XA

ø16mm

5A Removable/ Unibody E-Stop 461

A6 1A UnibodyPushbutton, Pilot Light, Selector Switch, Key Switch, E-Stop


LB 3A RemovablePushbutton, Pilot Light,Selector Switch, KeySwitch

468

L6 5A Removable Pushbutton, Pilot Light, Selector Switch, Key Switch, E-Stop, Buzzer

502

XW

ø22mm

5A Removable E-Stop 525

CW 10A Removable Pushbutton, Pilot light, selector switch, key selector

531

HW 10A Removable

Pushbutton, Pilot Light, Selector Switch, Key Switch, E-Stop, Mono-Lever

549

TW 10A Removable Pushbutton, Pilot Light, Selector Switch, Key Switch, E-Stop

611

FB N/A N/A Enclosures 652

Switches &

Pilot Devices


SocketsTim

ersContactors

Terminal Blocks

Circuit Breakers

451800-262-IDEC (4332) • USA & Canada

Selection GuideSwitches & Pilot Devices

Selection Guide con’t

Appearance Product Series Mounting Hole Contact Rating Contact Mounting Function Page

XN

ø30mm

5A Removable E-Stop 654

TWTD 10A Removable Pushbutton, Pilot Light, Selector Switch, Key Switch, E-Stop

660

CS 10A Unibody Cam Switch 690

ARN 10A Removable MonoLever 697

LW Flush ø25mm, 25 x 25mm 5A Removable

Pushbutton, Pilot Light, Selector Switch, Key Switch


Switc

hes

& P

ilot D

evic

esSi

gnal

ing

Ligh

tsRe

lays

& S

ocke

tsTi

mer

sCo

ntac

tors

Term

inal

Blo

cks

Circ

uit B

reak

ers

Miniature ø8-16mm AP Series Switches & Pilot Devices

452 www.IDEC.com

AP Series — Miniature Pilot Lights

Key features:• Long service life, low maintenance• Space saving miniature style• Dome or flat lens models• Built-in current-limiting resistor• Five illumination colors: red, green, amber, yellow, and white• Transformer (120V AC and 240V AC) and DC-DC Converter (110V DC)

options on 12mm and 16mm units

UL RecognizedFile No. E55996

CSA CertifiedFile No. LR21451

*

*AP8/AP1 series only.

SpecificationsLamp Built-in LED with current limiting resistor

Operational Voltage5, 6, 12, 24VDC (full voltage), 110/120, 220/240VAC, (with transformer)110VDC (with converter)

Current Ratings

AP8: 5V DC/9mA, 12V DC/9mA, 24V DC/9mA, 12V AC/15mA, 24V AC/15mA AP1: 5V DC/9mA, 12V DC/9mA, 24V DC/9mA, 12V AC/15mA, 24V AC/15mA AP2: 6V DC/33mA, 12V DC/22mA, 24V DC/11mA AP6: 6V DC/33mA, 12V DC/22mA, 24V DC/11mA

Operating Temp. -20ºC to +55ºC

Operating Humidity 45 to 85% RH

Insul. Resistance 100MΩ min. (500V DC megger) Between live and dead parts

Rev. Withstand Voltage AP2/AP6: 100V AP1/AP8: 200V

Solder Terminal Soldering 260ºC maximum (5 sec.)

Degree of Protection AP8: IP40 (dustproof)Other Series: IP65 (oiltight)

Optional Adaptors/ConvertersModel Transformer DC-DC Converter

Applicable Units AP2 & AP6 (with 6V LED only)

Operating Voltage 110/120VAC 50/60 Hz220/240VAC 50/60 Hz 110V DC (90 to 140V DC)

Power Consumption 1.6 VA maximum 1W maximum

Insulation Voltage 250 V AC 140V DC

Insulation Resistance 10MΩ min. (500V DC megger) Between live and dead parts

Dielectric Strength 2,000V AC, 1 minute Between live/dead parts2,000V AC, 1 minute Between terminals

2,000V AC, 1 minute Between live/dead parts1,500V AC, 1 minute Between terminals

Available as one piece only (replacement LEDs are not available).

Switches &

Pilot Devices


SocketsTim

ersContactors

Terminal Blocks

Circuit Breakers

453800-262-IDEC (4332) • USA & Canada

Miniature ø8-16mm AP SeriesSwitches & Pilot Devices

Miniature Pilot Lights

AP Miniature Pilot Lights - ø8 & ø10mmStyle Lens Style Operating Voltage Part Numbers

AP8 Series - Ø8mm

Dome5V DC +/- 5%

12V AC/DC +/- 10%24V AC/DC +/- 10%

AP8M255-kAP8M211-kAP8M222-k

Flat5V DC +/- 5%

12V AC/DC +/- 10%24V AC/DC +/- 10%


AP1 Series - Ø10mm

Dome5V DC +/- 5%

12V AC/DC +/- 10%24V AC/DC +/- 10%


Flat5V DC +/- 5%

12V AC/DC +/- 10%24V AC/DC +/- 10%


k Color CodesColor Code

Amber A

Green G

Red R

Blue S*

Warm White W

Cool White PW

Yellow Y

* Available in only the AP8 and AP1 series.1. In place of k, specify the color code.

2. For dimensions, see page 455.3. For accessories, see page 454.

AP Miniature Pilot Lights - ø12 & ø16mmStyle Lens Style Operating Voltage Part Numbers

AP2 Series - Ø12mm

Dome6V DC +/- 5%

12V DC +/- 10%24V DC +/- 10%


Flat6V DC +/- 5%

12V DC +/- 10%24V DC +/- 10%


AP6 Series - Ø16mm

Dome6V DC +/- 5%

12V DC +/- 10%24V DC +/- 10%


Flat6V DC +/- 5%

12V DC +/- 10%24V DC +/- 10%


1. In place of k, specify the color code.2. For dimensions, see page 455.3. For accessories, see page 454.

k Color CodesColor Code

Amber A

Green G

Red R

Warm White W

Yellow Y

Optional Transformers and DC-DC Converters (for AP2 and AP6 only)

Style VoltagePart Numbers

Used with AP2 Series Used with AP6 Series

Transformer 110/120V AC220/240V AC

AP2-0126DAP2-0246D

AP6-0126DAP6-0246D

DC-DC Converter 110V DC(90–140V DC) AP2-016DD AP6-016DD

1. Optional Transformers and DC-DC converters snap onto the back of AP2 or AP6 pilot lights.2. Transformers and DC-DC Converters step down to 6V.3. For dimensions, see page 455.

Switc

hes

& P

ilot D

evic

esSi

gnal

ing

Ligh

tsRe

lays

& S

ocke

tsTi

mer

sCo

ntac

tors

Term

inal

Blo

cks

Circ

uit B

reak

ers

Miniature ø8-16mm AP Series Switches & Pilot Devices

454 www.IDEC.com

Accessories — AP Series

Item Appearance Description Used With Part Number

Locking Ring Wrench

Made of metal. Used for tightening plastic locking ring during installation. Tightening torque should not exceed 3kgf-cm

Ø 16mm units MT-001



Ø 8mm units MT-004

Mounting Hole Plug

Made of rubber. Fills unused mounting holes to provide IP65 protection

Unused 8mm panel cutouts AL-B8




Transformer Removal Tool

AP2 and AP6 snap on transformer and DC-DC converter MT-100

Replacement Lenses Lenses (included with all units).

AP1M Flat AP1M-L1-k

AP1M Dome AP1M-L2-k

AP2M Flat AP2M-L1-k

AP2M Dome AP2M-L2-k

AP6M Flat AP6M-L1-k

AP6M Dome AP6M-L2-k

1. In place of k, specify the Lens Color Code.2. Internal LED is fixed and cannot be removed or replaced.

k Lens Color CodesColor Code

Amber A

Green G

Red R

Blue S*

White W

Yellow Y

*Blue available in AP8/AP1 series only.

Switches &

Pilot Devices


SocketsTim

ersContactors

Terminal Blocks

Circuit Breakers

455800-262-IDEC (4332) • USA & Canada

Miniature ø8-16mm AP SeriesSwitches & Pilot Devices

Dimensions — AP Series

Pilot Lights (AP Series)

Style AP8 AP1 AP2 AP6

Flat Dome Flat Dome Flat Dome w/ Adaptor or Converter Flat Dome w/ Adaptor or

Converter

Panel Cut-out Ø 0.319” (+0.0118, –0)8.1mm (+0.3, –0)

Ø 0.398” (+0.0118, –0)10.1mm (+0.3, –0) Ø 0.480” (+0.0118, –0) 12.2mm (+0.3, –0) Ø 0.638” (+0.0118, –0) 16.2mm (+0.3, –0)

Outside Dimension Ø 0.386” (9.8mm) Ø 0.472” (12mm) Ø 0.551” (14mm) 0.709” (18mm) Ø 0.709” (18mm) 0.709” (18mm)

AP6 AP2

Gasket

Panel Cut-outFlat

Dome

+0.20

ø15.

6

ø18

5.5

21.5

29.5

7

8

Panel Thickness: 0.8 to 6 mm

1.52.2

ø16.2

ø15.

6

ø18

5.5

13.5

9.5

+

-

M3 terminalscrewWhen using the Transformer unit

(When using the DC-DC converter unit)Transformer unit(or DC-DC converter unit)

X1X2

7158.7 18

18

1.3

+ Terminal

– Terminal

TOP

Gasket

Panel Cut-outFlat

Dome

+0.20


1.52.2

ø12

ø14

5.5

21.5

29.5

5

ø12

ø14

5.5

11.5

9.5

ø12.2

+-

TOP

When using the Transformer unit(When using the DC-DC converter unit) M3 terminal

screwTransformer unit(or DC-DC converter unit) + Terminal

– Terminal

X1X2

58.771

18

18

1.3

AP1 AP8

Gasket

Panel Cut-outFlat

Dome

+0.2

0


1.52.2

5.5

21.5 8

29.5

ø10

ø12

4

ø10.1

ø12

ø10

5.5

10

9.5

2.8

-

+

Gasket

Panel Cut-outFlat

Dome+0

.20


1.52.2

5.5

21.5 8

29.5

5.5

9.5

ø8ø9.8

8.5

ø8ø9.8

ø8.1

32.

8

Switc

hes

& P

ilot D

evic

esSi

gnal

ing

Ligh

tsRe

lays

& S

ocke

tsTi

mer

sCo

ntac

tors

Term

inal

Blo

cks

Circ

uit B

reak

ers

Miniature ø8mm A8 Series Switches & Pilot Devices

456 www.IDEC.com

A8 Series — Miniature Switches and Pilot Devices: 8mm

Key features:• 21/64” (8mm) round mounting hole• Compact Design Saves Space• Bright and Vivid Illumination• Choice of Shapes and Functions• Gold Clad Silver Contacts for reliable low level switching• Snap action contacts• IP40 (Dustproof) Construction

UL ListedFile No. E55996


SpecificationsLED Lamp Life 50,000 hours approximately (reduced to half of original intensity)

Contact Configuration SPDT

Maximum Voltage 250V AC/DC

Thermal Current 3A

Contact Material Gold-clad Silver

Terminal Style Solder Tab Terminal

Operating Temperature –25º to +55ºC (no freezing)

Operating Humidity 45 to 85% RH

Contact Resistance 50mΩ maximum (initial value)

Insulation Resistance 100MΩ minimum(500V DC megger)

Vibration Resistance 5 to 55Hz, 0.75mm amplitude

Shock Resistance Damage limits: 500m/sec2 (approx. 50G)Operating extremes: 200m/sec2 (approx. 20G)

Electrical Life 100,000 operations minimum

Mechanical Life Maintained: 100,000 (1200 operations/hour)Momentary: 200,000 minimum

Degree of Protection IP40 Enclosed/Dustproof

Soldering Temperature 20W/5 seconds or 260ºC/3 seconds

Dielectric Strength

Switch Unit: 2,000V AC, 1 min. between live/dead part and terminals of different poles; 1,000V AC, 1 minute between terminals of the same pole; 1,500V AC, 1 minute between contact and lamp terminals.Illumination Unit: 2,000V AC, 1 min. between live part/ground

Contact RatingsOperating Voltage 24V 120V 240V

AC50/60Hz

Resistive — 1.0A 0.5A

Inductive — 0.7A 0.5A

DCResistive 1.0A 0.2A —

Inductive 0.7A 0.1A —

1. AC Inductive Load, PF = 0.6 – 0.7; DC Inductive Load, L/R = 7.2. Minimum applicable load (reference value) is 5V AC/DC 3mA (applicable range is subject to the operating conditions and load).

Switches &

Pilot Devices


SocketsTim

ersContactors

Terminal Blocks

Circuit Breakers

457800-262-IDEC (4332) • USA & Canada

Miniature ø8mm A8 SeriesSwitches & Pilot Devices

AB8 Non-Illuminated Pushbuttons (Assembled)

Non-Illuminated Pushbuttons

Style ContactPart Numbers

j Button Color CodesColor Code

Black B

Green G

Red R

Blue S

White W

Yellow Y

Momentary Maintained

Round SPDT AB8M-M1-j AB8M-A1-j

Square SPDT AB8Q-M1-j AB8Q-A1-j

Rectangular SPDT AB8H-M1-j AB8H-A1-j

1. In place of j, specify button color code from the table below.2. For accessories, see page 459.3. For dimensions, see page 460.

Switc

hes

& P

ilot D

evic

esSi

gnal

ing

Ligh

tsRe

lays

& S

ocke

tsTi

mer

sCo

ntac

tors

Term

inal

Blo

cks

Circ

uit B

reak

ers


458 www.IDEC.com

AL8 Illuminated Pushbuttons & Pilot Lights (Assembled)

Illuminated Pushbuttons

Style ContactPart Numbers Pilot Light

Part Number

k LED/Lens Color CodesColor Code

Amber A

Green G

Red R

White W

Yellow Y


Round SPDT AL8M-M11-k AL8M-A11-k AL8M-P1-k

Square SPDT AL8Q-M11-k AL8Q-A11-k AL8Q-P1-k

Rectangular SPDT AL8H-M11-k AL8H-A11-k AL8H-P1-k

1. In place of k, specify lens color code from table on the right.2. A replaceable LED lamp is included with the operator.3. Because the LED lamp does not contain an internal current limiting resistor, an external resistor must be added.

For recommended values, see table below.4. For accessories, see page 459.5. For dimensions, see page 460.

Replacement LEDs LED Voltage and Recommended Current Limiting ResistorLens Color LED Lamp Part Number Voltage External Resistor

Amber Amber LAD-SA 5V DC6V DC

12V DC24V DC

150Ω, 1/2W200Ω, 1/2W510Ω, 1W1.1kΩ, 1W

Green Green LAD-SG

Red Red LAD-SR

White Yellow* LAD-SY

Yellow Yellow LAD-SY

* White units use a white lens and a yellow LED.

LED Lamp Ratings: LED Specifications

LED Lamp

ForwardCurrent

If

Forward Voltage(Nominal)

Vf

ReverseVoltage

Vr

Operating Voltage & External Current Limiting Resistor(Recommended Value)

Amber 20mA 2.2V 4V5V DC: 150Ω, 1/2W6V DC: 200Ω, 1/2W12V DC: 510Ω, 1W24V DC: 1.1kΩ, 1W

Green 20mA 2.1V 4V

Red 20mA 1.7V 4V

Yellow 20mA 2.2V 4V

When LED lamps are used at voltages other than those stated above, external resistor value, R, is determined by the following formula: R = (Operating Voltage – Vf) / If

Switches &

Pilot Devices


SocketsTim

ersContactors

Terminal Blocks

Circuit Breakers

459800-262-IDEC (4332) • USA & Canada

Miniature ø8mm A8 SeriesSwitches & Pilot Devices

Accessories Item Description Used With Part Number

Locking Ring WrenchMade of metal. Used for tightening plastic locking ring during installation. Tightening torque should not exceed 3kgf-cm All units MT-004

Lens Removal ToolMade of metal. Used for removing lens or button from the housing Illuminated pushbuttons and pilot lights MT-101

Lamp Holder Tool Made of rubber. Used for removing and replacing LED lamps in illuminated units Illuminated pushbuttons and pilot lights OR-66

Switch Guard

Used to avoid operating the pushbutton inadvertently. Cover flips open 90˚. Provides IP40 protection

Round & square units AL-K8

Rectangular units AL-KH8

Terminal Cover

Made of translucent nylon. Fits over and shields the terminals All units AL-V8

Adaptor Socket

AL-C8 AL-C8V shown attached

Plug-on adaptor with solder terminals, allows easy control unit replacement.

All unitsAL-C8

Plug-on adaptor with PCB terminals, allows easy control unit replacement. AL-C8V

Mounting Hole PlugMade of rubber. Fills unused mounting holes to provide IP65 protection Extra panel cutouts AL-B8

Replacements LEDs LED lamp is included in every illuminated control unit. Replace-ment lamp is ordered separately. External current limiting resistor required.

Illuminated units and pilot lights

LAD-SR (red)

LAD-SG (green)

LAD-SA (amber)

LAD-SY (yellow)

Replacement LensesIlluminated pushbuttons and pilot lights

Round AL8M-LK1-k

Square AL8Q-LK1-k

Rectangular AL8H-LK1-k

Replacement Buttons

Non-Illuminated buttons

Round AB8M-BK1-j

Square AB8Q-BK1-j

Rectangular AB8H-BK1-j

1. In place of j, specify Button Color Code from the table.2. In place of k, specify Lens Color Code from table.


Black B

Green G

Red R

Blue S

White W

Yellow Y


Amber A

Green G

Red R

White W

Yellow Y

Switc

hes

& P

ilot D

evic

esSi

gnal

ing

Ligh

tsRe

lays

& S

ocke

tsTi

mer

sCo

ntac

tors

Term

inal

Blo

cks

Circ

uit B

reak

ers


460 www.IDEC.com

Dimensions

A∆8

Locking Ring Round(TOP)

Panel Thickness 0.5 to 6

Rectangular(TOP)

Square(TOP)

5.55.5

22 9

2.5

2.5

5

7

12

9

c 9 ø9

ø9

Terminal Width1.8 × 0.4t

NC

NO

COMLampTerminal (+)

LampTerminal (–)

(TOP)

Panel Cut-Out (not drawn to scale)Rectangular

ø8+0.2

0

12 min.

9 m

in.

Round/Square

ø8+0.2

0

9 min.

9 m

in.

Switch Guard, Ø 21/64" (8mm)

Panel Thickness 0.5 to 521.5

12.5

10

11 min.

8.5

614.5

17.5

min

.14.5 8.

56

12

13 min.17

.5 m

in.

For Round/Square Units(AL-K8)

For Rectangular Units(AL-KH8)


12.5

10

11 min.

8.5

614.5

17.5

min

.14.5 8.

56

12

13 min.

17.5

min

.

For Round/Square Units(AL-K8)



12.5

10

11 min.

8.5

614.5

17.5

min

.14.5 8.

56

12

13 min.

17.5

min

.For Round/Square Units(AL-K8)


Terminal Sockets

33

Solder Terminal(AL-C8)

17

33

175 3

6.3

8.8

2.5

2.5

6.3

2.5

2.5

Terminal 0.8 × 0.3t

NC

NO

COM LampTerminal (–)

LampTerminal (+)

Terminal Arrangement(TOP)

5-1.0 Holes

PC Board Terminal(AL-C8V)

(PC Board TerminalMounting Hole Layout)

(Bottom View)

+0.20

33

Solder Terminal(AL-C8)

17

33

175 3

6.3

8.8

2.5

2.5

6.3

2.5

2.5

Terminal 0.8 × 0.3t

NC

NO

COM LampTerminal (–)

LampTerminal (+)

Terminal Arrangement(TOP)

5-1.0 Holes

PC Board Terminal(AL-C8V)

(PC Board TerminalMounting Hole Layout)

(Bottom View)

+0.20

Terminal CoverAL-V8, Ø 21/64" (8mm)

17.3

33.5

ø9.

1

Switches &

Pilot Devices


SocketsTim

ersContactors

Terminal Blocks

Circuit Breakers

461800-262-IDEC (4332) • USA & Canada

ø16mm XA E-StopsSwitches & Pilot Devices

16mm XA E-Stops

Key features: • Twobuttonsizes:ø29andø40mm• Lead-free,RoHScompliant,(EUdirective2002/95/EC)• Depthbehindthepanel:

Standard-only27.9mmfor1to4contactsUnibody-only23.9mmfor1NCor2NC

• IDEC’soriginal“Safebreakaction”ensuresthattheNCcontactsopenwhenthecontactblockisdetachedfromtheoperator.

• Push-to-lock,PullorTurn-to-resetoperator• Directopeningactionmechanism(IEC60947-5-5,5.2,IEC60947-5-1,

AnnexK)• Safetylockmechanism(IEC60947-5-5,6.2)• Degreeofprotection:

Standard-IP65(IEC60529)Unibody-IP65andIP40(IEC60529)

• UL,c-ULrecognized.ENcompliant• ULNISD2categoryemergencystopbutton(File#E305148)

ULFileNo.E68691 CCCNo.2005010305150899

SpecificationsModel Standard Unibody

Applicable Standards IEC60947-5-1,EN60947-5-1,IEC60947-5-5,EN60947-5-5,UL508,UL991,CSA C22.2No.14

UL508,CSAC22.2No.14,IEC60947-5-1,EN60947-5-1IEC60947-5-5Note,EN60947-5-5Note,JISC8201-5-1

Operating Temperature Non-illuminated:–25to+60°C(nofreezing),Illuminated:–25to+55°C(nofreezing) −25to+60°C(nofreezing)

Operating Humidity 45to85%RH(nocondensation)

Storage Temperature –45to+80°C

Operating Force Push-to-lock:10.5NPull-to-reset:10NTurn-to-reset:0.16N·m

Minimum Force Required for Direct Opening Action 60N 40N

Min Operator Stroke Required for Direct Opening Action 4mm

Maximum Operator Stroke 4.5mm

Contact Resistance 50mΩmaximum(initialvalue)

Contact Material Goldplatedsilver

Insulation Resistance 100MΩminimum(500VDCmegger)

Impulse Withstand Voltage 2.5kV

Pollution Degree 3(insideLEDunit:2) 3

Operation Frequency 900operations/hour

Shock Resistance Operatingextremes:150m/s2,Damagelimits:1000m/s2

Vibration Resistance Operatingextremes:10to500Hz,amplitude0.35mmacceleration50m/s2,Damagelimits:10to500Hz,amplitude0.35mmacceleration50m/s2

Mechanical Life 250,000operationsminimum

Electrical Life 100,000operationsminimum,(250,000operationsminimum@24VAC/DC,100mA)

Degree of Protection IP65(IEC60529) IP65,IP40(IEC60529)

Terminal Style Solderterminal,PCboardterminal Solder/tab#110terminal

Recommended Tightening Torque for Locking Ring 0.88N·m

Wire Size 16AWGmax

Soldering Conditions 310to350°C,3secondsmaximum

Weight ø29mm:23gø40mm:28g

ø29mmmushroom:14gø40mmmushroom:17g

Note:Exceptforstopswitches(operatorcolor:yellowandgray)

Switc

hes

& P

ilot D

evic

esSi

gnal

ing

Ligh

tsRe

lays

& S

ocke

tsTi

mer

sCo

ntac

tors

Term

inal

Blo

cks

Circ

uit B

reak

ers

ø16mm XA E-Stops Switches & Pilot Devices

462 www.IDEC.com

Part Numbers

Non-Illuminated XA E-StopStyle Termination Monitor Contacts Main Contacts Part Number

29mmMushroom PCBTerminal

1NO 1NC XA1E-BV311V-R

– 2NC XA1E-BV302V-R



SolderTerminal

1NO 1NC XA1E-BV311-R

– 2NC XA1E-BV302-R








SolderTerminal





Illuminated XA E-StopStyle Termination Monitor Contacts Main Contacts Part Number


1NO 1NC XA1E-LV311Q4V-R

– 2NC XA1E-LV302Q4V-R



SolderTerminal

1NO 1NC XA1E-LV311Q4-R

– 2NC XA1E-LV302Q4-R








SolderTerminal





AllilluminatedXAE-Stopscomewithareplaceable24VAC/DCLED.

Part Number Key

XA1E - L V 3 11 Q4 V - R IlluminationB: Non-IlluminatedL: Illuminated

Mushroom Size3: ø29mm4: ø40mm

Contact Configuration11:1NO-1NC02:2NC13:1NO-3NC04:4NC

TerminalBlank: soldertabV:PCB

Voltage CodeBlank: Non-illuminatedQ4:Illuminated24VAC/DC

Switches &

Pilot Devices


SocketsTim

ersContactors

Terminal Blocks

Circuit Breakers

463800-262-IDEC (4332) • USA & Canada


Unibody XA E-Stop

Style ContactPart Number

IP40 (black housing) IP65 (yellow housing)

29mmMushroom1NC XA1E-BV3U01KT-R XA1E-BV3U01T-R

2NC XA1E-BV3U02KT-R XA1E-BV3U02T-R

40mmMushroom1NC XA1E-BV4U01KT-R XA1E-BV4U01T-R

2NC XA1E-BV4U02KT-R XA1E-BV4U02T-R

Unibody XA Stop Switch

Style Operator Type Contact j Color CodePart Number

IP40 (black housing)

IP65 (yellow housing)

29mmMushroom

1NC

Y:yellowN:gray

XA1E-BV3U01KT-j XA1E-BV3U01T-j

2NC XA1E-BV3U02KT-j XA1E-BV3U02T-j

40mmMushroom



EMO XA E-StopStyle NC Main Contact NO Monitor Contact Part Number

40mmMushroom1NC - XA1E-BV401-RH-EMO

2NC - XA1E-BV402-RH-EMO



1NC 1NO XA1E-BV411-RH-EMO



Switc

hes

& P

ilot D

evic

esSi

gnal

ing

Ligh

tsRe

lays

& S

ocke

tsTi

mer

sCo

ntac

tors

Term

inal

Blo

cks

Circ

uit B

reak

ers


464 www.IDEC.com

Contact RatingsStandard

Rated Insulation Voltage (Ui) 300V(illuminatedpart:60V)

Rated Current (Ith) 5A

Rated Operating Voltage (Ue) 30V 125V 250V

Rate

d Op

erat

ing

Curr

ent

Mai

n

Cont

acts

(NC)

AC50/60HzResistiveLoad(AC-12) – 3A 3A

InductiveLoad(AC-15) – 1.5A 1.5A

DCResistiveLoad(DC-12) 2A 0.4A 0.2A

InductiveLoad(DC-13) 1A 0.22A 0.1A

Mon

itor

Cont

acts

(NO)

AC50/60HzResistiveLoad(AC-12) – 1.2A 0.6A




Unibody

RatedInsulationVoltage(Ui) 250V

ThermalCurrent(Ith) 5A

RatedOperatingVoltage(Ue) 30V 125V 250V

RatedOp

erating

Curre

nt


InductiveLoad(AC-15) – 3A 1.5A



Minimumapplicableload:5VAC/DC,1mA(referencevalue). Theratedoperatingcurrentsaremeasuredatresistive/inductiveloadtypesspecified

inIEC60947-5-1.

Illuminated Unit LED RatingsOperating Voltage Current

24VAC/DC±10% 11mA

Depth Behind the PanelDepth (mm) Description

27.9(Standard) 1-4contacts,bothilluminatedandnon-illuminated

23.9(Unibody) 1NCor2NC

Mounting Hole LayoutøA

X

Y

Measurements

Model øA X & Y

ø29mm16.2+0.2

40mmmin

ø40mm 50mmmin

Panel Cutout

0+0.2

ø16.2

0+0.2

1.7

0+0.2

17.9

PC Board Layout - Bottom ViewNon-Illuminated

3-ø1.7 holes

8.7

19.8

8.7

19.8

10-ø1.2 holes

6.5

11.2

Illuminated

8.7

19.8

8.7

19.8

10-ø1.2 holes

6.5

11.2

4.5

3-ø1.7 holes

Terminal Arrangements (Bottom View)4NC 1NO-3NC 2NC 1NO-1NC

Non-IlluminatedTOPTOP

12

21

1

34

2

TOP

12

43

1

34

22

1 2

21

1

12

Left RightLeft Right

TOP

12

21

1

34

2

Left RightLeft Right

IlluminatedTOPTOP

X2

2

LED

4 3X1

1

1 2

21

TOP

X2

2

LED

4 3X1

1

3 4

211

2

21

1

X1

LED

2

X212

Left Right

TOP

X2

2

LED

4 3X1

1

3 4

21

Left RightLeft RightLeft Right

Switches &

Pilot Devices


SocketsTim

ersContactors

Terminal Blocks

Circuit Breakers

465800-262-IDEC (4332) • USA & Canada


Dimensions (mm)

ø29mm Button

25.8

20.630.4

ø40mm Button

ø40

ø29 Non-Illuminated

Solder Terminal TypePC Board Terminal Type

3.1

Locking RingRubber Gasket

Mounting Panel Thickness: 0.5 to 3.7

XA9Z-VL2Terminal Cover

19.8

8.7

2.1

27.2

25.8 20.630.4

29.4

30.4

ø29.8

Illuminated

27.2

19.8

8.7

4.5

Mounting Panel Thickness: 0.5 to 3.7

2.1 25.8 20.6

30.43.1

29.4

30.4

ø29.8

Locking Ring

Rubber Gasket

XA9Z-VL2Terminal Cover

PC Board Terminal Solder Terminal

Unibody EMO

20.6

ø40

ø29 mm Mushroom ø40 mm Mushroom

Solder/Tab Terminal #110(Behind the panel: 23.9)

0+0.2

ø16.2 0

+0.21.7

0+0.

217

.9

ø29.

0

20.6

ø15.8


Mounting Hole

10.2

0.5

15.98.0 Panel Cut-out

ø29.8

21

ø40

0+0.

217

.9

0+0.21.7

0+0.2

ø16.2

30.4

19.8

8.7

2.127

.225.8

30.4 20.6

Rubber Gasket

Locking Ring

Terminal CoverXA9Z-VL2


Solder Terminal Type

AccessoriesDescription Part Numbers

ReplacementLEDUnit:SolderTerminal XA9Z-LED2R

ReplacementLEDUnit:PCBTerminal XA9Z-LED2VR

TerminalCoverforcontactblock(solderterminalonly) XA9Z-VL2

Accessories: ShroudAppearance Part Number Applicable Standards

XA9Z-KG1 SEMIS2Compliant(ApprovedbyTUV)

Accessories: Nameplates

Appearance Legend Part Number Inner Ø Outer Ø Applicable Mushroom Size

(blank) HAAV-0 16mm 43mm

29mm

“EmergencyStop” HAAV-27 16mm 43mm

(blank) HAAV4-0 16mm 60mm

40mm

“EmergencyStop” HAAV4-27 16mm 60mm

Switc

hes

& P

ilot D

evic

esSi

gnal

ing

Ligh

tsRe

lays

& S

ocke

tsTi

mer

sCo

ntac

tors

Term

inal

Blo

cks

Circ

uit B

reak

ers


466 www.IDEC.com

Operating Instructions

Removing the Contact Block

Firstunlocktheoperatorbutton.Whilepushingupthewhitebayonetring,usingasmallscrewdriver(width:2.5to3mm)ifnecessary,turnthecontactblockcounterclockwiseandpullout. Do not exert excessive force when using a screwdriver, otherwise the bayonet ring may be damaged.

kTurncounterclockwise

jPush

BayonetRing

Notes for Removing the Contact Block

1.Whenthecontactblockisremoved,themonitorcontact(NOcontact)isclosed.

2.Whileremovingthecontactblock,donotexertexcessiveforce,otherwisetheswitchmaybedamaged.

Panel Mounting

Removethelockingringfromtheoperatorandcheckthattherubbergasketisinplace.Inserttheoperatorfrompanelfrontintothepanelhole.Facethesidewiththeanti-rotationtabontheoperatorupward,andtightenthelockingring.

OperatorUnitAnti-rotationTab

RubberGasket

LockingRing

Notes for Panel Mounting

TomountXAemergencystopswitchesontoapanel,tightenthelockingringtoatighteningtorqueof0.88N·mmaximumusingringwrenchMT-001.Donotusepliers.Donotexertexcessiveforce,otherwisethelockingringmaybedamaged.

Installing the Contact Block

Firstturnthebayonetringtotheunlockedposition.

BayonetRing

Unlocked Locked

AlignthesmallpmarkingontheedgeoftheoperatorbasewiththeTOPmark-ingonthecontactblock.Pressthecontactblockontotheoperatorandturnthecontactblockclockwiseuntilthebayonetringclicks.

Notes for Installing the Contact Block

Checkthatthecontactblockissecurelyinstalledontheoperator.Whentheemergencystopswitchisproperlyassembled,thebayonetringisinplaceasshownbelow.

pmarking

jPress

TOPmarking

kTurn

TOPmarking(contactblock)

Removing the LED Unit

PullouttheLEDunitwhilesqueezingthelatchesontheLEDunitusingtheLEDunitremovaltool(MT-101).

LatchesTOPside

SqueezetheLEDunitonthelatchesandpullout.

Installing the LED Unit

AlignthetopoftheLEDunitwiththeTOPmarkingonthecontactblock.PushtheLEDunitintothecontactblock.

TOPside

Switches &

Pilot Devices


SocketsTim

ersContactors

Terminal Blocks

Circuit Breakers

467800-262-IDEC (4332) • USA & Canada


Operating Instructions, continued

Wiring

1. Theapplicablewiresizeis16AWGmaximum.

2.Soldertheterminalatatemperatureof310to350°Cwithin3secondsusingasolderingiron.Sn-Ag-Cusolderisrecommended.Whensoldering,donottouchtheswitchwiththesolderingiron.Alsoensurethatnotensileforceisappliedtotheterminals.Donotbendtheterminalsorapplyexcessiveforcetotheterminals.

3.Useanon-corrosiverosinflux.

4.Becausetheterminalspacingisnarrow,useprotectivetubesorheatshrink-abletubestoavoidburningofwirecoatingorshortcircuit.

PC Board Terminal Type

1.WhenmountingacontactblockonaPCboard,providesufficientrotatingspaceforthePCboardwheninstallingandremovingthecontactblock.

2.WhenmountinganXAemergencystopswitchonaPCboard,makesurethattheoperatorissecurelyinstalled.

About PC Board and Circuit Design

1.UsePCboardsmadeofglassepoxycopper-cladlaminatedsheetsof1.6mminthickness,withdouble-sidedthroughholes.

2. PCboardsandcircuitsmustwithstandratedvoltageandcurrent,includinginstantaneouscurrentandvoltageatswitching.

3. Theminimumapplicableloadis5VAC/DC,1mA.

4.Withinthe2.8*mmareasshowninthefigurebelow,terminalstouchthePCboard,resultinginpossibleshortcircuitontheprintedcircuit.Whendesign-ingaPCboardpattern,takethispossibilityintoconsideration.

19.88.7

19.8

(0.5) 1.6 (PC Board)(0.5)

(0.5

) 2.8*

2.8*

(0.5

)

10-ø1.2 holes

Solder SurfaceSurface for installingcomponents

2.8* 2.8*

Solder Surface

Surface for installingcomponents

8.7

Alldimensionsinmm.

Installing Insulation Terminal Cover

Toinstalltheterminalcover(XA9Z-VL2),aligntheTOPmarkingontheterminalcoverwithTOPmarkingonthecontactblock,andpresstheterminalcovertowardthecontactblock.Note:Forwiring,insertthewiresintotheholesintheterminalcoverbeforesoldering.

Contact Bounce

Whenthebuttonisresetbypullingorturning,theNCmaincontactswillbounce.Whenpressingthebutton,theNOmonitorcontactswillbounce.

Whendesigningacontrolcircuit,takethecontactbouncetimeintoconsider-ation(referencevalue:20ms).

Nameplate

Whenanti-rotationisnotrequired,removetheprojectionfromthenameplateusingpliers.

Projection

Nameplate

Handling

Donotexposetheswitchtoexcessiveshockandvibration,otherwisetheswitchmaybedeformedordamaged,causingmalfunctionoroperationfailure.

Safety Precautions

• TurnoffpowertotheXAseriesemergencystopswitchbeforestartinginstallation,removal,wiring,maintenance,andinspectionoftherelays.Failuretoturnpoweroffmaycauseelectricalshockorfirehazard.

• UsetheLEDunitremovaltoolwhenreplacingtheLEDunittoavoidburningyourhands.

• Usewiresofthepropersizetomeetthevoltageandcurrentrequirements,andsolderthewirescorrectly.Ifsolderingisincomplete,thewiremayheatduringoperation,causingafirehazard.

Switc

hes

& P

ilot D

evic

esSi

gnal

ing

Ligh

tsRe

lays

& S

ocke

tsTi

mer

sCo

ntac

tors

Term

inal

Blo

cks

Circ

uit B

reak

ers

ø16mm - LB Series Switches & Pilot Devices

468 www.IDEC.com

LB Series — Miniature Switches and Pilot Devices

Flush bezel projects only 2mm from front of panel. Stan-dard bezel has a panel depth of only 27.9mm! Removable contact blocks are ideal for single board mounting.

Key features:• Pushbuttons,selectorswitches,andkeyselectorswitcheswithup

to3PDTcontacts.• Keyselectorswithkeysthataredifficulttoduplicate.Sevendif-

ferentkeynumberstochoosefrom.• Blackormetallicflushbezelsavailable.• BrightandclearLEDilluminatedface.• Choiceofeithergold-cladorsilvercontacts.• Degreeofprotection:IP65(fromthefrontofthepanel)

Applicable Standards Mark File No. or Organization

UL508 ULRecognitionNo.E55996

CSA22.2No.14 CSAFileNo.LR21451

EN60947-5-1TÜVRheinland

EULowVoltageDirective

GB14048.5

Specifications

OperatingTemperature –25to+60°C(nofreezing)Illuminatedunits:–25to+55°C

StorageTemperature –30to+80°C(nofreezing)

OperatingHumidity 45to85%RH(nocondensation)

ContactResistance 50mWmaximum(initialvalue)

InsulationResistance 100MWminimum(500VDCmegger)

DielectricStrength

SwitchBetweenlivepartandground:2,000VAC,1minuteBetweenterminalsofdifferentpole:2,000VAC,1minuteBetweenterminalsofthesamepoles:1,000VAC,1minute

Illumination Betweenlivepartandground:2,000VAC,1minute

VibrationResistance Operatingextremes/Damagelimits:5to55Hz,amplitude0.5mm

ShockResistance Operatingextremes:100m/s2

Damagelimits:1,000m/s2

MechanicalLife(minimumoperations)

Momentary:2,000,000Maintained:250,000Selectorswitches:250,000Keyselectorswitches:250,000

ElectricalLife(minimumoperations)

Momentary:50,000/100,0001

Maintained:50,000/100,0002

Selectorswitches:50,000/100,0002

Keyselectorswitches:50,000/100,0002

DegreeofProtection IP65(IEC60529)

TerminalStyle Solder/tabterminal#110PCboardterminal

Bezel Blackplasticormetallic

Weight(approx.)

14g(illuminatedpushbutton)13g(pilotlight)13g(pushbutton)15g(selectorswitch)27g(keyselectorswitch)15g(illuminatedpushbuttonwithguard)14g(pushbuttonwithguard)

1. Switchingfrequency1,800operations/h.2. Switchingfrequency1,200operations/h.

Switches &

Pilot Devices


SocketsTim

ersContactors

Terminal Blocks

Circuit Breakers

469800-262-IDEC (4332) • USA & Canada

ø16mm - LB SeriesSwitches & Pilot Devices

Contact RatingsGoldContact(switchbasecolor:blue)

RatedInsulationVoltage 250V

RatedThermalCurrent 3A

RatedOperatingVoltage 30VDC 125VAC

RatedOperatingCurrent(resistiveload) 0.1A 0.1A

ContactMaterial Gold-cladsilver

Minimumapplicableload(referencevalue):5VAC/DC,1mA

SilverContact(switchbasecolor:gray)


RatedOperatingVoltage 30V 125V 250V

RatedOperatingCurrent

AC50/60Hz

Resistiveload — 5A 5A

Inductiveload — 3A 1.5A

DCResistiveload 5A 1.1A —

Inductiveload 2.5A 0.55A —

AC50/60Hz

Resistiveload — 5A 3A

Inductiveload — 3A 1.5A

DCResistiveload 3A 0.6A —

Inductiveload 1A 0.22A —

RatedThermalCurrent 5A

ContactMaterial Silver

ACinductiveload:PF=0.6to0.7DCinductiveload:L/R=7msmax.

LED RatingsRatedVoltage 5VDC 12VAC/DC 24VAC/DC

VoltageRange 5VDC±5% 12VAC/DC±10% 24VAC/DC±10%

LEDPartNo. LB9Z-LED5k LB9Z-LED1k LB9Z-LED2k

RatedCurrent A,R:22mAG,PW,S:16mA

VoltageRating MarkedonthesideoftheLEDunit

LEDLife(referencevalue)

Approx.30,000hours(untilthebrightnessreducesto50%oftheinitialvalue)

InternalCircuit

A,PW,R A,PW,R

X2(–)

X1(+)

X2

X1

G,S G,S

X1(+)

X2(–)

X1

X2 Varistor

Zener Diode

Resistor

Protection Diode

LED Chip

1. Fork(colorcode):A(amber),G(green),PW(white),R(red),S(blue)2. UsethewhiteLEDforyellowillumination.3. LEDlampcontainsacurrent-limitingresistor.

Switc

hes

& P

ilot D

evic

esSi

gnal

ing

Ligh

tsRe

lays

& S

ocke

tsTi

mer

sCo

ntac

tors

Term

inal

Blo

cks

Circ

uit B

reak

ers


470 www.IDEC.com

Illuminated Pushbuttons (Assembled)

Style Operation Operating Voltage Contact

Standard Bezel Flush Bezel

Color Code kSolder/Tab Terminal

(silver contacts)

PC Board Terminal

(gold contacts)

Solder/Tab Terminal

(silver contacts)

PC Board Terminal(gold contacts)

StandardBezel(black)

FlushBezel(metallicorblack)

BlackBezelwithGuard

Momentary

5VDC

SPDT LBjL-M1T51k LBjL-M1T11Vk LBlmL-M1T51k LBlmL-M1T11Vk

SpecifythecolorcodeinplaceofkinthePartNumber:

A:amberG:greenR:redS:bluePW:whiteY:yellow

DPDT LBjL-M1T61k LBjL-M1T21Vk LBlmL-M1T61k LBlmL-M1T21Vk

12VAC/DC



24VAC/DC



Maintained

5VDC

SPDT LBjL-A1T51k LBjL-A1T11Vk LBlmL-A1T51k LBlmL-A1T11Vk

DPDT LBjL-A1T61k LBjL-A1T21Vk LBlmL-A1T61k LBlmL-A1T21Vk

12VAC/DC



24VAC/DC



1. ForStandardBezelpartnumbersspecify:-Bezelshapeinplaceofj.1(round),2(square),3(rectangular)-Lens/LEDcolorinplaceofk.A(amber),G(green),PW(white),R(red),S(blue),Y(yellow)

2. ForFlushBezelpartnumbersspecify:-Bezelshapeinplaceofl.6(round),7(square),8(rectangular)-Lens/LEDcolorinplaceofk.A(amber),G(green),PW(white),R(red),S(blue),Y(yellow)-Bezelmaterialinplaceofm.M(metallic),Blank(black),G(blackwithguard)

3. Solder/TabterminalshavesilvercontactsandPCBoardTerminalshavegoldcontacts.4. IlluminatedpushbuttonscontainanLEDunit.5. Seepage483fordimensions.6. Seepage496forreplacementLEDunits.7. Illuminatedpushbuttonscanbeusedwithlegendmarkings.Engravingcanbedoneonamarkingplatewhichisplacedinthelens,oraclearfilmcanbeprintedandplacedinthelens.

Seepage498fordetailsonthemarkingplateandfilm.

Switches &

Pilot Devices


SocketsTim

ersContactors

Terminal Blocks

Circuit Breakers

471800-262-IDEC (4332) • USA & Canada


Illuminated Pushbuttons (Sub-Assembled)

Contact + Operator + LED Module + Lens = Complete Part

OperatorsStyle Style Momentary Maintained

Standard(Plastic)

Round LB1L-M0 LB1L-A0

Square LB2L-M0 LB2L-A0

Rectangular LB3L-M0 LB3L-A0

FlushMount(Plastic)




FlushMount(Metallic)

Round LB6ML-M0 LB6ML-A0

Square LB7ML-M0 LB7ML-A0

Rectangular LB8ML-M0 LB8ML-A0

FlushMount(Built-inswitchguard)

Round LB6GL-M0 LB6GL-A0

Square LB7GL-M0 LB7GL-A0

Rectangular LB8GL-M0 LB8GL-A0

LensesStyle Color Part Number

Round

Amber LB1A-L1A

Green LB1A-L1G

Red LB1A-L1R

Blue LB1A-L1S

White LB1A-L1W

Yellow LB1A-L1Y

SquareAmber LB2A-L1A

Green LB2A-L1G

Red LB2A-L1R

Blue LB2A-L1S

White LB2A-L1W

Yellow LB2A-L1Y

RectangularAmber LB3A-L1A

Green LB3A-L1G

Red LB3A-L1R

Blue LB3A-L1S

White LB3A-L1W

Yellow LB3A-L1Y

Contact Blocks

Terminal Style Material Contact Part Number

Solder/Tab SilverSPDT LB-T50

DPDT LB-T60

PCB GoldSPDT LB-T10V

DPDT LB-T20V

LED ModuleStyle Color Voltage Part Number

Amber

5V LB9Z-LED5A

12V LB9Z-LED1A

24V LB9Z-LED2A

Green

5V LB9Z-LED5G

12V LB9Z-LED1G

24V LB9Z-LED2G

Red

5V LB9Z-LED5R

12V LB9Z-LED1R

24V LB9Z-LED2R

Blue

5V LB9Z-LED5S

12V LB9Z-LED1S

24V LB9Z-LED2S

White

5V LB9Z-LED5PW

12V LB9Z-LED1PW

24V LB9Z-LED2PW

Foryellowillumination,usewhiteLED’s.

Switc

hes

& P

ilot D

evic

esSi

gnal

ing

Ligh

tsRe

lays

& S

ocke

tsTi

mer

sCo

ntac

tors

Term

inal

Blo

cks

Circ

uit B

reak

ers


472 www.IDEC.com

Pilot Lights (Assembled)

Style Operating Voltage



(silver contacts)

PC Board Terminal

(gold contacts)

Solder/Tab Terminal

(silver contacts)

PC Board Terminal

(gold contacts)



5VDC LBjP-1T01k LBjP-1T01Vk LBlmP-1T01k LBlmP-1T01Vk

SpecifythecolorcodeinplaceofkinthePartNumber.:

A:amberG:greenPW:whiteR:redS:blueY:yellow

12VAC/DC LBjP-1T03k LBjP-1T03Vk LBlmP-1T03k LBlmP-1T03Vk

24VAC/DC LBjP-1T04k LBjP-1T04Vk LBlmP-1T04k LBlmP-1T04Vk

1. ForStandardBezelpartnumbersspecify:-Bezelshapeinplaceofj.1(round),2(square),3(rectangular)-Lens/LEDcolorinplaceofk.A(amber),G(green),PW(white),R(red),S(blue),Y(yellow)

2. ForFlushBezelpartnumbersspecify:-Bezelshapeinplaceofl.6(round),7(square),8(rectangular)-Lens/LEDcolorinplaceofk.A(amber),G(green),PW(white),R(red),S(blue),Y(yellow)-Bezelmaterialinplaceofm.M(metallic),Blank(black)

3. PilotlightscontainanLEDunit.4. Seepage484fordimensions.5. Seepage496forreplacementLEDunit.

Switches &

Pilot Devices


SocketsTim

ersContactors

Terminal Blocks

Circuit Breakers

473800-262-IDEC (4332) • USA & Canada


Pilot Lights (Sub-Assembled)

Contact + Operator + LED Module + Lens = Complete Part

OperatorsStyle Mounting Style Style Part Number

Standard(Plastic)

Round LB1P-0

Square LB2P-0

Rectangular LB3P-0

FlushMount(Plastic)

Round LB6P-0

Square LB7P-0

Rectangular LB8P-0


Round LB6MP-0

Square LB7MP-0

Rectangular LB8MP-0

LensesStyle Color Part Number

Round

Amber LB1A-P1A

Green LB1A-P1G

Red LB1A-P1R

Blue LB1A-P1S

White LB1A-P1W

Yellow LB1A-P1Y

SquareAmber LB2A-P1A

Green LB2A-P1G

Red LB2A-P1R

Blue LB2A-P1S

White LB2A-P1W

Yellow LB2A-P1Y

RectangularAmber LB3A-P1A

Green LB3A-P1G

Red LB3A-P1R

Blue LB3A-P1S

White LB3A-P1W

Yellow LB3A-P1Y

Contact BlocksTerminal Style Part Number

SolderTab LB-T00

PCB LB-T00V

Switc

hes

& P

ilot D

evic

esSi

gnal

ing

Ligh

tsRe

lays

& S

ocke

tsTi

mer

sCo

ntac

tors

Term

inal

Blo

cks

Circ

uit B

reak

ers


474 www.IDEC.com

Non-Illuminated Pushbuttons (Assembled)

Style Operation ContactMaterial Contact



(silver contacts)

PC Board Terminal

(gold contacts)

Solder/Tab Terminal

(silver contacts)

PC Board Terminal

(gold contacts)



BlackBezelwithGuard

Momentary Gold

SPDT LBjB-M1T5k LBjB-M1T1Vk LBlmB-M1T5k LBlmB-M1T1Vk

SpecifythecolorcodeinplaceofkinthePartNumber:

B:blackG:greenR:redS:blueW:whiteY:yellow

DPDT LBjB-M1T6k LBjB-M1T2Vk LBlmB-M1T6k LBlmB-M1T2Vk

3PDT LBjB-M1T7k LBjB-M1T3Vk LBlmB-M1T7k LBlmB-M1T3Vk

Maintained Gold

SPDT LBjB-A1T5k LBjB-A1T1Vk LBlmB-A1T5k LBlmB-A1T1k

DPDT LBjB-A1T6k LBjB-A1T2Vk LBlmB-A1T6k LBlmB-A1T2k

3PDT LBjB-A1T7k LBjB-A1T3Vk LBlmB-A1T7k LBlmB-A1T3k

1. ForStandardBezelpartnumbersspecify:-Bezelshapeinplaceofj.1(round),2(square),3(rectangular)-Lens/LEDcolorinplaceofk.B(black),G(green),R(red),S(blue),W(white),Y(yellow)

2. ForFlushBezelpartnumbersspecify:-Bezelshapeinplaceofl.6(round),7(square),8(rectangular)-Lens/LEDcolorinplaceofk.B(black),G(green),R(red),S(blue),W(white),Y(yellow)-Bezelmaterialinplaceofm.M(metallic),Blank(black)

3. Seepage487fordimensions.4. Lenscanbeusedwithlegendmarkings.Engravingcanbedoneonamarkingplatewhichisplacedintothelens,oraclearfilmcanbeprintedandplacedunderthelens.Fordetailson

themarkingplateandfilm,seepage498.

Switches &

Pilot Devices


SocketsTim

ersContactors

Terminal Blocks

Circuit Breakers

475800-262-IDEC (4332) • USA & Canada


Non-Illuminated Pushbuttons (Sub-Assembled)

Contact + Operator + Button = Complete Part

OperatorsStyle Style Momentary Maintained

Standard(Plastic)




FlushMount(Plastic)





Round LB6ML-M0 LB6ML-A0

Square LB7ML-M0 LB7ML-A0

Rectangular LB8ML-M0 LB8ML-A0

FlushMount(Built-inswitchguard)

Round LB6GL-M0 LB6GL-A0

Square LB7GL-M0 LB7GL-A0

Rectangular LB8GL-M0 LB8GL-A0

Contact BlocksTerminal Style Material Contact Part Number

Solder/Tab Silver

SPDT LB-T5

DPDT LB-T6

3PDT LB-T7

PCB Gold

SPDT LB-T1V

DPDT LB-T2V

3PDT LB-T3V

ButtonsStyle Color Part Number

Round

Black LB1A-B1B

Green LB1A-B1G

Red LB1A-B1R

Blue LB1A-B1S

White LB1A-B1W

Yellow LB1A-B1Y

Square

Black LB2A-B1B

Green LB2A-B1G

Red LB2A-B1R

Blue LB2A-B1S

White LB2A-B1W

Yellow LB2A-B1Y

Rectangular

Black LB3A-B1B

Green LB3A-B1G

Red LB3A-B1R

Blue LB3A-B1S

White LB3A-B1W

Yellow LB3A-B1Y

Switc

hes

& P

ilot D

evic

esSi

gnal

ing

Ligh

tsRe

lays

& S

ocke

tsTi

mer

sCo

ntac

tors

Term

inal

Blo

cks

Circ

uit B

reak

ers


476 www.IDEC.com

Selector Switches (Assembled)

Style Operator Position Contact


Solder/Tab Terminal

(silver contacts)

PC Board Terminal

(gold contacts)

Solder/Tab Terminal

(silver contacts)

PC Board Terminal

(gold contacts)



90°2-position

Maintained

L R

SPDT LBjS-2T5 LBjS-2T1V LBlmS-2T5 LBlmS-2T1V

DPDT LBjS-2T6 LBjS-2T2V LBlmS-2T6 LBlmS-2T2V

3PDT LBjS-2T7 LBjS-2T3V LBlmS-2T7 LBlmS-2T3V

Springreturnfromright

L R

SPDT LBjS-21T5 LBjS-21T1V LBlmS-21T5 LBlmS-21T1V



45°3-position

Maintained

L C R




L C R



Springreturnfromleft

L C R



Springreturntwo-way

L C R



1. ForStandardBezelpartnumbersspecifybezelshapeinplaceofj.1(round),2(square),3(rectangular)2. ForFlushBezelpartnumbersspecify:

-Bezelshapeinplaceofl.6(round),7(square),8(rectangular)-Bezelmaterialinplaceofm.M(metallic),Blank(black)

3. ForContactOperation,seepage481.4. Fordimensions,seepage488.

Switches &

Pilot Devices


SocketsTim

ersContactors

Terminal Blocks

Circuit Breakers

477800-262-IDEC (4332) • USA & Canada


Selector Switches (Sub-Assembled)

Contact + Operator = Complete Part

OperatorsStyle Shape Position Function Part Number

Standard(Plastic)

Roun

d

2Maintained LB1S-2Y

Springfromright LB1S-21Y

3

Maintained LB1S-3Y


Springfromleft LB1S-32Y

Springfromboth LB1S-33Y

Squa

re

2Maintained LB2S-2Y


3

Maintained LB2S-3Y




Rectan

gular

2Maintained LB3S-2Y


3

Maintained LB3S-3Y




FlushMount(Plastic)

Roun

d

2Maintained LB6S-2Y


3

Maintained LB6S-3Y




Squa

re

2Maintained LB7S-2Y


3

Maintained LB7S-3Y




Rectan

gular

2Maintained LB8S-2Y


3

Maintained LB8S-3Y




Style Shape Position Function Part Number


Roun

d

2Maintained LB6MS-2Y

Springfromright LB6MS-21Y

3

Maintained LB6MS-3Y


Springfromleft LB6MS-32Y

Springfromboth LB6MS-33Y

Squa

re



3

Maintained LB7MS-3Y




Rectan

gular



3

Maintained LB8MS-3Y




ContactsTerminal Style Material Contact Part Number

Solder/Tab Silver

SPDT LB-T5

DPDT LB-T6

3PDT LB-T7

PCB Gold

SPDT LB-T1V

DPDT LB-T2V

3PDT LB-T3V

Note:SPDTcontactsapplicablefor2-positionswitchesonly.

Switc

hes

& P

ilot D

evic

esSi

gnal

ing

Ligh

tsRe

lays

& S

ocke

tsTi

mer

sCo

ntac

tors

Term

inal

Blo

cks

Circ

uit B

reak

ers


478 www.IDEC.com

Key Selector Switches (Assembled)

Style Operator Position

Key retained at Contact


Solder/Tab Terminal(silver contacts)






90°2-po

sitio

n Maintaine

d

AL R

SPDT LBjK-2T5A LBjK-2T1VA LBlmK-2T5A LBlmK-2T1VA

DPDT LBjK-2T6A LBjK-2T2VA LBlmK-2T6A LBlmK-2T2VA

3PDT LBjK-2T7A LBjK-2T3VA LBlmK-2T7A LBlmK-2T3VA

BL R

SPDT LBjK-2T5B LBjK-2T1VB LBlmK-2T5B LBlmK-2T1VB

DPDT LBjK-2T6B LBjK-2T2VB LBlmK-2T6B LBlmK-2T2VB

3PDT LBjK-2T7B LBjK-2T3VB LBlmK-2T7B LBlmK-2T3VB

CRL

SPDT LBjK-2T5C LBjK-2T1VC LBlmK-2T5C LBlmK-2T1VC

DPDT LBjK-2T6C LBjK-2T2VC LBlmK-2T6C LBlmK-2T2VC

3PDT LBjK-2T7C LBjK-2T3VC LBlmK-2T7C LBlmK-2T3VC

Sprin

greturn

fromrigh

t

BL R

SPDT LBjK-21T5B LBjK-21T1VB LBlmK-21T5B LBlmK-21T1VB



45°3-po

sitio

n

Maintaine

d

A LC

RDPDT LBjK-3T6A LBjK-3T2VA LBlmK-3T6A LBlmK-3T2VA

3PDT LBjK-3T7A LBjK-3T3VA LBlmK-3T7A LBlmK-3T3VA

B LC

RDPDT LBjK-3T6B LBjK-3T2VB LBlmK-3T6B LBlmK-3T2VB


CC

RLDPDT LBjK-3T6C LBjK-3T2VC LBlmK-3T6C LBlmK-3T2VC


DC

RLDPDT LBjK-3T6D LBjK-3T2VD LBlmK-3T6D LBlmK-3T2VD

3PDT LBjK-3T7D LBjK-3T3VD LBlmK-3T7D LBlmK-3T3VD

E LC

RDPDT LBjK-3T6E LBjK-3T2VE LBlmK-3T6E LBlmK-3T2VE

3PDT LBjK-3T7E LBjK-3T3VE LBlmK-3T7E LBlmK-3T3VE

G RLC DPDT LBjK-3T6G LBjK-3T2VG LBlmK-3T6G LBlmK-3T2VG

3PDT LBjK-3T7G LBjK-3T3VG LBlmK-3T7G LBlmK-3T3VG

H RC

L

DPDT LBjK-3T6H LBjK-3T2VH LBlmK-3T6H LBlmK-3T2VH

3PDT LBjK-3T7H LBjK-3T3VH LBlmK-3T7H LBlmK-3T3VH

AssembledKeySelectorSwitchescon’tonnextpage.

Switches &

Pilot Devices


SocketsTim

ersContactors

Terminal Blocks

Circuit Breakers

479800-262-IDEC (4332) • USA & Canada


Key Selector Switches con’t

Style Operator Position

Key retained at Contact







FlushBezel(metallicorblack) 45°3-po

sitio

n

Sprin

greturnfrom

righ

t

B RC

L



D RC

L

DPDT LBjK-31T6D LBjK-31T2VD LBlmK-31T6D LBlmK-31T2VD


G RC

L

DPDT LBjK-31T6G LBjK-31T2VG LBlmK-31T6G LBlmK-31T2VG

3PDT LBjK-31T7G LBjK-31T3VG LBlmK-31T7G LBlmK-31T3VG

Sprin

greturnfrom

left

C RC

L

DPDT LBjK-32T6C LBjK-32T2VC LBlmK-32T6C LBlmK-32T2VC


D RC

L



H RC

L

DPDT LBjK-32T6H LBjK-32T2VH LBlmK-32T6H LBlmK-32T2VH

3PDT LBjK-32T7H LBjK-32T3VH LBlmK-32T7H LBlmK-32T3VH

Sprin

greturn

two-way

D RC

L



1. Keyisretainedatandremovableatpositions.2. Twokeysaresupplied.3. ForStandardBezelpartnumbersspecifybezelshapeinplaceofj.1(round),2(square),3(rectangular)4. ForFlushBezelpartnumbersspecify:

-Bezelshapeinplaceofl.6(round),7(square),8(rectangular)-Bezelmaterialinplaceofm.M(metallic),Blank(black)

5. ForContactOperation,seepage481.6. Fordimensions,seepage490.7. Foradditionalsecurity,wavekeysalsoavailable.

Addtheletter“S”beforethe“T”inthepartno.Example:LB1K-31ST1ABesidesthestandardwavekey(keynumber0H),sixotherkeysareavailable.Toorderotherkeys,specifythekeynumberasshownbelow:Example:LB1K-31ST2B-1H(Keynumberisindicatedonthekeycylinder.Standardkeysdonothaveakeynumberindication.)

(blank):Standardwavekey(0H)1Hto2H:Reversiblewavekey3Hto6H:Non-reversiblewavekey

8. Iforderingstandardwavekey(0H),subcomponentsareavailable,seenextpage.9. Iforderingotherthanstandardwavekey(forexample,keynumber6H),onlycompletedswitchesareavailable.

Switc

hes

& P

ilot D

evic

esSi

gnal

ing

Ligh

tsRe

lays

& S

ocke

tsTi

mer

sCo

ntac

tors

Term

inal

Blo

cks

Circ

uit B

reak

ers


480 www.IDEC.com

Key Selector Switches (Sub-Assembled)

Contact + Operator = Complete Part

OperatorsStyle Shape Position Function Part Number

Standard(plastic)

Roun

d

2Maintained LB1K-2n

Springfromright LB1K-21B

3

Maintained LB1K-3n

Springfromright LB1K-31n

Springfromleft LB1K-32n

Springfromboth LB1K-33D

Squa

re

2Maintained LB2K-2n


3

Maintained LB2K-3n




Rectan

gular

2Maintained LB3K-2n


3

Maintained LB3K-3n




FlushMount(plastic)

Roun

d

2Maintained LB6K-2n


3

Maintained LB6K-3n




Squa

re

2Maintained LB7K-2n


3

Maintained LB7K-3n




Rectan

gular

2Maintained LB8K-2n


3

Maintained LB8K-3n




Style Shape Position Function Part Number

FlushMount(metallic)

Roun

d

2Maintained LB6MK-2n

Springfromright LB6MK-21B

3

Maintained LB6MK-3n

Springfromright LB6MK-31n

Springfromleft LB6MK-32n

Springfromboth LB6MK-33D

Squa

re



3

Maintained LB7MK-3n




Rectan

gular



3

Maintained LB8MK-3n




1. Inplaceofnspecifyretentionoptioncodefromtablebelow.2. Forstandardwavekeyoperators,add“S”topartnumberbeforethekeyretention

codefromtablebelow.(Forexample,LB6K-2BwithwavekeywouldbeLB6K-2SB.)

ContactsTerminal Style Material Contact Part Number

Solder/Tab Silver

SPDT LB-T5

DPDT LB-T6

3PDT LB-T7

PCB Gold

SPDT LB-T1V

DPDT LB-T2V

3PDT LB-T3V

n Retention Option CodeCode Description

A Keynotretainedinanyposition(Removableinallpositions)

B Keyretainedinrightpositiononly

C Keyretainedinleftpositiononly

D Keyretainedinleftandright(3positiononly)

Code Description

E Keyretainedincenteronly(3positiononly)

G Keyretainedinrightandcenter(3positiononly)

H Keyretainedinleftandcenter(3positiononly)

Switches &

Pilot Devices


SocketsTim

ersContactors

Terminal Blocks

Circuit Breakers

481800-262-IDEC (4332) • USA & Canada


Contact OperationOperator Position & Contact Operation (Top View)

Position Contact Left Center Right

90°2-position

L R

Maintained

L R


SPDT

NO1

C1

NC1 NO1

C1

NC1

DPDT

LeftNO1

C1

NC1Right

NO2

C2

NC2Left

NO1

C1

NC1Right

NO2

C2

NC2

3PDT

Left NO1

C1

NC1Center

NO2

C2

NC2Right

NO3

C3

NC3Left

NO1

C1

NC1CenterNO2

C2

NC2Right

NO3

C3

NC3

45°3-position

L C R

Maintained

L C R


L C R


L C R

Springreturntwo-way

DPDT

LeftNO1

C1

NC1Right

NO2

C2

NC2Left

NO1

C1

NC1Right

NO2

C2

NC2Left

NO1

C1

NC1Right

NO2

C2

NC2

3PDT

LeftNO1

C1

NC1CenterNO2

C2

NC2Right

NO3

C3

NC3Left

NO1

C1

NC1CenterNO2

C2

NC2Right

NO3

C3

NC3Left

NO1

C1

NC1CenterNO2

C2

NC2Right

NO3

C3

NC3

Mounting Hole Layout

Standard BezelsFlush Bezels

Round Square Rectangular

18∗1

18 ∗2

ø16.2 +0.2 0 18.2

+0.

2 0 24.2+0.2

018.2+0.2

0ø18.2 +0.2 0

28

22

22

22

22

∗1∗1

22 ∗2 ∗2 ∗2

*1 Rectangular:24mm 3PDT:23.2mm*2 3PDT:21mm

*1 3PDT:23.2mm*2 SwitcheswithGuard:45mm

WhenusingtheLBserieswitharubberbootorterminalcover,makesuretonotethedimensionsonpages492and493.

Switc

hes

& P

ilot D

evic

esSi

gnal

ing

Ligh

tsRe

lays

& S

ocke

tsTi

mer

sCo

ntac

tors

Term

inal

Blo

cks

Circ

uit B

reak

ers


482 www.IDEC.com

PC Board Drilling Layout (mm)

Notes for Designing PC Board and Circuit

1.Use1.6-mm-thickglassepoxyPCboardwithdrilledholes.

2. DesignacircuitsothattheLBseriescanoperatewithintheratedvoltageandcurrentrange.Makesurethatinrushcurrentandvoltagedonotexceedtherating.

3. Minimumapplicableloadis5VAC/DC,1mAongoldcontacts.

4. Sincethe*2.8-mm-wideterminaltouchesthePCboardasshownbelow,shortcircuitmayoccurwithpatternlines.Designacircuitthatpreventsshortcircuits.

SPDT/DPDT Contacts

2.4

2.4

∗2.8∗2

.8

∗2.8

∗2.8

4.0

(0.8

)(0

.8)

∗2.8

∗2.8

SolderedSide

MountingSide

1.6(PC Board)

(0.8

)(0

.8)

(0.8

)(0

.8)

(0.8

)(0

.8)

SW

Ter

min

al

SW

Ter

min

al

SW

Ter

min

al

(0.5)(0.5)

9-ø1

.2

2.4

2.4

6.0

MountingSide

SolderedSide

Soldered Side

MountingSide

∗2.8

∗2.8

(PC Board)

SW

Ter

min

al

DP

DT

SW

Ter

min

al

SP

DT

Lam

p Te

rmin

al

1.6

COM Terminal

(0.5)

(0.5)

(0.5)(0.5)

Lamp Terminal (−)Lamp Terminal (+)

NO Terminal

NC Terminal

COM Terminal

NO Terminal

NC Terminal

3.85 6.95

(PC Board)1.6

9-ø1

.2+0

.1 0

+0.1

0

55

8 8

55

3PDT Contacts

2.4

2.4

∗2.8∗2

.8

∗2.8

∗2.8

4.0

(0.8

)(0

.8)

∗2.8

∗2.8

SolderedSide

MountingSide

1.6(PC Board)

(0.8

)(0

.8)

(0.8

)(0

.8)

(0.8

)(0

.8)

SW

Ter

min

al

SW

Ter

min

al

SW

Ter

min

al

(0.5)(0.5)

9-ø1

.2

2.4

2.4

6.0

MountingSide

SolderedSide

Soldered Side

MountingSide

∗2.8

∗2.8

(PC Board)

SW

Ter

min

al

DP

DT

SW

Ter

min

al

SP

DT

Lam

p Te

rmin

al

1.6

COM Terminal

(0.5)

(0.5)

(0.5)(0.5)

Lamp Terminal (−)Lamp Terminal (+)

NO Terminal

NC Terminal

COM Terminal

NO Terminal

NC Terminal

3.85 6.95

(PC Board)1.6

9-ø1

.2+0

.1 0

+0.1

0

55

8 8

55

PC Board Drilling Layout (Bottom View)SPDT/DPDT Contacts 3PDT Contacts

8-ø1.2 (Note 2)

ø6 d

rilled

hole

for op

erati

ng

the lo

cking

leve

r

(Note

3)

6.95

1 ( Not

e 1)

55

3.85

9.3

0.5

9-ø1.2 (Note 2)

ø6 drilled hole

for operating

the locking lever

(Note 3)

1 (Not

e 1)

1.95 (Note 1)

55

1.45

88

10

1. Whendesigning,notethealignmentofthecenterlinesofthecontactblocksandoperators.2. Thediameteroftheterminalholeisø1.2.3. Holediametermayvarytomeetinstallationrequirements.Determinethelocationandthesizeoftheholesothatthelocking

levercanbeoperated.

Switches &

Pilot Devices


SocketsTim

ersContactors

Terminal Blocks

Circuit Breakers

483800-262-IDEC (4332) • USA & Canada


Dimensions (mm)

Illuminated PushbuttonStandard Bezels Panel Thickness:

0.5 to 3.2 mm

8.8

20.9

Locking Ring

9

5.7

0.6

Gasket

33

17.8

15.8

16.

953.

85

7

66

2.8W × 0.5t

24

18

18

ø18

55

2

5.5

0.8W × 0.5t

3.85

6.95

1

17.8

LOCK

Round

Square

Rectangular

PC Board Terminal Solder/Tab Terminal

∗

MountingPlate

1.2

1 2.6

2-R0.6

∗Solder/Tab Terminal

Flush BezelsSPDT/DPDTContacts

27.9 217.8

15.8

2.8W × 0.5t

MountingBracket

MountingBracket

17.8

LOCK

ø22

22

28

22

33 1

6.95

3.85

7

66

55

25.5

3.85

6.95

1

33

17.8

15.8

2.8W × 0.5t0.8W × 0.5t

17.8

LOCK

22

2827.9

2

22.5

22.5

5.2

ø22

1111

11

30.4

24.2

22.5

16.

953.

85

5.52

55

66

7

3.85

6.95

1

0.8W × 0.5t

Round

Square

Rectangular

Round

Square

Rectangular

∗

∗

1.2

1 2.6

2-R0.6

1.2

1 2.6

2-R0.6

Panel Thickness: 0.5 to 3.2 mm


PC Board Terminal

PC Board Terminal

Solder/Tab Terminal

Solder/Tab Terminal

∗ Solder/Tab Terminal


GasketLocking Ring

GasketLocking Ring

Switch with Guard

27.9 217.8

15.8

2.8W × 0.5t

MountingBracket

MountingBracket

17.8

LOCK

ø22

22

28

22

33 1

6.95

3.85

7

66

55

25.5

3.85

6.95

1

33

17.8

15.8

2.8W × 0.5t0.8W × 0.5t

17.8

LOCK

22

2827.9

2

22.5

22.5

5.2

ø22

1111

11

30.4

24.2

22.5

16.

953.

85

5.52

55

66

7

3.85

6.95

1

0.8W × 0.5t

Round

Square

Rectangular

Round

Square

Rectangular

∗

∗

1.2

1 2.6

2-R0.6

1.2

1 2.6

2-R0.6



PC Board Terminal

PC Board Terminal

Solder/Tab Terminal

Solder/Tab Terminal



GasketLocking Ring

GasketLocking Ring

Switc

hes

& P

ilot D

evic

esSi

gnal

ing

Ligh

tsRe

lays

& S

ocke

tsTi

mer

sCo

ntac

tors

Term

inal

Blo

cks

Circ

uit B

reak

ers


484 www.IDEC.com

Pilot LightsStandard Bezels

33 3

3

17.8

15.8

8.8

20.97

2.8W × 0.5t

9

5.7

0.6

24

18

18

ø18

2

5.5

0.8W × 0.5t

17.8

LOCK

Round

Square

Rectangular

Gasket

Locking Ring


Mounting Plate

∗


1.2

1 2.6

2-R0.6

∗Solder/Tab Terminal

Flush Bezels

27.9 217.8

15.8

2.8W × 0.5t

17.8

LOCK

ø22

22

28

22

16.

953.

85

7

66

0.8W × 0.5t

33

25.5

Round

Square

Rectangular

∗ 1.2

1 2.6

2-R0.6

Locking Ring


Gasket

MountingBracket

PC Board Terminal Solder/Tab Terminal∗ Solder/Tab Terminal

Terminal Arrangement (Bottom View)Illuminated Pushbuttons Pilot Lights

(SPDT contacts on the right only)

X1

X211

14

12

24

22

21

Lamp Terminal (+)

Lamp Terminal (−)

X2

X1

Lamp Terminal (+)Lamp Terminal (−)

TOPTOP

Switches &

Pilot Devices


SocketsTim

ersContactors

Terminal Blocks

Circuit Breakers

485800-262-IDEC (4332) • USA & Canada


Non-Illuminated PushbuttonsStandard BezelsSPDT/DPDTContacts

LOCK

17.8

16.

953.

85

5.5

2

55

ø18

18

24

18

0.6

5.7

9

66

7 20.9

8.8

3.85

6.95

1

15.8

17.8

11.1

11.9

88

1.95

20.8

18.8

23

1.95

88

LOCK

1

5.5

2

55

ø18

18

24

18

0.6

5.7

9

66

7 20.9

8.8

1

1.2

1 2.6

2-R0.6

1.2

1 2.6

2-R0.6

2.8W × 0.5t

0.8W × 0.5t

2.8W × 0.5t

0.8W × 0.5t

Round

Square

Rectangular

Round

Square

Rectangular

Locking Ring

Locking Ring

∗

∗



Gasket

Gasket

MountingPlate

MountingPlate





3PDTContacts

LOCK

17.8

16.

953.

85

5.5

2

55

ø18

18

24

18

0.6

5.7

9

66

7 20.9

8.8

3.85

6.95

1

15.8

17.8

11.1

11.9

88

1.95

20.8

18.8

23

1.95

88

LOCK

1

5.5

2

55

ø18

18

24

18

0.6

5.7

9

66

7 20.9

8.8

1

1.2

1 2.6

2-R0.6

1.2

1 2.6

2-R0.6

2.8W × 0.5t

0.8W × 0.5t

2.8W × 0.5t

0.8W × 0.5t

Round

Square

Rectangular

Round

Square

Rectangular

Locking Ring

Locking Ring

∗

∗



Gasket

Gasket

MountingPlate

MountingPlate





Switc

hes

& P

ilot D

evic

esSi

gnal

ing

Ligh

tsRe

lays

& S

ocke

tsTi

mer

sCo

ntac

tors

Term

inal

Blo

cks

Circ

uit B

reak

ers


486 www.IDEC.com

Non-Illuminated PushbuttonsFlush BezelsSPDT/DPDTContacts

227.928

22

22

ø22

LOCK

17.8

16.

953.

85

5.52

55

66

7

3.85

6.95

1

15.8

17.8

1.2

1 2.6

2-R0.6

2.8W × 0.5t0.8W × 0.5t

Locking Ring

*

∗


Gasket

MountingBracket

PC Board Terminal Solder/Tab Terminal∗ Solder/Tab Terminal

Round

Square

Rectangular

3PDTContacts

1

7

66

55

25.5

1

88

1.95

23

18.8

20.8

1.95

88

11.9

11.1

227.928

22

ø22

22LOCK

1.2

1 2.6

2-R0.6

2.8W × 0.5t0.8W × 0.5t

Locking Ring

∗


Gasket

MountingBracket



Round

Square

Rectangular

Switches &

Pilot Devices


SocketsTim

ersContactors

Terminal Blocks

Circuit Breakers

487800-262-IDEC (4332) • USA & Canada


Non-Illuminated PushbuttonsSwitch with GuardSPDT/DPDTContacts

22.5

24.2

30.4

1111

11

ø22

5.2

22.5

22.5

2

27.928

22

LOCK

17.8

16.

953.

85

5.5

2

55

66

7

3.85

6.95

1

15.8

17.8

1.2

1 2.6

2-R0.6

2.8W × 0.5t

0.8W × 0.5t

Locking Ring

∗


Gasket

MountingBracket



Round

Square

Rectangular

3PDTContacts

11.1

11.9

88

1.95

20.8

18.8

23

1.95

88

LOCK

1

5.52

55

66

7

1

22.5

24.2

30.4

1111

11

ø22

5.2

22.5

22.5

2

27.9

28

22

1.2

1 2.6

2-R0.6

2.8W × 0.5t

0.8W × 0.5t

Locking Ring

∗

Panel Thickness: 0.5 to 3.2 mmGasket

MountingBracket



Round

Square

Rectangular

Terminal Arrangement (Bottom View)SPDT/DPDT Contacts 3PDT Contacts

11

14

12

24

22

21 11

14

12

24

22

2131

32

34


TOP TOP

11

14

12

24

22

21 11

14

12

24

22

2131

32

34


TOP TOP

Switc

hes

& P

ilot D

evic

esSi

gnal

ing

Ligh

tsRe

lays

& S

ocke

tsTi

mer

sCo

ntac

tors

Term

inal

Blo

cks

Circ

uit B

reak

ers


488 www.IDEC.com

Selector SwitchesStandard BezelsSPDT/DPDTContacts

18

0.6

88

1.95

1.95

88

ø18ø18

ø18Round Round

Square Square

18

24

Rectangular Rectangular

Round

Square

Rectangular

Round

18 18

Square

24

18

Rectangular

Locking Ring


3.85

6.95

6.95

3.85

0.6

Locking Ring


MountingPlate

MountingPlate

7

0.8W × 0.5t

∗

1

8.8

20.97

66

55

2

5.5

1

23

18.8

20.8

11.9

11.1

15.5

8.7

LOCK 2.8W × 0.5t

0.8W × 0.5t

∗

PC Board Terminal Knob Operator Solder/Tab Terminal

17.8

LOCK

55

25.5

1 1

8.8

20.97

66

15.5

8.7

15.8

17.8

2.8W × 0.5t0.8W × 0.5t

∗

∗

PC Board Terminal Knob Operator Solder/Tab TerminalKnob Operator Lever Operator

Knob Operator Lever Operator

Lever Operator Solder/Tab Terminal


1.2

1 2.6

2-R0.6


1.2

1 2.6

2-R0.6


10.9

18

24

2.8W × 0.5t

18.1

8.7

1

1.2

8.8

20.97

66

ø18

18

8.7

18.1

1

1.2

8.8

20.9

66

24

18

3PDTContacts

18

0.6

88

1.95

1.95

88

ø18ø18

ø18Round Round

Square Square

18

24

Rectangular Rectangular

Round

Square

Rectangular

Round

18 18

Square

24

18

Rectangular

Locking Ring


3.85

6.95

6.95

3.85

0.6

Locking Ring


MountingPlate

MountingPlate

7

0.8W × 0.5t

∗

1

8.8

20.97

66

55

2

5.5

1

23

18.8

20.8

11.9

11.1

15.5

8.7

LOCK 2.8W × 0.5t

0.8W × 0.5t

∗

PC Board Terminal Knob Operator Solder/Tab Terminal

17.8

LOCK

55

25.5

1 1

8.8

20.97

66

15.5

8.7

15.8

17.8

2.8W × 0.5t0.8W × 0.5t

∗

∗

PC Board Terminal Knob Operator Solder/Tab TerminalKnob Operator Lever Operator




1.2

1 2.6

2-R0.6


1.2

1 2.6

2-R0.6


10.9

18

24

2.8W × 0.5t

18.1

8.7

1

1.2

8.8

20.97

66

ø18

18

8.7

18.1

1

1.2

8.8

20.9

66

24

18

Switches &

Pilot Devices


SocketsTim

ersContactors

Terminal Blocks

Circuit Breakers

489800-262-IDEC (4332) • USA & Canada


Selector SwitchFlush BezelsSPDT/DPDTContacts

8.527.9217.8

15.8

16.

953.

85

7

66

55

25.5

3.85

6.95

1

17.8

LOCK

ø22

22 22

28 28

22

22

28

22

27.9

11.1

11.9

88

1.95

20.8

18.8

23

1.95

88

LOCK

1

5.52

55

66

7

1

8.52

ø22

2.8W × 0.5t

2.8W × 0.5t

0.8W × 0.5t

2.8W × 0.5t0.8W × 0.5t

Locking Ring

Locking Ring

∗

∗

∗

∗



Gasket

Gasket

PC Board Terminal Knob Operator Solder/Tab Terminal Knob Operator Lever Operator




Knob Operator Solder/Tab Terminal

MountingBracket

Round

Square

Rectangular

1.2

1 2.6

2-R0.6


1.2

1 2.6

2-R0.6


PC Board Terminal

MountingBracket

Round

Square

Rectangular

11.127.9

2

1

7

66

ø22

22

Round

Square

Rectangular

28

ø22

22

Round

Square

Rectangular

22

11.127.9

66

7

1.2

1

2

3PDTContacts

8.527.9217.8

15.8

16.

953.

85

7

66

55

25.5

3.85

6.95

1

17.8

LOCK

ø22

22 22

28 28

22

22

28

22

27.9

11.1

11.9

88

1.95

20.8

18.8

23

1.95

88

LOCK

1

5.52

55

66

7

1

8.52

ø22

2.8W × 0.5t

2.8W × 0.5t

0.8W × 0.5t

2.8W × 0.5t0.8W × 0.5t

Locking Ring

Locking Ring

∗

∗

∗

∗



Gasket

Gasket

PC Board Terminal Knob Operator Solder/Tab Terminal Knob Operator Lever Operator




Knob Operator Solder/Tab Terminal

MountingBracket

Round

Square

Rectangular

1.2

1 2.6

2-R0.6


1.2

1 2.6

2-R0.6


PC Board Terminal

MountingBracket

Round

Square

Rectangular

11.127.9

2

1

7

66

ø22

22

Round

Square

Rectangular

28

ø22

22

Round

Square

Rectangular

22

11.127.9

66

7

1.2

1

2


11

14

12

24

22

21 11

14

12

24

22

2131

32

34


TOPTOP

11

14

12

24

22

21 11

14

12

24

22

2131

32

34


TOPTOP

Switc

hes

& P

ilot D

evic

esSi

gnal

ing

Ligh

tsRe

lays

& S

ocke

tsTi

mer

sCo

ntac

tors

Term

inal

Blo

cks

Circ

uit B

reak

ers


490 www.IDEC.com

Key Selector SwitchesStandard BezelsSPDT/DPDTContacts

Locking Ring

Locking Ring



Gasket

Gasket

MountingBracket

MountingBracket

LOCK

LOCK

2.8W × 0.5t

2.8W × 0.5t

2.8W × 0.5t

2.8W × 0.5t

PC Board Terminal

PC Board Terminal

Solder/Tab Terminal

Solder/Tab Terminal

1.2

1 2.6

2-R0.6


1.2

1 2.6

2-R0.6


11.1

11.9

88

1.95

20.8

18.8

23

1.95

88

1

5.5

2

55

18

24

0.6

66

7 20.9

8.8

1.2

1

18

9

25.1

17.8

15.8

ø18

0.6

66

7 20.9

8.8

3.85

6.95

1.2

1

24

18

18

18

16.

953.

85

5.5

2

5517

.8

9

25.1∗

∗

3PDTContacts

Locking Ring

Locking Ring



Gasket

Gasket

MountingBracket

MountingBracket

LOCK

LOCK

2.8W × 0.5t

2.8W × 0.5t

2.8W × 0.5t

2.8W × 0.5t

PC Board Terminal

PC Board Terminal

Solder/Tab Terminal

Solder/Tab Terminal

1.2

1 2.6

2-R0.6


1.2

1 2.6

2-R0.6


11.1

11.9

88

1.95

20.8

18.8

23

1.95

88

1

5.5

2

55

18

24

0.6

66

7 20.9

8.8

1.2

1

18

9

25.1

17.8

15.8

ø18

0.6

66

7 20.9

8.8

3.85

6.95

1.2

1

24

18

18

18

16.

953.

85

5.5

2

5517

.8

9

25.1∗

∗

Switches &

Pilot Devices


SocketsTim

ersContactors

Terminal Blocks

Circuit Breakers

491800-262-IDEC (4332) • USA & Canada


Key Selector SwitchesFlush BezelsSPDT/DPDTContacts

3PDTContacts


11

14

12

24

22

21 11

14

12

24

22

2131

32

34


TOP TOP

11

14

12

24

22

21 11

14

12

24

22

2131

32

34


TOP TOP

Switc

hes

& P

ilot D

evic

esSi

gnal

ing

Ligh

tsRe

lays

& S

ocke

tsTi

mer

sCo

ntac

tors

Term

inal

Blo

cks

Circ

uit B

reak

ers


492 www.IDEC.com

Accessories

Item Material Part Number Remarks

LockingRingWrench

ø18.0

60.0

Metal:Nickel-platedbrass MT-001 Usedtotightenthelockingringwheninstallingtheunitsontothepanel.

LensRemovalTool

60.0

StainlessSteel MT-101 Usedtoremovethelensorbutton.

ForS

tand

ardBe

zels

SwitchGuard(180°Springreturn) Forround/square

standardunits

Guard:Polyacetal

Base:Polyarylate

AL-K6SPDegreeofprotection:IP65Usedtoprotectstandardpushbuttonsandilluminatedpushbuttonsfrominadver-tentoperation.Seepage495fordimensions.Withthegasketmountedontheswitch,attachtheswitchguardandmountonthepanel.

Note:notapplicableforflushmountedunits.Selectoperatorwithbuilt-inswitchguard.

Forrectangularstandardunits AL-KH6SP

SwitchGuardforSingleBoardMounting

Forrectangularunits

Guard:Polyacetal

Base:PolyarylateLA9Z-K3

Degreeofprotection:IP65Withthegasketmountedontheswitch,attachtheswitchguardandmountonthepanel.Seepage495fordimensions.

RubberBootforStandardBezels1

2

3

1.Forroundunits

SiliconRubber

LB9Z-D1

Degreeofprotection:IP65Seepage494fordimensions.Seepage499formounting.

2.Forsquareunits LB9Z-D2

3.Forrectangularunits LB9Z-D3

MountingHolePlug

Metal

Plug:Metal(Zincdiecast)

Lockingnut:Polyacetal

Gasket:Nitrilerubber

AL-BM6Degreeofprotection:IP65Tighteningtorque:0.1to0.29N•mSeepage494fordimensions.

MountingHolePlug

Rubber Nitrilerubber(black) AL-B6 Degreeofprotection:IP65Seepage494fordimensions.

Accessoriescon’tonnextpage.

Switches &

Pilot Devices


SocketsTim

ersContactors

Terminal Blocks

Circuit Breakers

493800-262-IDEC (4332) • USA & Canada


Accessories, con’t


ForF

lush

Bezels

RubberBootforFlushBezels

1

2

3

1.Forroundunits

SiliconRubber

LB9Z-D6

Degreeofprotection:IP65Seepage494fordimensions.Seepage499formounting.

2.Forsquareunits LB9Z-D7

3.Forrectangularunits LB9Z-D8

MountingHolePlug

1

2

3

1.Forroundunits

Plug:Polyamide(Black)

Gasket:Nitrilerubber

MountingPlate:StainlessSteel

LB9Z-BS6

Degreeofprotection:IP65Panelthickness:0.5to3.2mmSeepage494fordimensions.

2.Forsquareunits LB9Z-BS7

3.Forrectangularunits LB9Z-BS8

TerminalCover1 2

1.ForSPDT/DPDTcontacts LB9Z-VL2

Seepage495fordimensions.

2.For3PDTcontacts LB9Z-VL3

Switc

hes

& P

ilot D

evic

esSi

gnal

ing

Ligh

tsRe

lays

& S

ocke

tsTi

mer

sCo

ntac

tors

Term

inal

Blo

cks

Circ

uit B

reak

ers


494 www.IDEC.com

Accessory Dimensions (mm)

Rubber BootStandardBezel

Forroundunits(LB9Z-D1) Forsquareunits(LB9Z-D2) Forrectangularunits(LB9Z-D3)

11.5

11.5

11.5

20

26

ø20

20

FlushBezel

Forroundunits(LB9Z-D6) Forsquareunits(LB9Z-D7) Forrectangularunits(LB9Z-D8)

4

24

44

24

30

ø24

Mounting Hole PlugStandardBezels

AL-B6 AL-BM6

0+0

.2

ø16.2

Locking RingGasket

2.5 12

ø17

.8


0+0

.2

ø16.2

MountingHoleLayout

MountingHoleLayout

FlushBezels

Forroundunits(LB9Z-BS6)

Forsquareunits(LB9Z-BS7)

Forrectangularunits(LB9Z-BS8)

28

2222

ø22

218.1

GasketMounting Plate

24.2+0.2 018.2+0.2

0

18.2

+0.

2 0

ø18.2+0.2

0

Locking Ring

Panel Thickness:0.5 to 3.2 mm

MountingHoleLayout MountingHoleLayout MountingHoleLayout

Switches &

Pilot Devices


SocketsTim

ersContactors

Terminal Blocks

Circuit Breakers

495800-262-IDEC (4332) • USA & Canada


Accessory Dimensions (mm), con’t

Terminal CoverStandardBezel

ForSPDT/DPDTcontacts(LB9Z-VL2) For3PDTcontacts(LB9Z-VL3)

12.5

29.9

17.6

2.2

19.6

4.4

TOP

12.5

29.9

20.6

24.8

TOP

Switch Guard for Standard Bezel ModelsForround/squareunits(AL-K6SP) Forrectangularunits(AL-KH6SP)

33

34

14

R22 Panel Thickness0.5 to 2.011

.0

23.513

.0

18.0 24.0

11.0

23.5

13.0

[Forround/squareunits] [Forrectangularunits]

13

23.5

24

11

33

32.6

12.4


ForSingleBoardMounting(LA9Z-K3)

13

23.5

24

11

33

32.6

12.4


Note:Thepaneldepthisthesameforswitcheswithorwithoutswitchguards.BothmodelscanbeinstalledonthesamePCboard.

Standard Key

18

22

7

8.1

ø3.0

1.8

Wave Key22

Key No.8.8

14

228.8

14

6.3

0 H3 H

Key No.

Logo Side Key No. Side

Logo Side Key No. Side

Switc

hes

& P

ilot D

evic

esSi

gnal

ing

Ligh

tsRe

lays

& S

ocke

tsTi

mer

sCo

ntac

tors

Term

inal

Blo

cks

Circ

uit B

reak

ers


496 www.IDEC.com

Replacement Parts


Lens Forroundunits Polyarylateø15.4H4mm AL6M-Lk

Specifythecolorcodeinplaceofkinthepartnumber.A:Amber,C:Clear,G:Green,R:Red,S: Blue,Y:Yellow

Note:Useaclearlensfororwhite(PW)illumination.

Forsquareunits Polyarylate15.4,H4mm AL6Q-Lk

Forrectangularunits PolyarylateW21.4xH4xD15.4mm AL6H-Lk

Button Forroundunits Polyarylate15.4,H4mm AB6M-Bk

Specifythecolorcodeinplaceofkinthepartnumber.B:Black,G:Green,R:Red,S:BlueW:White,Y:Yellow

Forsquareunits Polyarylate15.4,H4mm AB6Q-Bk

Forrectangularunits PolyarylateW21.4xH4xD15.4 AB6H-Bk

MarkingPlateForroundunits Acrylic

ø13.7H0.8 AL6M-kSpecifythecolorcodeinplaceofkinthepartnumber.B:Black,W:White

Seepage498fordimensionsandengravingarea.

Forsquareunits Acrylic13.7,H0.8mm AL6Q-k

Forrectangularunits AcrylicW19.7xH0.8(0.4)xD13.7mm AL6H-k

LockingRing

Forallunits Polyamideø17.9,H3.9mm LB9Z-LNP

Anti-rotationRing

ForstandardbezelMetal(Stainlesssteel)17.9,t0.6mm

LB9Z-LP1

Anti-rotationRingForflushbezel

Metal(Stainlesssteel)W21xH8.2xD20.6t0.8mm

LB9Z-LP6

SpareStandardKey

Forkeyselectorswitches Nickel-platedBrass AS6-SK Seepage495fordimensions.

SpareWavekey

ReversibleWaveKey

Non-reversibleWaveKey

ForWavekeyselectorswitches

Diecastzincalloy(nickelplated)W14xH2xD30.8mm LA9Z-SK-n

SpecifyWavekeynumberinplaceofninthepartnumber.0H:Standardwavekey(reversible)1Hto2H:Reversiblewavekey3Hto6H:Non-reversiblewavekeySeepage495fordimensions.

LB Series Replacement LED UnitItem Rated Operating Voltage Part Number k Color Code

LEDUnitDC5V LB9Z-LED5k A

GPWRS

Specifycolorcodeinplaceofthekinthepartnumber.R:Red,G:Green,A:Amber,S:Blue,PW:WhiteAllilluminatedLBseriescontainanLEDunit.Useawhite(PW)LEDunitforyellow(Y)illumination.

AC/DC12V LB9Z-LED1k

AC/DC24V LB9Z-LED2k

Switches &

Pilot Devices


SocketsTim

ersContactors

Terminal Blocks

Circuit Breakers

497800-262-IDEC (4332) • USA & Canada


Safety Precautions• TurnoffthepowertotheLBseriescontrolunitsbeforeinstallation,removal,

wiring,maintenance,andinspection.Failuretoturnpoweroffmaycauseelectricalshocksorfirehazard.

• Toavoidburningyourhand,usethelampholdertoolwhenreplacingthe lamps.

• Forwiring,usewiresofapropersizetomeetvoltageandcurrentrequire-ments.Soldercorrectlyaccordingtotheinstructionsin“Wiring”and“NotesonTerminalCover.”Impropersolderingmaycauseoverheatingandcreateafirehazard.Also,whenusingtabterminals,usereceptaclesofappropriatesize.

InstructionsWiring1.Soldertheterminalsat350°Cwithin3secondsusinga60Wsolderingiron.

Sn-Ag-Cutypeisrecommended.Whensoldering,donottouchtheLBserieswiththesolderingiron.Alsoensurethatnotensileforceisappliedtotheterminals.Donotbendtheterminalorapplyexcessiveforcetotheterminal.

2.Usenon-corrosiveliquidflux.

Terminal CoverSolder/tabterminalInserttheterminalcoverintothecontactblockwiththeTOPmarkingsonthecontactblockandtheterminalcoverinthesamedirection.

Note:Whenwiring,inserttheleadwiresintotheterminalcoverholesbeforesoldering.Afterwiring,terminalcoverscannotbeinstalled.

StandardBezel

FlushBezel

Operating Environment• DonotusetheLBserieswherecorrosivegasesexistorunderanenviron-

mentexceedingtheoperatingtemperatureandhumidityranges.Other-wise,damagesduetocontactfailureorchangeofsurfacecolormayoccur.

• Majorpartsoftheswitchareplastic.Scratchesordamagesmayoccurwhenscrapedwithasharpobjectorappliedwithexcessiveloadorshock.Notethatthismaycauseoperationandappearancefailureoftheoperatorandbezel.

• Adherenceofdetergent,cuttingoil,orspecialchemicalstotheswitchmayresultinoperationfailuresandappearancefailuressuchaschangeofsurfacecolor.

HandlingContacts(microswitch)WhenusingNC(normallyclosed)andNO(normallyopen)contactsofthesamemicroswitch,avoidconnectionsofdifferentvoltages,orconnectionsofdifferenttypesofpowersupplies.Failuretoobservethisinstructionmaycauseashort-circuit.

Removing and Installing the Contact Block1. Turnthelockingleveronthecontactblockinthedirectionoppositetothe

arrowonthehousing.Thenthecontactblockcanberemoved.

2. InsertthecontactblockwiththeTOPmarkingsonthecontactblockandtheoperatorplacedinthesamedirection.Thenlocktheunits,turningthelockingleverinthedirectionofthearrow.

locking lever

Panel MountingRemovethecontactblockfromtheoperator.Inserttheoperatorintothepanelcut-outfromthefront,theninstallthecontactblocktotheoperator.

StandardBezel

TOP

TOP

Panel

➀

➁

Anti-rotation Ring

Locking Ring

Contact Block

FlushBezel

TOP

TOP

Panel

➀Anti-rotation Ring

➁ Locking Ring

Contact Block

Notes on MountingUsetheoptionalringwrench(MT-001)tomounttheoperatorontothepanel.Tighteningtorqueshouldnotexceed0.7N·m.Donotusepliers.Excessivetight-eningwilldamagethelockingring.

Switc

hes

& P

ilot D

evic

esSi

gnal

ing

Ligh

tsRe

lays

& S

ocke

tsTi

mer

sCo

ntac

tors

Term

inal

Blo

cks

Circ

uit B

reak

ers


498 www.IDEC.com

Replacing the LensStandardBezelFromtheoppositesideoftheTOPmarking,removetheoperator(lens,markingplate,andlensholder)usingtheoptionallensremovaltool(MT-101)bygrippingtherecessesofthecolorlens.RemovingfromtheTOPsidemaydamagethemetallicbezel.

RemovingtheOperator(standardbezel)

FlushBezelFromtheoppositesideoftheTOPmarking,pushthetipoftheflatscrewdrivertothegrooveofthecolorlensandpullouttheoperator(lens,markingplate,lensholder).RemovingfromtheTOPsidemaydamagethemetallicbezel.

RemovingtheOperator(flushbezel)

ReplacingtheMarkingPlateRemovethemarkingplatebypushingthelensfromthereartodisengagethelatchesbetweenthelensandholder,usingthescrewdriverasshownbelow.

Note:Atransparentfilminsidethelensholderisattachedtotheunittomakeitwaterproofandcannotberemoved.

2. Insertamarkingplateintothecolorlens,andpressthelensontothelensholdertoengagethelatches.Payattentiontotheorientationofthemarkingplate.

EngageRecesses Latches

EngravingSurface

Color Lens MarkingPlate

LensHolder

Lens Unit and Contact Block InstallationToinsertthelensunitintotheoperator,pressinthelensunitbymakingsurethatthelatchontheoperatorisalignedwiththelatchonthelensunit.

Latch

Latch

Operator

Recess

TOP TOP Latch

LatchRound lens unit Square lens unit

StandardBezel

Latch

Latch

Operator

Recess

TOP TOP Latch

LatchRound lens unit Square lens unit

FlushBezel

Latch LatchRound Lens Unit Square Lens Unit

Latch

Operator

Recess

TOP TOP Latch

Marking Plates and FilmsForilluminatedpushbuttonsandpushbuttonswithilluminatedlens,legendsandsymbolscanbeengravedonthemarkingplates,orprintedfilmcanbeinsertedunderthelensforlabellingpurposes.

Marking Plate and Marking Film Size

Lens Round Square Rectangular

Built-in

Marking

Plate Engraving

Areaø12

.0

12.0

ø13.7

0.8 12.0

EngravingArea

0.8

13.7

EngravingArea

18.0

12.0

0.8

19.7×13.7

•Engravingmustbemadeontheengravingareawithin0.5mmdeep.•Themarkingplateismadeofwhiteacrylicresin.

Applicab

leM

arking

Film

ø13

.6

11.8 ø13.6 19.6

13.6

•Filmthickness:0.1mmperfilm•Markingfilmisnotincluded.•Recommendedmarkingfilm:Polyesterfilm

Marking Plate and Film Insertion Order

Lens FilmMarking

PlateLens

Holder Operator

Engraved SurfaceTOP

Themarkingplatemustbeengravedonthespecifiedsideasshownabove.Payattentiontotheorientationofthemarkingplate.

Switches &

Pilot Devices


SocketsTim

ersContactors

Terminal Blocks

Circuit Breakers

499800-262-IDEC (4332) • USA & Canada


Replacing the LED UnitTheLEDunitcanbereplacedbypullingthelensunitoutofthecontactblock.

LEDUnitContactBlock

Orientation of the LED unitInserttheLEDunitintothecontactblockwiththeTOPmarkingsonthecontactblockandLEDunitinthesameorientation.

TOP TOP

Notes on replacing the LED Unit•WhenreplacingtheLEDunit,makesurethatstaticelectricityisnotapplied.

• MakesurethattheLBserieshascooleddownbeforereplacingtheLEDunit.

• Toavoidgettingburned,becarefulnottotouchtheunitwhileitisstillhot.

Notes on Using Quick Connect Terminals 1. Use#110tabquickconnects,0.5mm-thick.

2.Whenconnectingtheterminalsontheleftandcenter,makesurethatsurfacesofthequickconnectsfaceeachother.Otherwise,ashort-circuitmayoccur.

TOPTOP

Correct Incorrect

3. Applyonlyhorizontalforceagainstthepaneltothetab.Theswitchmaybedamagedifaforceotherthanahorizontalforceisapplied.

Installing Rubber BootsWhenusingtheswitchesinenviromentssubjecttosplashingwateroranexces-siveamountofdust,makesuretouseanoptionalrubberboot.

Asshowninthedrawingbelow,jremovethegasketfromtheoperator,andk attachtherubberbootfromthefront(buttonside).

Standard BezelsForrectangularandsquareunits,pulloutthesealsoftherubberbootandplacethemaroundtheoperatorsleeveasshownbelow.Makesurethatthesealsarenottwistedortuckedinsideandthatthegasketisremoved,otherwisewater-proofanddustproofcharacteristicsarenotensured.

How to Install the Rubber Boot

Rectangular

Seals

Mount

Remove

Operator

Operator

Operator

Seals

Gasket

Rubber boot installed



Seals

Mount

Remove

Seals

Gasket

Mount

Remove

Gasket

➁

➁

➁

➀

➀

➀

Square

Round

Switc

hes

& P

ilot D

evic

esSi

gnal

ing

Ligh

tsRe

lays

& S

ocke

tsTi

mer

sCo

ntac

tors

Term

inal

Blo

cks

Circ

uit B

reak

ers


500 www.IDEC.com

Flush BezelsMounttherubberbootsothattheprotrusionatthebottomsurfaceoftheopera-torfitswiththerecessontheoperator,placingtherubberbootallaroundtheoperatorsleeve.

Makesurethattheprotrusionontherubberbootandtherecessontheoperatorfitscorrectly,otherwise,thewaterproofanddustproofcharacteristicsarenotensured.

How to Install the Rubber Boot

Mount

Gasket

Remove➀

➁

BadExample

GoodExample

Protrusion

Recess

Note:Installtherubberbootbeforemountingtheunittothepanel.

CorrectExample

IncorrectExample

Maintained PushbuttonsDonotreplacethebuttonswhenthepushbuttonisinthemaintainedposi-tion.Replacingthebuttoninthemaintainedpositionmaydamagetheinternalmechanism.Also,donotremovethecontactblockwiththebuttoninthemain-tainedposition.Thecontactmaynotoperateproperlywhenthecontactblockisremounted.

Pushbuttons and Illuminated Pushbuttons with Switch GuardDonotapplyforcetotheswitchguardwhentheswitchguardisnotattachedtoapanel.Whenopeningtheswitchguard,donotopenmorethan180°.Thehingemaybreak.

Selector SwitchesWhenturningtheoperatororkey,makesurethattheyareturnedtothecorrectposition.

Selector Switches with KeyObservethefollowinginstructionstopreventmalfunctionordamage.• Donotremovethekeyfromanykeyretainedposition.

• Inadditiontothestandardkey(keynumber0H),sixotherkeynumbersareavailable.Useakeyofthematchingnumberwiththekeycylinder.Thestan-dardkeydoesnothaveakeynumberindication.

• Keysareavailableintwotypes.Keynumbers0H(standard),1H,and2Harereversiblekeyswhichcanbeinsertedintwoways.Keynumbers3H,4H,5H,and6Harenon-reversiblekeys.Makesureofcor-rectinsertiondirection.

Switches &

Pilot Devices


SocketsTim

ersContactors

Terminal Blocks

Circuit Breakers

501800-262-IDEC (4332) • USA & Canada


Single Board MountingTheIDECLBseriesisavailableforsingleboardmounting.

Rear

ø6drilledholeforoperatingthelockinglever

Installing and Removing Contact BlocksTurnthelockinglevertoinstallandremovecontactblocksonaPCboardusingascrewdriverfromaholeinthePCboard.

Determinethelocationoftheswitchessothatthelockinglevercanbeoperated.

Mounting Holes and Assembly ProcedureDrillmountingholesinthepanelasshownbelow.Whentheunitsaremountedcollectively,provideadequateclearance.

Panel Cut-out

FlushBezels4-R0.5 or less

ø18.2 ±0.1

1.9±0.05

17.1

±0.0

5

StandardBezels

ø16.0 0+0.1 0

.05

0.051.9

14.8

+_

+_

ø16.0 +0.1 0

ø16.0 +0.1 0

(24 or more for rectangular units) (24 or more for

rectangular units)

18or more

21or

mor

e

23.2or more

18or

mor

e

SPDT/DPDTContactsv 3PDTContacts

StandardBezels

Flush BezelsSPDT/DPDTContacts45mmminimumforswitcheswith guard

3PDTContacts45mmminimumforswitcheswith guard

24.2 ±0.1

18.2

±0.

1

18.2

±0.

1

24.2 ±0.1

18.2 ±0.1 18.2 ±0.1

ø18.2 ±0.1

ø18.2 ±0.1

22 min

22 min

28 min 28 min

22 m

in∗

22 m

in∗

22 m

in∗

22 m

in∗

22 m

in∗

22 m

in∗

23.2 min

23.2 min

Assembly Procedure1. Installtheoperatortothepanel.

2.Mountthecontactblocktotheoperatorfromthebackofthepanel.

3. Turnthelockinglevertolockthecontactblock.

4. InsertaPCboardandsolder.

Notes:1. MakesurethateachterminalisinsertedintothePCboardcorrectly.2. Donotapplytensileforcetotheconnectorcableforanextendedperiodoftime.3. Donotexposethecontactblocktowater.4. Ensuretolockcontactblockswhenthecontactblocksareinstalledontheoperators.

Switc

hes

& P

ilot D

evic

esSi

gnal

ing

Ligh

tsRe

lays

& S

ocke

tsTi

mer

sCo

ntac

tors

Term

inal

Blo

cks

Circ

uit B

reak

ers

ø16mm - L6 Series Switches & Pilot Devices

502 www.IDEC.com

L6 Series — Miniature Switches and Pilot Devices

Key features:• 5/8”(16mm)mountingholes• Lockingleverremovablecontactblocks• SolderterminalorPCBterminaloptions• Availableassembledorassub-components•Worldwideapprovals• IncandescentorLEDillumination• Snapactioncontacts

ULRecognizedFileNo.E55996

CSACertifiedFileNo.LR21451

RegistrationNo.R9551089(E-stops)RegistrationNo.J9551458(allotherswitches)RegistrationNo.R95650511(PilotLights)

Cont

act R

atin

gs

ConformingtoStandards EN60947-1,EN60947-5-1,VDE0660-200,UL508,CSAC22-2N0.14

OperatingTemperature Operation:–25to+55°C(withoutfreezing),45to85%RHStorage:-30to+80°C(withoutfreezing)

VibrationResistance 5to55Hz,1.0peak-peakamplitudemax

ShockResistance Operatinglimit:100m/sec2(approximately10G)Damagelimit:1000m/sec2(approximately100G)

MechanicalLife Momentarypushbuttons2,000,000operationsminimumAllothers:250,000operationsminimum

DegreeofProtection IP65(conformingtoIEC60529)

DielectricStrength

Switchunit:betweenliveandground:2500voltAC,1minutebetweenterminalsofdifferentpoles:2500voltAC,1minutebetweenterminalsofsamepole:1000voltAC,1minuteIlluminationunit:betweenlivepartandground:2500voltAC,1minute

InsulationResistance 100MΩminimum(using500VDCmegger)

RatedInsulationVoltage 250VAC/DC

RatedThermalCurrent GoldContacts(pcb):3ASilverContacts(solder):5A

ContactResistance 50Ωmaximuminitialvalue

RatedOperatingCurrent

Silver Contacts(SolderTerminals)

Gold Clad Contacts(PCBterminals)

30V 125V 250V 30V 125VACresistive — 5A 2A ACinductive - 0.1AACinductive — 2A 1.5A DCresistive 0.1A —DCresistive 3A 0.4A —DCinductive 1A 0.2A —

MinimumRecommendedLoad(referencevalueforsilvercontacts) 5VAC/DC,1mA

TerminalStyle 0.110”SolderTab/PCB

ContactForm SnapAction,DoubleThrow

ContactMaterial SolderTab:PureSilver/PCB:GoldPlatedSilver

ElectricalLife(atfullload) Momentarypushbuttons:100,000operationsminimum(1800operations/hour)Allothers:100,000operationsminimum(1200operations/hour)

Lam

p Ra

tings

LampCurrentDraw

5VDCLED:8mA6VAC/DCLED:7mA6VAC/DCincandescent:100mA12VAC/DCLED:8mA12VAC/DCincandescent:50mA24VAC/DCLED:8mA24VAC/DCincandescent:25mA120VAC=8mA

LampLife Incandescent:2000hours./LED50,000hours.(onpureDC,half-lifeintensity)

Switches &

Pilot Devices


SocketsTim

ersContactors

Terminal Blocks

Circuit Breakers

503800-262-IDEC (4332) • USA & Canada

ø16mm - L6 SeriesSwitches & Pilot Devices

Built-in LED Lamp RatingsModel LFTD-5k LFTD-1k LFTD-2k LFTD-H2k

Lamp Base SX6S/8x5.4

Rated Voltage 5VDC 12VAC/DC 24VAC/DC 120VAC

Operating Voltage 5VDC±5% 12VAC/DC±10% 24VAC/DC±10% 120VAC±5%

Current DrawAC — 9mA 9mA 8mA

DC 8mA 8mA 8mA —

Color Code k SpecifyacolorcodeinplaceofkinthePartNo:A(amber),G(green),R(red),S(blue),W(white),Y(yellow)

Lamp Base Color Sameasilluminationcolor

Voltage Marking Stampedonthelampbase

Life (reference value) Approx.50,000hours

Internal Circuit

A,R,W,Y A,R,W,Y

LED Chip

Protection Diode

Zener Diode

(+) (–)

G,S G,S

(+) (–) LED Chip

Protection Diode

Zener Diode

Non-Illuminated Pushbuttons (Assembled)Non-Illuminated Pushbuttons

Style Operation ContactTerminal Style

Solder Tab PCB

OversizeRoundExtended Momentary

SPDT HA1B-M2C5-j HA1B-M2C1V-j

jButton Color CodesColor Code Color Code

Black B Blue S

Green G White W

Red R Yellow Y

DPDT HA1B-M2C6-j HA1B-M2C2V-j

MaintainedSPDT HA1B-A2C5-j HA1B-A2C1V-j

DPDT HA1B-A2C6-j HA1B-A2C2V-j

OversizeSquareFlush MomentarySPDT HA2B-M1C5-j HA2B-M1C1V-j




OversizeSquareExtended Momentary

SPDT HA2B-M2C5-j HA2B-M2C1V-j




Mushroom MomentarySPDT HA1B-M3C5-j HA1B-M3C1V-j




1. InplaceofjspecifyButtonColorCodefromtable.2. Illuminated(translucent)stylelensesalsoavailable,specifyassuch:insteadofLA1B-M1C5-juseLA1B-M1C5L-kinplaceofk

(specifyLensColorCodefromnextpage.)3. PCBterminalmodelsalsoavailablewithsilvercontacts(change“1”or“2”to“5”or“6”respectively,ieLA1B-M1C1V-jbecomes

LA1B-M1C5V-j).

Switc

hes

& P

ilot D

evic

esSi

gnal

ing

Ligh

tsRe

lays

& S

ocke

tsTi

mer

sCo

ntac

tors

Term

inal

Blo

cks

Circ

uit B

reak

ers


504 www.IDEC.com


Contact + Safety Lever Lock + Operator + Button = Complete Part

OperatorsStyle Momentary Maintained

OversizeRound

HA1B-MO HA1B-AO

OversizeSquare

HA2B-MO HA2B-AO

Mushroom

HA1B-MOL HA1B-A0L

1. InplaceofjspecifyButtonColorCodefromtableonright.

2. InplaceofkspecifyLensColorCodefromtableonright.

3. *requiresHA1L-M0orHA1L-A0operatorinsteadofHA1B-M0orHA1B-A0.

4. **requiresHA2L-M0orHA2L-A0insteadofHA2B-M0orHA2B-A0.

Buttons/LensesStyle Button Lens

OversizeRoundFlush

HA1A-B1-j HA1A-L1-k*

OversizeRoundExtended

HA1A-B2-j –

OversizeSquareFlush

HA2A-B1-j HA2A-L1-k**

OversizeSquareExtended

HA2A-B2-j –

Mushroom

HA1A-B3-j HA1A-L3-k

Contacts

Style ContactsTerminal Style

Solder Tab PCB

Gold SPDT

DPDTHA-C1HA-C2

HA-C1VHA-C2V

Silver SPDT

DPDTHA-C5HA-C6

HA-C5VHA-C6V

Safety Lever LockStyle Part Number

HA9Z-LS

j Button Color CodeColor Code

Black B

Green G

Red R

Blue S

White W

Yellow Y

k Lens Color CodeColor Code

Amber A

Green G

Red R

Blue S

Yellow Y

White W

Switches &

Pilot Devices


SocketsTim

ersContactors

Terminal Blocks

Circuit Breakers

505800-262-IDEC (4332) • USA & Canada


HA1B/HA1E E-Stop

Key features:• PCBorSolderTerminals• LockingLeverRemovableContactBlocks• PositiveActionContacts• 1or2formB(SPST-NC)Contacts• IP65Protection• 16mmMountingHole• TamperProofConstruction

FileNo.DK95-00138

CSAFileNo.LR21451

ULRecognizedFileNo.E55996

DirectOpeningAction

SpecificationsContact Form 1or2formB(SPST-NC)

Termination PCBorSolderTerminal

Contact Material Silver

Applicable Standards EN60947-5-1,UL508,CSA22.2.No.14

Rated Insulation Voltage 250VAC/DC

Degree of Protection IP65

Conditional Short-Circuit Current and Short-Circuit Protective Device

50A(at250V)10A250VFuse,operationclassMaccordingtoIEC269-1andIEC269-2

Positive Opening Operation

Positiveopeningtravel 3.4mm

Minimumforcerequiredtoachievepositiveopeningoperationofallbreakcontacts. 10.3N(2formBcontacts)

Maximumtravelincludingtravelbeyondtheminimumtravelposition 5.5mm

Maximumfrequencyofactuation 1,200operations/hour

Pollution Degree 3

NameplatesHAAV–Yellow Plastic

ø43m

m

Marking Part Number

Blank HAAV-0

EngravedEmergencyStop HAAV-27

Positive Action E-Stop Accessories: Shroud

Style Operation ContactTerminal Style Style Part Number Applicable Standards

XA9Z-KG1 SEMIS2Compliant(ApprovedbyTUV)

Solder Tab PCB

E-Stop Pushlock/TurnReset

DPST(NC)(2formB) HA1B-V2E2R HA1B-V2E2VR

ShortBody SPST-NC(1formB)DPST-NC(2formB)

HA1E-V2S1RHA1E-V2S2R —

1. Buttonisnon-removable,availableinredandascompleteassembledunitonly.2. E-Stopdoesnotcomewithsafetyleverlock.

Buzzers (IP40)

Style Operating VoltageTerminal Style

Solder/Tab PCB

Buzz

er-R

ecta

ngul

ar

6VAC/DC±10% LA3Z-1X2 LA3Z-1X2V

12Vto24AC/DC±10% LA3Z-1X4 LA3Z-1X4V

Buzzer RatingsFrequency 2khz±500HZ

Amplitude [email protected](atratedvoltage)

OperatingVoltage 6VAC/DCor12-24VAC/DC±10%

AdjustableCycle 55to600cyclesperminute

CurrentDraw DC:7mAAC:20mA

Life 1000hrs.minimum

InsulationVoltage 60VAC/DC

OperatingTemperature -20to55ºC(nofreezing),45to85%RH

DegreeofProtection IP40

Switc

hes

& P

ilot D

evic

esSi

gnal

ing

Ligh

tsRe

lays

& S

ocke

tsTi

mer

sCo

ntac

tors

Term

inal

Blo

cks

Circ

uit B

reak

ers


506 www.IDEC.com


Pilot Lights

StyleTerminal Style

Solder Tab PCB

OversizeRound

HA1P-1C0l-k HA1P-1C0lV-k

OversizeSquare

HA2P-1C0l-k HA2P-1C0lV-k

OversizeRoundUnibody

HA1P-1l-k —

OversizeSquareUnibody

HA2P-1l-k —

kLens/LED Color CodesColor Code

Amber A

Green G

Red R

Blue S

White W

Yellow Y

lVoltage/Lamp CodeVoltage Code

5VDCLED 1

6VAC/DCLED 2

12VAC/DCLED 3

24VAC/DCLED 4

120VACLED 8

6VAC/DCIncandescent 5



1. InplaceofkspecifyLens/LEDColorCodefromtable.2.InplaceoflspecifyVoltageCodefromtable.

Switches &

Pilot Devices


SocketsTim

ersContactors

Terminal Blocks

Circuit Breakers

507800-262-IDEC (4332) • USA & Canada



Terminals + Safety Lever Lock + Lamp Holder + Lamp + Operator + Lens = Completed Unit

OperatorsStyle Part Number

OversizeRound

HA1P-0

OversizeSquare

HA2P-0

OversizeRoundUnibody

HA1P-00

OversizeSquareUnibody

HA2P-00

LensesStyle Part Number

OversizeRound

HA1A-P1-k

OversizeSquare

HA2A-P1-k

Inplaceofkspecifylenscolorcode.

LampsStyle Voltage Part Number

LED 5VDC6VAC/DC12VAC/DC24VAC/DC120VAC

LFTD-5kLFTD-6kLFTD-1kLFTD-2kLFTD-H2k

Incandescent

6VAC/DC12VAC/DC24VAC/DC

LH-06LH-14LH-28

InplaceofkspecifyLEDcolorcodefromtablebelow.

TerminalsStyle Solder Tab PCB

HA-C00 HA-C00V

Notrequiredforunibodyoperators.

Lamp HolderStyle Part Number

HA9Z-AH


HA9Z-LS

k Lens/LED Color CodesColor Code

Amber A

Green G

Red R

Blue S

Yellow Y

White W

Switc

hes

& P

ilot D

evic

esSi

gnal

ing

Ligh

tsRe

lays

& S

ocke

tsTi

mer

sCo

ntac

tors

Term

inal

Blo

cks

Circ

uit B

reak

ers


508 www.IDEC.com



Style Operation ContactTerminal Style

Solder Tab PCB

OversizeRoundMomentary SPDT

DPDTHA1L-M1C5l-kHA1L-M1C6l-k

HA1L-M1C1lV-kHA1L-M1C2lV-k

Maintained SPDTDPDT

HA1L-A1C5l-kHA1L-A1C6l-k

HA1L-A1C1lV-kHA1L-A1C2lV-k

OversizeSquare

Momentary SPDTDPDT

HA2L-M1C5l-kHA2L-M1C6l-k


Maintained SPDTDPDT



MushroomMomentary SPDT

DPDTHA1L-M3C5l-kHA1L-M3C6l-k


Maintained SPDTDPDT



kLens Color CodesColor Code

Amber A

Green G

Red R

Blue S

Yellow Y

White W

lVoltage/Lamp CodeVoltage Code

5VDCLED 1

6VAC/DCLED 2

12VAC/DCLED 3

24VAC/DCLED 4

120VACLED 8




1. InplaceofkspecifyLensColorCodefromtable.2.InplaceoflspecifyVoltageCodefromtable.3. PCBterminalmodelsalsoavailablewithsilvercontactschange“1”or“2”to“5”or“6”respectively,(ieLA1L-

M1C14V-jbecomesLA1L-M1C54V-j).4. Lightindependentofswitchposition.

Switches &

Pilot Devices


SocketsTim

ersContactors

Terminal Blocks

Circuit Breakers

509800-262-IDEC (4332) • USA & Canada



Terminals + Safety Lever Lock + Lamp Holder + Lamp + Operator + Lens = Completed Unit

OperatorsStyle Momentary Maintained

OversizeRound

HA1L-MO HA1L-A0

OversizeSquare

HA2L-MO HA2L-AO

Mushroom

HA1B-MOL HA1B-AOL


Amber A

Green G

Red R

Blue S

Yellow Y

White W


OversizeRound

HA1A-L1-k

OversizeSquare

HA2A-L1-k

Mushroom

HA1A-L3-k

Inplaceofkspecifylenscolorcode.




Incandescent


LH-06LH-14LH-28

Contacts


Solder Tab PCB

Gold SPDT

DPDTHA-C10HA-C20

HA-C10VHA-C20V

Silver SPDT

DPDTHA-C50HA-C60

HA-C50VHA-C60V


HA9Z-AH


HA9Z-LS

Switc

hes

& P

ilot D

evic

esSi

gnal

ing

Ligh

tsRe

lays

& S

ocke

tsTi

mer

sCo

ntac

tors

Term

inal

Blo

cks

Circ

uit B

reak

ers


510 www.IDEC.com


Selector Switches

Style Position ContactTerminal Style

Solder Tab PCB

OversizeRound 90˚2

-Pos

ition

Maintained L R DPDT HA1S-2C6 HA1S-2C2V


L R DPDT HA1S-21C6 HA1S-21C2V45

˚3-Pos

ition

Maintained LC

R DPDT HA1S-3C6 HA1S-3C2V


L R DPDT HA1S-31C6 HA1S-31C2V


LC


2-Wayspringreturn

LC


1. AllassembledselectorswitchesuseDPDTcontacts.2. ForSPDTcontactsseesub-componentsonnextpage.3. PCBterminalmodelsalsoavailablewithsilvercontactschange“1”or“2”to“5”or“6”respectively,(ieLA1S-21C2V

becomesLA1S-21C6V).

Contact Operations (forallselectors)

Contacts Operator Position and Contact Operation

2-pos.(DPDT)

Left

LeftContactNO

C

NC

RightContactNO

C

NC

RightNO

C

NC NO

C

NC

LeftContact

RightContact

3-pos.(DPDT)

LeftNO

C

NC NO

C

NC

LeftContact

RightContact

Center

LeftContactNO

C

NC

RightContactNO

C

NC

RightNO

C

NC NO

C

NC

LeftContact

RightContact

Asviewedfromfrontofswitch.

Switches &

Pilot Devices


SocketsTim

ersContactors

Terminal Blocks

Circuit Breakers

511800-262-IDEC (4332) • USA & Canada



Contact + Safety Lever Lock + Operator = Complete Part

OperatorsStyle Position Function Part Number

OversizeRound 2 MaintainedSpringfromright

HA1S-2YHA1S-21Y

3

MaintainedSpringfromrightSpringfromleftSpringfromboth

HA1S-3YHA1S-31YHA1S-32YHA1S-33Y


HA9Z-LS

Contacts


Solder Tab PCB

Gold SPDT

DPDTHA-C1HA-C2

HA-C1VHA-C2V

Silver SPDT

DPDTHA-C5HA-C6

HA-C5VHA-C6V

1. Allassembledswitcheslistedonpreviouspage

useDPDTcontacts.2. SPDTContactsforuseon2positionselector

switchonly

Switc

hes

& P

ilot D

evic

esSi

gnal

ing

Ligh

tsRe

lays

& S

ocke

tsTi

mer

sCo

ntac

tors

Term

inal

Blo

cks

Circ

uit B

reak

ers


512 www.IDEC.com

Key Switches (Assembled)

Key Switches


Solder Tab PCB

OversizeRound90

˚2-P

osition

Maintained L R DPDT HA1K-2C6l HA1K-2C2Vl


L R DPDT HA1K-21C6B HA1K-21C2VB45

˚3-Pos

ition

Maintained LC

R DPDT HA1K-3C6l HA1K-3C2Vl


LC



LC


2-Wayspringreturn

LC

R DPDT HA1K-33C6D HA1K-33C2VD

1.InplaceoflspecifyKeyRetentionCodefromnextpage.2.AllassembledkeyswitcheshaveDPDTcontacts.ForSPDTseesub-assembledonnextpage.3.PCBterminalmodelsalsoavailablewithsilvercontactschange“1”or“2”to“5”or“6”respectively,(ieLA1K-2C2Vl

becomesLA1K-2C6Vl).



2-pos.(DPDT)

Left

LeftContactNO

C

NC

RightContactNO

C

NC

RightNO

C

NC NO

C

NC

LeftContact

RightContact

3-pos.(DPDT)

LeftNO

C

NC NO

C

NC

LeftContact

RightContact

Center

LeftContactNO

C

NC

RightContactNO

C

NC

RightNO

C

NC NO

C

NC

LeftContact

RightContact


l Key Retention Option CodesCode Description

A Keynotretainedinanyposition(removableinallpositions)





G Keyretainedrightandcenter(3positiononly)

H Keyretainedleftandcenter(3positiononly)

Keycannotberemovedfromaspring-returnposition.

Switches &

Pilot Devices


SocketsTim

ersContactors

Terminal Blocks

Circuit Breakers

513800-262-IDEC (4332) • USA & Canada



Contact + Safety Lever Lock + Operator = Complete Part


OversizeRound2 Maintained

SpringfromrightHA1K-2lHA1K-21B

3


HA1K-3lHA1K-31lHA1K-32lHA1K-33D

1. Inplaceoflspecifykeyremovablecodefromtableonright.2. Operatorincludestwokeys.

Contacts


Solder Tab PCB

Gold SPDT

DPDTHA-C1HA-C2

HA-C1VHA-C2V

Silver SPDT

DPDTHA-C5HA-C6

HA-C5VHA-C6V

1. Allassembledswitcheslistedonpreviouspage

useDPDTcontacts.2. SPDTContactsforuseon2positionselector

switchonly


HA9Z-LS

l Key Retention Option CodesCode Description








Keycannotberemovedfromaspring-returnposition.

Switc

hes

& P

ilot D

evic

esSi

gnal

ing

Ligh

tsRe

lays

& S

ocke

tsTi

mer

sCo

ntac

tors

Term

inal

Blo

cks

Circ

uit B

reak

ers


514 www.IDEC.com

Illuminated Selector Switches (Assembled)

Illuminated Selector Switches


Solder Tab PCB

Round 90˚2

-Pos

ition

Maintained L R DPDT LA1F-2C6l-k LA1F-2C2lV-k


L R DPDT LA1F-21C6l-k LA1F-21C2lV-k

45˚3

-Pos

ition

Maintained LC

R DPDT LA1F-3C6l-k LA1F-3C2lV-k


LC



LC


2-Wayspringreturn

LC


Square 90˚2

-Pos

ition




45˚3

-Pos

ition

Maintained LC



LC



LC


2-Wayspringreturn

LC


Rectangular 90˚2

-Pos

ition




45˚3

-Pos

ition

Maintained LC



LC



LC


2-Wayspringreturn

LC


OversizeRound 90˚2

-Pos

ition

Maintained L R DPDT HA1F-2C6l-k HA1F-2C2lV-k


L R DPDT HA1F-21C6l-k HA1F-21C2lV-k

45˚3

-Pos

ition

Maintained LC

R DPDT HA1F-3C6l-k HA1F-3C2lV-k


LC



LC


2-Wayspringreturn

LC




2-pos.(DPDT)

Left

LeftContactNO

C

NC

RightContactNO

C

NC

RightNO

C

NC NO

C

NC

LeftContact

RightContact

3-pos.(DPDT)

LeftNO

C

NC NO

C

NC

LeftContact

RightContact

Center

LeftContactNO

C

NC

RightContactNO

C

NC

RightNO

C

NC NO

C

NC

LeftContact

RightContact


k Lens/LED Color CodesColor Code Color Code

Amber A Blue S

Green G Yellow Y

Red R White W

l Voltage/Lamp CodeVoltage Code

5VDCLED 1

6VAC/DCLED 2

12VAC/DCLED 3

24VAC/DCLED 4

120VACLED 8




1. InplaceofkspecifyLens/LEDColorCodefromtableabove.

2.InplaceoflspecifyVoltageCodefromtableabove.

3. AllswitcheslistedhaveDPDTcontacts.ForSPDTseesub-assembledonnextpage.

4. PCBterminalmodelsalsoavailablewithsilvercontactschange“1”or“2”to“5”or“6”respectively,(ieLA1F-2C24V-kbecomesLA1F-2C64V-k).

5. Lightindependentofswitchposition.

Switches &

Pilot Devices


SocketsTim

ersContactors

Terminal Blocks

Circuit Breakers

515800-262-IDEC (4332) • USA & Canada


Illuminated Selector Switches (Sub-Assembled)

Contacts + Safety Lever Lock + Lamp Holder + Lamp + Operator + Lens/Handle = Completed Unit


Round

2 MaintainedSpringfromright

LA1F-20LA1F-210

3


LA1F-30LA1F-310LA1F-320LA1F-330

Square


LA2F-20LA2F-210

3


LA2F-30LA2F-310LA2F-320LA2F-330

Rectangular


LA3F-20LA3F-210

3


LA3F-30LA3F-310LA3F-320LA3F-330

OversizeRound


HA1F-20HA1F-210

3


HA1F-30HA1F-310HA1F-320HA1F-330

Contacts


Solder Tab PCB

Gold SPDT

DPDTHA-C10HA-C20

HA-C10VHA-C20V

Silver SPDT

DPDTHA-C50HA-C60

HA-C50VHA-C60V

AllassembledselectorsonpreviouspagesuseDPDTcontacts.SPDTcontactsareforuseonlyontwoposi-tionselectors.

Lenses/HandlesStyle Part Number

Standard

LA1A-F-k

Oversize

HA1A-F-k

Inplaceofkspecifylenscolorcodefromtable.


HA9Z-LS


HA9Z-AH




Incandescent


LH-06LH-14LH-28

InplaceofkspecifyLEDcolorcodefromtablebelow.


Amber A

Green G

Red R

Blue S

Yellow Y

White W

Switc

hes

& P

ilot D

evic

esSi

gnal

ing

Ligh

tsRe

lays

& S

ocke

tsTi

mer

sCo

ntac

tors

Term

inal

Blo

cks

Circ

uit B

reak

ers


516 www.IDEC.com

Pushbutton Selectors (Assembled)

Pushbutton Selectors

StyleTerminal Style

Solder Tab PCB

2Position HA1R-2C6-j HA1R-2C2V-j

3Position HA1R-3C6-j HA1R-3C2V-j

1. InplaceofjspecifyButtonColorCode.2. PCBterminalmodelsalsoavailablewithsilvercontacts(change“1”or“2”to“5”or“6”

respectively,ieHA1R-2C2V-jbecomesHA1R-2C6V-j).3.Pushedposition,momentaryonly.

j Button Color CodesColor Code Color Code

Amber A Blue S

Green G Yellow Y

Red R White W

Contact Operation

ContactsOperator Position and Contact Information

Down Center Up

2-pos.(DPDT)

MaintainedSpringfromTop

LeftContactNO

C

NC

RightContactNO

C

NC NO

C

NC NO

C

NC

LeftContact

RightContact

2-pos.(DPDT)

SpringReturnfromBottom

NO

C

NC NO

C

NC

LeftContact

RightContact

LeftContactNO

C

NC

RightContactNO

C

NC

3-pos.(DPDT) Allmodels

NO

C

NC NO

C

NC

LeftContact

RightContact

LeftContactNO

C

NC

RightContactNO

C

NC NO

C

NC NO

C

NC

LeftContact

RightContact


Contact Operation

StyleOperator Position

Left Center Right

2Position

Normal Pushed Normal Pushed Normal PushedLeft

ContactNO

C

NC

RightContactNO

C

NC NO

C

NC NO

C

NC

LeftContact

RightContact

— —

LeftContactNO

C

NC

RightContactNO

C

NC NO

C

NC NO

C

NC

LeftContact

RightContact

3Position

LeftContactNO

C

NC

RightContactNO

C

NC NO

C

NC NO

C

NC

LeftContact

RightContact

LeftContactNO

C

NC

RightContactNO

C

NCBlocked

LeftContactNO

C

NC

RightContactNO

C

NC NO

C

NC NO

C

NC

LeftContact

RightContact

Lever Switches

Style Operation ContactsTerminal Type

Solder Tab PCB

2-Pos

ition

MaintainedU

D

DPDT LA1T-2C6 LA1T-2C2V

SpringreturnfromtopU

D


SpringreturnfrombottomU

D


3-Po

sitio

n

MaintainedU

C

D


SpringreturnfromtopU

C

D


SpringreturnfrombottomU

C

D


SpringreturnfrombothU

C

D


1. PCBterminalmodelsalsoavailablewithsilvercontacts(change“1”or“2”to“5”or“6”respectively,ieLA1T-2C2VbecomesLA1T-2C6V).

2. Terminology:U=up,D=down,C=center.

Switches &

Pilot Devices


SocketsTim

ersContactors

Terminal Blocks

Circuit Breakers

517800-262-IDEC (4332) • USA & Canada


Switch Engraving Order Form – L6 Series

CopythisorderformanduseittospecifyLetterHeight,MaximumNumberofLinesandTexttobeengraved.

Toinsureengravingaccuracy,faxittoyourIDECrepresentativeorDistributor.

YourCompany: Telephone:

Name: Fax:

Address: Email:

PO: PartNumbertobeEngraved:

Pleasecheckoneoftheboxesbelowtoindicateyourchoiceofengravingoptions:

RectangularSwitch

SquareSwitch

RoundSwitch

# of Lines Letter Height

Max. Characters Per Line # of Lines Letter

HeightMax. Characters

Per Line# of

LinesLetter Height

Max. Characters Per Line

1 5/32 6 1 5/32 51

5/32 3

25/32 6

25/32 5 1/8 3

1/8 6 1/8 6 2 Custom*

3 1/8 6 3 1/8 6 3 Custom*

4 N/A 4 N/A 4 N/A

*Engravingispossible,butcharactersizewillbesmallerthanstandardsizes.

1. Abovementionedspecificationsholdtrueforstandardsizepushbuttons(round,squareandrectangular).2. Oversizepushbuttonsandpilotlightsallowyoutoengrave1additionalcharacter.3. Engravingisdoneonthebuttonitselffornon-iIlluminatedpushbuttonsandonmarkingplateforilluminatedpushbuttonsandpilotlights.4. Pleaseentertextexactlyhowyouwantitengraved,takecaretoemphasizecapitalorsmallletters.

Entertexttobeengraved:

Line1:

Line2:

Line3:

Line4:

Sample Letter Sizes

1/8Letters:

5/32Letters:

ForIDECInternalUseOnly:

WorkOrder#:

Switc

hes

& P

ilot D

evic

esSi

gnal

ing

Ligh

tsRe

lays

& S

ocke

tsTi

mer

sCo

ntac

tors

Term

inal

Blo

cks

Circ

uit B

reak

ers


518 www.IDEC.com

Accessories

Item Appearance Specifications Part Number Notes

RingWrench Madeofmetal MT-001

Usedfortighteningtheplasticlockingringwheninstall-ingtheL6seriesunitonapanel.Tighteningtorqueshouldnotexceed9kgfcmwhentighteningthelockingring.

LampHolderTool(MadeofRubber)

Madeofrubber.UsedforremovingandreplacingLEDandincandescentlampsinilluminatedunits. OR-44 RubbertoolusedforreplacingLEDandincandescent

lamps.

LensRemovalTool ForIlluminatedpushbuttonsandpilotlights. MT-101 Usedforremovingthelensorbuttonfromthehousing.

LEDLamp

5VDC6VAC/DC12VAC/DC24VAC/DC120VAC


T1-3/4miniatureflangebase.InplaceofjspecifyLEDColorCode(A,G,R,S,W,Y).

IncandescentLamp6VAC/DC12VAC/DC24VAC/DC

LH-06LH-14LH-28

0.5W,T1-3/4miniatureflangebase

SwitchGuard180degreesopening,springreturn

OversizeRound/Sq HA9Z-K1 Preventsinadvertentswitchoperation.IP65oiltightrated.

TerminalCover Madeofwhitenylon

Allremovablecontacts H6-VL2 Coversterminalstopreventpossibleelectricshock.

UnibodyPilotLights H6-PVL

MountingHolePlug

Rubber AL-B6 Fillsunusedpanelcutouts.Madeofnitrilerubber.Push-ininstallationfromfrontofpanel.IP65(oiltight)rated.

Aluminum AL-BM6 Fillsunusedpanelcutouts.Madeofaluminum.Screw-onlockingringfrominsideofpanel.IP65(oiltight)rated.

ReplacementKeys forHA1K(#231)–oversize KG9Z-SK Pairofkeys.

ReplacementEngravingInserts

OversizeRoundOversizeSquareMushroom

HA9Z-P1-WHA9Z-P2-WHA9Z-P13-W

ReplacementLockingRing Allmodels HA9Z-LN

ReplacementAnti-RotationRing L6oversize HA9Z-LP Preventsrotationofswitchesinpanel.(includedwithall

assembledswitches)

ReplacementSelectorInserts HA9Z-HC1-j

Applicabletoroundoversizeselectorsonlyj=(G,R,S,W,Y)

ReplacementSafetyLeverLock HA9Z-LS

Switches &

Pilot Devices


SocketsTim

ersContactors

Terminal Blocks

Circuit Breakers

519800-262-IDEC (4332) • USA & Canada


Item Appearance Description Used With Part Number

FlushBezel

ø24mmround,metal(aluminumcolor),panelcut-outø20.2mm Illuminatedselectorswitches.

L6Switch

+

FlushBezel

=

FlushSwitch

LA9Z-SM61

ø24mmround,plastic(black),panelcut-outø20.2mm LA9Z-S61B

024mmsquare,plastic(black),panelcut-out020.2mm LA9Z-S71B

24x30mmrectangular,plastic(black),panelcut-outø20.2x26.2mm LA9Z-S81B

SwitchGuardw/FlushBezel(springreturn)

Rectangular,plastic(black) LA9Z-KS8

Flushbezelsnotapplicableforoversizeunits.

Dimensions (mm)Lever Switches (LA1T) Buzzer (LA3Z)

10.8

24

ø18

LOCKR15.5

X2 X1

17.8615

.8ø21

2.7

6

2

5.5

10.5 13.5

9 36 9

24

18

Tab Terminal2.8W×0.5t2-R0.6

1.2 2.61

PC Board Terminal0.8W×0.5t

Panel Thickness0.5 to 6

Emergency Stop Switch (HA1B)

Ø 0.98"

(24.9m

m)

Panel Thickness0.02"-0.24" (0.5~6.0mm)

0.43"

(11mm)

0.98" (25mm)1.42" (36mm)

0.53"

(13.5mm)0.41"

(10.5mm)

0.20"

(5.2mm)

0.21"

(5.4mm)

0.34"

(8.7mm)

PCB Terminal

Rubber Washer

StopperLocking Ring

ø0.83"

(21mm)

ø0.70"

(17.8mm)

RO.61"

(15.5mm)

NC

0.62"

(15.8mm)

LOCK

+

-

NC

Emergency Stop Switch (HA1E) - Short Body Style

Switc

hes

& P

ilot D

evic

esSi

gnal

ing

Ligh

tsRe

lays

& S

ocke

tsTi

mer

sCo

ntac

tors

Term

inal

Blo

cks

Circ

uit B

reak

ers


520 www.IDEC.com

Illuminated Selector Switches (LA*F)

LOCKR15.5

NC

CX2

NO

CN

ON

CX1X215

.8ø2

1

17.8

55

2

5.5

1

PC Board TerminalWidth 0.8×0.5t

TP

O

LOC

K

0.6

1.45

6.4

6.8

1

66

10.5 13.5

9 36 17

9

ø18

18 24

18

Panel Thickness 0.5 to 6Gasket

Locking Ring

Anti-rotation Ring

Tab Terminal Width 2.8×0.5tRound Square Rectangular

1.2 2.61


PC Board Drilling Layout (Bottom View)

Panel Cut-Out

Illuminated Pushbuttons,


Pilot Lights, Selector Switches,

Key Selector Switches

Pushbutton Lever Switchesø16.2 +0.2

0

24

24

1.45

6.4 6.8

1

55

ø1.2 Hole

1

55

ø1.2 Hole

7.85

1.45

6.8

1

55

ø1.2

Hole

HA1B E-Stop

PCB Mounting Pattern

0.21"(5.3mm)

0.21"(5.3mm)

Ø 0.05

"

(1.2m

m)

0.21"(5.4mm)

0.34"(8.7mm)

Oversize Flush Pushbutton and Pilot Lights

NONC

C

NONC

X2X1

CX2

0.94 [24.0]

1.02 [25.9]

0.43 [11.0]

Switches &

Pilot Devices


SocketsTim

ersContactors

Terminal Blocks

Circuit Breakers

521800-262-IDEC (4332) • USA & Canada


Oversize Extended Non-Illuminated Pushbutton

CNO

NC

CNO

NC

0.59 [15.1]

Oversize Unibody Pilot Lights

1.48 [37.5]

Mushroom Pushbuttons

NCNO

C

NONC

C

0.79 [20.0]1.18 [30.0]

Oversize Selector Switch

NOC

NC

NOC

NC

0.94 [23.8]

0.77 [19.5]

Switc

hes

& P

ilot D

evic

esSi

gnal

ing

Ligh

tsRe

lays

& S

ocke

tsTi

mer

sCo

ntac

tors

Term

inal

Blo

cks

Circ

uit B

reak

ers


522 www.IDEC.com

Oversize Key SwitchC C

NCNO

NCNO

1.54 [39.0]Lever Switch

CNC

NO

CNC

NO

0.94 [23.8]

Flush Bezel Selector Switches

Round

21.4

20 24 18

ø18

ø24

ø21.

4

2430

1824

14.8

ø18

ø24

21.4

0.9

27.423

0.89.8

2620

20ø22

.6

28.5

28.5

29.3

MountingBracket Gasket

FlushBezel Metal Plastic

Illuminated

210

Lever

217

Square

Rectangular

Flush Bezel Mounting Hole Layout

Round Square Rectangular

24 m

in.∗

24 min.∗

24 m

in.∗

24 min.∗

-0.1

+0.2

20.2

24 m

in.∗

30 min.∗

20.2 – 0.1+0.2

ø20.2

– 0.1+0.2 26.2 – 0.1

+0.2

Switches &

Pilot Devices


SocketsTim

ersContactors

Terminal Blocks

Circuit Breakers

523800-262-IDEC (4332) • USA & Canada


Terminal ConfigurationsNon Illuminated Pushbutton Pilot Lights Illuminated Pushbuttons Buzzer

TOP

NO

CN

C

NO

CN

C Lamp Terminal(+)

Lamp Terminal(−)

TOP

X2X2

X1

Lamp Terminal(+)

Lamp Terminal(−)

TOP

X2X2

X1

NO

CN

C

NO

CN

C

X2X2

X1X1

QuickSlowSteady

InputTerminal

(X1)Input

Terminal(X2)

BuzzerSoundSwitch

AL-K6SP

H6-VL2 AL-B647 TOP

17.6

42115

2 6

ø16.

5

ø18

AL-BM6 LFTD LED LampInternal Circuit

LED Chip

Protective Diode

Zener Diode

Locking RingGasket

2.5 12

ø17.

8


AL-B62 6

ø16.

5

ø18

Switc

hes

& P

ilot D

evic

esSi

gnal

ing

Ligh

tsRe

lays

& S

ocke

tsTi

mer

sCo

ntac

tors

Term

inal

Blo

cks

Circ

uit B

reak

ers


524 www.IDEC.com

General Instructions

Pushbutton Assembly Lamp InstallationLampscanbereplacedintwoways:

1.Ifcontactsareaccessible(orpushbuttonnotinstalledinapanel)thenitiseasiesttofirstremovethecontactsfromtheoperator.Thiswillalloweasyaccesstothelamp/lamp-holderassembly.Grablamp,depressslightly,andturncounterclockwise.Lampcanthenberemovedbypushingitbackthroughthelampholder.

2.Ifcontactsarenotaccessible,thenthelampcanbereplacedbyfirstremovingthelensfromtheoperator.Justpulllensstraightouteitherwithafingernailoroptionallensremovaltool(MT-101).Lamp/lamp-holderassemblycanthenberemovedwithlampremovaltool(OR-44).Insertlampremovaltoolthroughoperator,depressslightly,turncounterclockwise,thenpulllamp/lamp-holderassemblyout.Lampcanthenberemovedbypushingitbackthroughthelampholder.

Engraving LensesAllbuttonsandlensescanbeengraveddirectlyontheoutsidesurface.Illumi-natedlensesalsoallowforengravingonaplatethatisunderneaththecoloredsectionofthelens.Removethecoloredsectionofthelensbypullingontheedgewhilesimultaneouslyunhookingitfromthelatchesonthelensholder.Themarkingplatewillthenbeaccessible.Itcanthenbeengravedorathinmarkedinsert(suchasmylarorpaper)canbesandwichedbetweenthemarkingplateandcoloredsectionofthelens.

Fitting GroovesGrooves

EngravingSurface

Color Lens Marking Plate Lens Holder

Panel MountingBeforeanyunitcanbemountedintoapanel,thecontactblockmustberemoved.Slidemetallockingleverandpullcontactoff.Loosenandremovethelockingringandsquareanti-rotationringfromtheoperatorandinsertoperatorthroughpanelcutoutfromthefrontofthepanel.Slideonanti-rotationringandtightenlockingring,usinglockingringwrench(MT-001).Slidecontactblockontooperator,observingTOPmarkingonbothparts.SlidemetallockingleverindirectionindicatedbyLOCK.Theyellowplasticsafetyleverlockcanthenbesnappedontothelockinglever;thiswillpreventvibrationormaintenanceactionsfromreleasingthecontactfromtheoperator.

PCB MountingBeingabletoseparatethecontactsfromtheoperatorallowsforassemblyofthefrontpanelcomponents(operatorandlens)tobeperformedintandemwiththePCboardassemblyandsoldering.Forapplicationswheremultiplerowsofpush-buttonsaremountedcloselytogether,orwhereothercomponentsmayobstructaccesstothecontactlockinglever,besuretoincludeaccessholesinthePCboard(refertoPCboardlayoutdimensionsforlocation).Alsobesuretoallowforspaceaboveandtothesideofcontacttoensurethatnocomponentsblockthecontactblocklockinglever.PCboardpinsaredesignedtorestonthePCB,takethisintoconsiderationtoensurethatpinsdonotshortcloselyspacedtraces.

Switches &

Pilot Devices


SocketsTim

ersContactors

Terminal Blocks

Circuit Breakers

525800-262-IDEC (4332) • USA & Canada

ø22mm XW E-StopsSwitches & Pilot Devices

22mm XW E-Stops

Key features: • Thedepthbehindthepanelisonly48.7mmfor1to4contacts(withterminalcover)

forilluminatedandnon-illuminatedunits.• IDEC’soriginal“Safebreakaction”ensuresthattheNCcontactsopenwhenthecontact

blockisdetachedfromtheoperator.• 1to4NCmaincontactsand1or2NOmonitorcontacts• Push-to-lock,PullorTurn-to-resetoperator• Safetylockmechanism(IEC60947-5-5,6.2)• DegreeofprotectionIP65(IEC60529)• Fingersafe(IP20)terminals• Twobuttonsizes:ø40andø60mm• Push-ONilluminationtypeavailable(40mmmushroomhead)• Directopeningactionmechanism(IEC60947-5-5,5.2,IEC60947-5-1,AnnexK)• RoHScompliant(EUdirective2002/95/EC).• ULc-ULlisted.ENcompliant• ULNISDcategoryemergencystopdevice(File#E305148)

ULFile#E68961 CCCNo.2005010305150897Specifications

Applicable Standards IEC60947-5-1,EN60947-5-1,IEC60947-5-5,EN60947-5-5,UL508,UL991,CSAC22.2No.14

Operating Temperature Non-illuminated:–25to+60°C(nofreezing),Illuminated:–25to+55°C(nofreezing)

Operating Humidity 45to85%RH(nocondensation)

Storage Temperature –45to+80°C

Operating ForcePush-to-lock:32NPull-to-reset:21NTurn-to-reset:0.27N·m

Minimum Force Required for Direct Opening Action 80N



Contact Resistance 50mΩmaximum(initialvalue)

Contact Material Goldplatedsilver

Insulation Resistance 100MΩminimum(500VDCmegger)


Pollution Degree 3

Operation Frequency 900operations/hour

Shock Resistance Operatingextremes:150m/s2(15G),Damagelimits:1000m/s2(100G)

Vibration Resistance Operatingextremes:10to500Hz,amplitude0.35mmacceleration50m/s2Damagelimits:10to500Hz,amplitude0.35mmacceleration50m/s2

Mechanical Life 250,000operationsminimum

Electrical Life 100,000operationsminimum,(250,000operationsminimum@24VAC/DC,100mA)

Degree of Protection Operator:IP65(IEC60529)Terminal:IP20(whenXW9Z-VL2MFisinstalled)

Terminal Style M3.0screwterminal


Wire Size 16AWGmax

Weight ø40mm:72gø60mm:81g

Switc

hes

& P

ilot D

evic

esSi

gnal

ing

Ligh

tsRe

lays

& S

ocke

tsTi

mer

sCo

ntac

tors

Term

inal

Blo

cks

Circ

uit B

reak

ers

ø22mm XW E-Stops Switches & Pilot Devices

526 www.IDEC.com

Part Numbers

Style Operator Type Monitor Contact Main Contact Part Number

Non-Illuminated

40mmMushroom

1NO 1NC XW1E-BV411M-R

– 2NC XW1E-BV402M-R




60mmMushroom






Illuminated1

40mmMushroomLEDwithbuilt-in24VAC/DCLED

1NO 1NC XW1E-LV411Q4M-R

– 2NC XW1E-LV402Q4M-R



– 4NC XW1E-LV404Q4M-R

40mmMushroomPush-ONLED2 1NO 2NC XW1E-TV412Q4M-R

1. Thelightisindependentofthepositionoftheswitch,exceptforpush-onLEDtype.2. Thelightonlyoperateswhentheswitchispressedasitisinternallywired.

XW Series EMO Switches Style NC Main Contact NO Monitor Contact Part Number

40mmMushroom

1NC - XW1E-BV401M-RH-EMO




1NC 1NO XW1E-BV411M-RH-EMO




FB Enclosures with XW E-StopsStyle Style NC Contact NO Contact Part Number

40mmPush-lockTurn/PullResetNon-Illuminated

2NC – FB1W-XW1E-BV402MR

Foraddedsafety,SwitchGuardsandNameplatescanbeusedwithE-StopEnclosures

1NC 1NO FB1W-XW1E-BV411MR




40mmPush-lockTurn/PullResetIlluminated*

2NC – FB1W-XW1E-LV402MR

1NC 1NO FB1W-XW1E-LV411MR



4NC – FB1W-XW1E-LV404MR

60mmPush-lockTurn/PullResetNon-Illuminated




3NC 1NO FB1W-XW1E-BV513MR *LEDilluminationvoltage:24VAC/DC4NC – FB1W-XW4E-BV504MR

Switches &

Pilot Devices


SocketsTim

ersContactors

Terminal Blocks

Circuit Breakers

527800-262-IDEC (4332) • USA & Canada


Contact RatingsRated Insulation Voltage (Ui) 250V



Rate

d Op

erat

ing

Curr

ent

Mai

n

Cont

acts

(NC)


InductiveLoad(AC-15) – 3A 1.5A



Mon

itor

Cont

acts

(NO)

AC50/60HzResistiveLoad(AC-12) – 1.2A 0.6A




Minimumapplicableload:5VAC/DC,1mA(referencevalue). Theratedoperatingcurrentsaremeasuredatresistive/inductiveloadtypesspecified

inIEC60947-5-1.

Illuminated Unit LED RatingsOperating Voltage Current

24VAC/DC±10% 15mA

Depth Behind the PanelDepth (mm) Description

48.7 1-4contacts,bothilluminatedandnon-illuminated


X

Y

Measurements

Size øA X & Y

40mm 22.3+0.4 70mmmin

Panel Cutout

Panel Cut-out

0+0.2

3.2

0+0.4

24.1

0+0.4

ø22.3

R0.8 max.

ø40

48.7


Gasket

IP20 Protection CoverXW9Z-VL2MF

Locking Ring

M3 TerminalScrew

32

0.5

37

XW9Z-VL2M

M3 TerminalScrew


Gasket

Terminal Cover

Locking Ring

32

0.5

47.248.7

37

18.5 20.1

Push-ON

18.5 20.1

RR

Illuminated

Part Number Key

XW1E - L V 4 11 Q4M - R IlluminationB: Non-IlluminatedL: IlluminatedLEDT: Illuminated Push-ONLED

Mushroom Size4: ø40mm5: ø60mm(non-illuminatedonly)

Contact Configuration11:1NO-1NC02:2NC13:1NO-3NC04:4NC22:2NO-2NC12:1NO-2NC(Push-ON LEDonly)01:1NC(EMOswitchonly)03:3NC(EMOswitchonly)

ColorR:redRH-EMO:redwithEMOengraving

Voltage CodeBlank: Non-illuminatedQ4:Illuminated24VAC/DC

Terminal Arrangements (Bottom View)4NC 1NO-3NC 2NC 1NO-1NC 2NO-2NC 1NO-2NC

Non-Illuminated

TOPTOP

*1*2

*2*1

*1

*3*4

*2

TOP

*1*2

*4*3

*1

*3*4

*2*2

*1 *2

*2*1

*1

*1*2

L RL R

TOP

*1*2

*2*1

*1

*3*4

*2

L RL R

TOP

L R

*3 *4

*4 *3

*1*2

*2*1

Push-ON

LED

TOP

X1 X2

L R

∗3 ∗4

∗1∗2

∗2∗1

IlluminatedTOPTOP

X2

*2

LED

*4 *3X1

*1

*1 *2

*2*1

TOP

X2

*2

LED

*4 *3X1

*1

*3 *4

*2*1*1

*2

*2*1

*1

X1

LED

*2

X2*1*2

L R

TOP

X2

*2

LED

*4 *3X1

*1

*3 *4

*2*1

L RL RL R

TOP

X2

LED

X1

L R

*3 *4

*4 *3

*1*2

*2*1

TerminalMarkingDescription

• Contact Type

• Contact Number (1-4)

T O P

(Example: 1NO-3NC contact)

L R

11 12

34 33

2122

4241

1-2: NC main contact3-4: NO monitor contact

Starting with the contact on TOP in a counterclockwise direction. Note: 1: contact on the TOP 2: contact on the Left 3: contact on the Bottom 4: contact on the Right

Switc

hes

& P

ilot D

evic

esSi

gnal

ing

Ligh

tsRe

lays

& S

ocke

tsTi

mer

sCo

ntac

tors

Term

inal

Blo

cks

Circ

uit B

reak

ers


528 www.IDEC.com

Dimensions (mm)

XW Non-Illuminated (with terminal cover)

ø22.3

ø60

32

ø4018.5 20.1

Panel Cut-out

0+0.2

3.2

0+0.4

24.1

R0.8 max.

0+0.4


Gasket

Terminal CoverXW9Z-VL2M

M3 Terminal Screw

Locking Ring

32

0.5

48.7

37

47.2

R

ø22.3

ø60

32

ø4018.5 20.1

Panel Cut-out

0+0.2

3.2

0+0.4

24.1

R0.8 max.

0+0.4


Gasket


M3 Terminal Screw

Locking Ring

32

0.5

48.7

37

47.2

R

ø40mm Button

ø60mm Button

XW LED Illuminated/Push-ON (with terminal cover)

Panel Cut-out

0+0.2

3.2

0+0.4

24.1

0+0.4

ø22.3

R0.8 max.

ø40

48.7


Gasket


Locking Ring

M3 TerminalScrew

32

0.5

37

XW9Z-VL2M

M3 TerminalScrew


Gasket

Terminal Cover

Locking Ring

32

0.5

47.248.7

37

18.5 20.1

Push-ON

18.5 20.1

RR

Illuminated

Panel Cut-out

0+0.2

3.2

0+0.4

24.1

0+0.4

ø22.3

R0.8 max.

ø40

48.7


Gasket


Locking Ring

M3 TerminalScrew

32

0.5

37

XW9Z-VL2M

M3 TerminalScrew


Gasket

Terminal Cover

Locking Ring

32

0.5

47.248.7

37

18.5 20.1

LED Push-ON Type

18.5 20.1

RR

ø40mm Button

EMO

Panel Cut-out

XW9Z-VL2MTerminal Cover Locking Ring

20.118.5

37

48.747.2

0.5

ø40

0+0.4

ø22.3

R0.8 max.

0+

0.4

24.1

0+0.23.2

32.221


20.118.5

XW9Z-VL2MFTerminal Cover Locking Ring


37

Rubber GasketM3 Terminal ScrewRubber GasketM3 Terminal Screw

21

ø40

48.747.2

32.2

Panel Cut-out

0+0.4

ø22.3

R0.8 max.

0+

0.4

24.1

0+0.23.20.5

Accessories: Terminal CoversAppearance Description Part Numbers

TerminalCoverforcontactblock XW9Z-VL2M

IP20FingersafeCover XW9Z-VL2MF

Accessories: NameplatesAppearance Legend Part Number Inner Ø Outer Ø

(blank) HWAV-0 22mm 60mm

“EmergencyStop” HWAV-27 22mm 60mm

“EmergencyStop” HWAV5-0 22mm 80mm

(blank) HWAV5-27 22mm 80mm

Use60mmnameplatesfor40mmmushroombuttonsand80mmnameplatesfor60mmmushroombuttons.

Accessories: ShroudsAppearance Part Numbers E-Stop Types Applicable Standards

HW9Z-KG140mm

MushroomHeadSEMIS2-0703,12.5.1

Compliant

HW9Z-KG240mm,

and60mmMushroomHead

SEMIS2-0703,12.5.1&SEMATECHCompliant

HW9Z-KG340mm

MushroomHeadSEMIS2Compliant(ApprovedbyTUV)

HW9Z-KG440mm

MushroomHead

SEMIS2Compliant(ApprovedbyTUV)

&SEMATECH

Switches &

Pilot Devices


SocketsTim

ersContactors

Terminal Blocks

Circuit Breakers

529800-262-IDEC (4332) • USA & Canada




Firstunlocktheoperatorbutton.Grabthebayonetringjandpullbackthebayonetringuntilthelatchpinclicksk,thenturnthecontactblockcounter-clockwiseandpulloutl.

kTurncounterclockwise

jGrab

BayonetRing

kPull

jGrab

Notes for removing the contact block

1.Whenthecontactblockisremoved,themonitorcontact(NOcontact)isclosed.

2.Whileremovingthecontactblock,donotexertexcessiveforce,otherwisetheswitchmaybedamaged.

3.AnLEDlampisbuiltintothecontactblockforilluminatedpushbuttons.Whenremovingthecontactblock,pullthecontactblockstraighttopreventdamagetotheLEDlamp.Ifexcessiveforceisexerted,theLEDlampmaybedamagedandfailtolight.

Panel Mounting

Removethelockingringfromtheoperatorandcheckthattherubbergasketisinplace.Inserttheoperatorfrompanelfrontintothepanelhole.FacethesidewithoutthreadontheoperatorwithTOPmarkingupward,andtightenthelock-ingringusingringwrenchMW9Z-T1toatorqueof2.0N·mmaximum.

RubberGasket

LockingRing

TOPmarking

Operatorwithoutthread


TopreventtheXWemergencystopswitchfromrotatingwhenresettingfromthelatchedposition,useofananti-rotationring(HW9Z-RL)oranameplateisrecommended.


Firstunlocktheoperatorbutton.Alignthesmalltmarkingontheedgeoftheoperatorwiththesmallsmarkingontheyellowbayonetring.Holdthecontactblock,notthebayonetring.Pressthecontactblockontotheoperatorandturnthecontactblockclockwiseuntilthebayonetringclicks.

kTurnclockwise

jPush

pmarkingqmarking

Notes for installing the contact block

Makesurethatthebayonetringisinthelockedposition.Checkthatthetwoprojectionsonthebayonetringaresecurelyinplace.

Projections

Latched Unlatched

Wiring

Theapplicablewiresizeis16AWGmaximum.

Switc

hes

& P

ilot D

evic

esSi

gnal

ing

Ligh

tsRe

lays

& S

ocke

tsTi

mer

sCo

ntac

tors

Term

inal

Blo

cks

Circ

uit B

reak

ers


530 www.IDEC.com

Screw Terminal

1.Wirethickness:AWG18to16

2. TightentheM3terminalscrewtoatighteningtorqueof0.6to1.0N·m.

Installing and Removing Terminal Covers

XW9Z-VL2M

Toinstalltheterminalcover,aligntheTOPmarkingontheterminalcoverwiththeTOPmarkingonthecontactblock.Placethetwoprojectionsonthebottomsideofthecontactblockintotheslotsintheterminalcover.Presstheterminalcovertowardthecontactblock.

kPresstheterminalcover

TOPmarking

jPlacetheprojectionsonthecontactblock

Toremovetheterminalcover,pulloutthetwolatchesonthetopsideoftheterminalcover.Donotexertexcessiveforcetothelatches,otherwisethelatchesmaybreak.

TOPMarkings

Pulloutthelatches

IP20 Protection Terminal Cover XW9Z-VL2MF

ToinstalltheIP20protectioncover,aligntheTOPmarkingonthecoverwiththeTOPmarkingonthecontactblock,andpressthecovertowardthecontactblock.

TOPmarking

TOPmarking

(Press)

1. Onceinstalled,theXW9Z-VL2MFcannotberemoved.2. TheXW9Z-VL2MFcannotbeinstalledafterwiring.3. WiththeXW9Z-VL2MFinstalled,crimpingterminalscannotbeused.4. MakesurethattheXW9Z-VL2MFissecurelyinstalled.IP20protectioncannotbeachieved

wheninstalledloosely,andelectricshocksmayoccur.

Contact Bounce

Whenthebuttonisresetbypullingorturning,theNCmaincontactswillbounce.Whenpressingthebutton,theNOmonitorcontactswillbounce.

Whendesigningacontrolcircuit,takethecontactbouncetimeintoconsider-ation(referencevalue:20ms).

LED Illuminated Switches

LEDlampisbuiltintothecontactblockandcannotbereplaced.

Installing the Anti-rotation Ring HW9Z-RL

AlignthesidewithoutthreadontheoperatorwithTOPmarking,thesmallsmarkingontheanti-rotationring,andtherecessonthemountingpanel.

TOPmarking

markingontheanti-rotationringWithoutthread

Anti-rotationRing(HW9Z-RL)

Switches &

Pilot Devices


SocketsTim

ersContactors

Terminal Blocks

Circuit Breakers

531800-262-IDEC (4332) • USA & Canada

ø22mm - CW SeriesSwitches & Pilot Devices

ø22 Flush Mount CW Switches & Pilot Devices

Flush bezel projects only 2.5mm from front of panel and only 39.9mm behind the panel!

Key features:• ø22.3mmmountingholecompliantwithIEC60947-5-1• 3.5-mmoperatortravelforpushbuttonsensurescomfortableandreliableoperation• Blackandmetallicbezelsavailable• Illuminatedpushbuttons,pushbuttons,pilotlights,selectorswitchesandkey

selectorswitchesareavailable• DirectopeningNCcontact• Sevendifferentkeyscanbechosenforkeyselectorswitches• 10Acontactrating;uptothreecontactblocksfornon-illuminatedandtwocontact

blocksforilluminatedmodelscanbeconnected• Contactblockscanberemovedbylockinglever• IP20finger-safescrewterminals• IP65degreeofprotection(IEC60529)frompanelfront

Applicable Standards Mark File No. or Organization

UL508CSAC22.2No.14 UL/c-ULFileNo.E68961

EN60947-5-1TÜVSÜD

ECLowVoltageDirective

Specifications

OperatingTemperature Non-illuminated:–25to+60°C(nofreezing)LEDilluminated:–25to+55°C(nofreezing)

OperatingHumidity 45to85%RH(nocondensation)

StorageTemperature –40to+80°C

ContactResistance 50mΩmaximum(initialvalue)

InsulationResistance 100MΩminimum(500VDCmegger)

OvervoltageCategory II(IEC60664-1)

ImpulseWithstandVoltage 2.5kV(IEC60664-1/60947-5-1)

PollutionDegree 3(IEC60947-5-1)

VibrationResistance Operatingextremes:5to55Hz,amplitude0.5mm

ShockResistance Operatingextremes:100m/s2

Damagelimits:1000m/s2

MechanicalLife(minimumoperations)

Pushbutton,illuminatedpushbutton: 2,000,000Selectorswitch: 250,000Keyselectorswitch: 250,000

ElectricalLife(minimumoperations)

50,000(seeContactRatings)100,000(seeContactRatings)(switchingfrequency1800operations/h)

DegreeofProtection(IEC60529) Panelfront: IP65Terminals: IP20 Type4Xratingspending

Short-circuitProtection 250V/10Afuse,(TypeaMIEC60269-1,IEC602069-2)

ElectricalShockProtection ClassII(IEC61140)

TerminalStyle Screwterminal(M3.5slottedPhillipsscrew)

BezelMaterial Polyamide

ApplicableWireSizeUpto2wiresof2mm2(solidwireø1.6)maximum(AWG14to16)(Ringterminalcannotbeused)

RecommendedTighteningTorque

Terminal: 1.0to1.3N·mLockingring: 1.2N·m

Contact RatingsRatedInsulationVoltage(Ui) 300V

RatedThermalCurrent(Ith) 10A

RatedOperatingVoltage(Ue) 24V 120V 240V

RatedOperatingCurrent(Ie)

ElectricalLife50,000operations

AC50/60Hz

ResistiveLoad(AC-12) 10A 10A 6A

InductiveLoad(AC-15) 10A 6A 3A

DC

ResistiveLoad(DC-12) 8A 2.2A 1.1A


ElectricalLife100,000operations

AC50/60Hz

ResistiveLoad(AC-12) 5A 5A 3A

InductiveLoad(AC-15) 5A 3A 1.5A

DC

ResistiveLoad(DC-12) 4A 1.1A 0.55A


ContactMaterial Silver

1. Minimumapplicableload(referencevalue):3VAC/DC,5mA(Applicablerangeissubjecttotheoperatingconditionsandload.)

2. Theoperationalcurrentrepresentstheclassificationbymakingandbreakingcurrents(IEC60947-5-1).

3. UL,c-ULrating:A300

Direct Opening of Key Selector Switch2-position(3NC) 3-position(2NC)

OperatorAngleforDirectOpeningAction 90° 45°

MinimumOperatorTorqueforDirectOpeningAction

0.2N·m 0.3N·m

MaximumOperatorAngle 90° 45°

Switc

hes

& P

ilot D

evic

esSi

gnal

ing

Ligh

tsRe

lays

& S

ocke

tsTi

mer

sCo

ntac

tors

Term

inal

Blo

cks

Circ

uit B

reak

ers

ø22mm - CW Series Switches & Pilot Devices

532 www.IDEC.com

WeightsIlluminatedPushbutton 46g(CW1L-M1E02QH,2contactblocks)

Pushbutton 45g(CW1B-M1E03,3contactblocks)

PilotLight 27g(CW1P-1EQH)

SelectorSwitch 48g(CW1S-2E03,3contactblocks)

KeySelectorSwitch 61g(CW1K-2E03,3contactblocks)

LED ModuleRatedInsulationVoltage(Ui) 250V

RatedOperatingVoltage(Ue) 6VAC/DC 12VAC/DC 24VAC/DC 100/120VAC 230/240VAC

OperatingVoltageRange 6VAC/DC±10% 12VAC/DC±10% 24VAC/DC±10% 100/120VAC±10% 230/240VAC±10%

IlluminationColorCodek A(amber),G(green),PW(white),R(red),S(blue)

LEDModulePartNumber CW-EAQ2k CW-EAQ3k CW-EAQ4k CW-EAQHk CW-EAQM4k

CurrentDraw 15mA 15mA 16.5mA 18mA 18mA

Life(referencevalue) Approx.30,000hours

InternalCircuitZener DiodeResistor

Rectifying Diode

LED Chip

R

R

X2

X1

CapacitorC

R

X1

X2

R

R

LED ChipRectifying Diode

ResistorZener Diode

1. Specifyanilluminationcolorcodeinplaceofkinthepartnumber.2. Usethewhite(PW)LEDmoduleforyellowillumination.

Mounting Hole LayoutIEC 60947-5-1 compliantR0.8 max.

0+0.4

+0.4

0

+0.20

30

50

ø22.3

3.2

24.1

Note:Determinemountingcenterstoensureproperspacing.

Switches &

Pilot Devices


SocketsTim

ersContactors

Terminal Blocks

Circuit Breakers

533800-262-IDEC (4332) • USA & Canada




Contact Configuration Black Bezel Metallic Bezel Illumination Color

Code k

RoundFlushCW0L-01

(blackbezel)

(metallicbezel)

6VAC/DC

1NO CW1L-l1E10Q2k CW4L-l1E10Q2k

A: amberG: greenPW: whiteR: redS: blueY: yellow

1. SpecifyanilluminationcolorcodeinplaceofkinthePartNumber.

2. SpecifyfunctioncodeinplaceoflinthePartNumber.M:momentary,A:maintained

3. Seepage543fordimensions.4. SeenextpageforreplacementLED

modules.5. Adummyblockisinstalledwhenone

contactblockisused.

1NC CW1L-l1E01Q2k CW4L-l1E01Q2k

1NO-1NC CW1L-l1E11Q2k CW4L-l1E11Q2k



12VAC/DC






24VAC/DC






100/120VAC

1NO CW1L-l1E10QHk CW4L-l1E10QHk

1NC CW1L-l1E01QHk CW4L-l1E01QHk

1NO-1NC CW1L-l1E11QHk CW4L-l1E11QHk



230/240VAC

1NO CW1L-l1E10QM4k CW4L-l1E10QM4k

1NC CW1L-l1E01QM4k CW4L-l1E01QM4k

1NO-1NC CW1L-l1E11QM4k CW4L-l1E11QM4k



RoundExtendedCW0L-02

(blackbezel)

(metallicbezel)

6VAC/DC


A: amberG: greenPW: whiteR: redS: blueY: yellow





12VAC/DC






24VAC/DC






100/120VAC



1NO-1NC CW1L-l2E11QHk CW4L-l2E11QHk



230/240VAC



1NO-1NC CW1L-l2E11QM4k CW4L-l2E11QM4k



Switc

hes

& P

ilot D

evic

esSi

gnal

ing

Ligh

tsRe

lays

& S

ocke

tsTi

mer

sCo

ntac

tors

Term

inal

Blo

cks

Circ

uit B

reak

ers


534 www.IDEC.com

Illuminated Pushbuttons (Sub-assembled)

Contact Blocks + LED Module + Mounting Adapter + Operator + Lens = Completed Unit

Contact Blocks Style Contacts 1NO 1NC

Finger-safescrewterminal YW-E10R YW-E01

DummyBlock CW-DB

LED Module

Style Part Number

CW-EAQkj

1. Inplaceofj,specifytheLens/LEDColorCodefromtable.

2. Inplaceofk,specifytheVoltageCodefromtable.3. UsePWLEDforyellowlens.

Contact Block Mounting AdaptorStyle Part Number

CW-CN

Operators

Style Black Bezel

Metallic Bezel

Momentary

RoundFlush CW1L-M10 CW4L-M10

RoundExtended CW1L-M20 CW4L-M20

Maintained

RoundFlush CW1L-A10 CW4L-A10

RoundExtended CW1L-A20 CW4L-A20

LensStyle Part Number

RoundFlush CW9Z-L11j

RoundExtended CW9Z-L12j


j Lens/LED Color Code

Color Code

Amber A

Green G

Red R

Blue S

White PW

Yellow Y

k Voltage Code Voltage Code

6VAC/DC 2

12VAC/DC 3

24VAC/DC 4

100/120VAC H

230/240VAC M4

Switches &

Pilot Devices


SocketsTim

ersContactors

Terminal Blocks

Circuit Breakers

535800-262-IDEC (4332) • USA & Canada



Style Contact Configuration Black Bezel Metallic Bezel Button Color Code j

RoundFlushCW0B-01

(blackbezel)

1NO CW1B-l1E10j CW4B-l1E10j

B: blackG: greenR: redS: blueW: whiteY: yellow

1. Specifyabuttoncolorcodeinplaceofjinthepartnumber.

2. SpecifyfunctioncodeinplaceoflinthePartNumber.M:momentary,A:maintained

3. Seepage543fordimensions.4. Twooronedummyblockisinstalledwhenoneor

twocontactblocksareused,respectively.*Thesecontactconfigurationsarenotavailablein

maintainedaction

1NC CW1B-l1E01j CW4B-l1E01j

1NO-1NC CW1B-l1E11j CW4B-l1E11j



2NO-1NC* CW1B-M1E21j CW4B-M1E21j


3NO* CW1B-M1E30j CW4B-M1E30j

3NC* CW1B-M1E03j CW4B-M1E03j

RoundExtendedCW0B-02

(metallicbezel)



1NO-1NC CW1B-l2E11j CW4B-l2E11j





3NO* CW1B-M2E30j CW4B-M2E30j

3NC* CW1B-M2E03j CW4B-M2E03j

Non-Illuminated Pushbuttons (Sub-assembled)

Contact Blocks + LED Module + Lens = Completed Unit



DummyBlock CW-DB


CW-CN

Operators* Style Black Bezel Metallic Bezel

Momentary

RoundFlush CW1B-M1j CW4B-M1j

RoundExtended CW1B-M2j CW4B-M2j

Maintained

RoundFlush CW1B-A1j CW4B-A1j

RoundExtended CW1B-A2j CW4B-A2j

1. Specifyabuttoncolorcodeinplaceofj.2. *Operatorbuttonisnotremovablefromoperator.


Black B

Green G

Red R

Blue S

White W

Yellow Y

Switc

hes

& P

ilot D

evic

esSi

gnal

ing

Ligh

tsRe

lays

& S

ocke

tsTi

mer

sCo

ntac

tors

Term

inal

Blo

cks

Circ

uit B

reak

ers


536 www.IDEC.com


Style Operating Voltage Black Bezel Metallic Bezel Illumination Color Code k

RoundFlushLensCW0P-1

(blackbezel)

6VAC/DC CW1P-1EQ2k CW4P-1EQ2k

A: amberG: greenR: redS: bluePW: whiteY: yellow

1. SpecifyanilluminationcolorcodeinplaceofkinthePartNumber

2. Seepage543fordimensions.3. Seepage545forreplacementLEDmodules.4. Twodummyblocksareinstalled.



100/120VAC CW1P-1EQHk CW4P-1EQHk

230/240VAC CW1P-1EQM4k CW4P-1EQM4k

RoundDomeLensCW0P-2

(metallicbezel)




100/120VAC CW1P-2EQHk CW4P-2EQHk

230/240VAC CW1P-2EQM4k CW4P-2EQM4k

Pilot Lights (Sub-assembled)

Contact Blocks* + LED Module + Mounting Adapter + Operator + Lens = Completed Unit

*2dummyblocksarerequiredforeachcompletedpilotlight.

Contact Block Style Contacts Part Number

DummyBlock CW-DB

LED Module

Style Part Number

CW-EAQkj


2. Inplaceofk,specifytheVoltageCodefromtable.

3. UsePWLEDforyellowlens.


CW-CN

Operators

Style Black Bezel

Metallic Bezel

CW1P-00 CW4P-00

LensStyle Part Number

RoundFlush CW9Z-L11j

RoundDome CW9Z-L15j


j Lens/LED Color Code

Color Code

Amber A

Green G

Red R

Blue S

White PW

Yellow Y

k Voltage Code Voltage Code

6VAC/DC 2

12VAC/DC 3

24VAC/DC 4

100/120VAC H

230/240VAC M4

Switches &

Pilot Devices


SocketsTim

ersContactors

Terminal Blocks

Circuit Breakers

537800-262-IDEC (4332) • USA & Canada



Shape

CW0S(KnobOperator)

(blackbezel) (metallicbezel)

No. of Positions ContactConfiguration

ContactBlock OperatorPosition L R

Maintained

L R


MountingPosition Type L R

90° 2-position

1NO(10)

1 NO

CW0S-2E10 CW0S-21E102 — Dummy

3 — Dummy

1NC(01)

1 — Dummy


3 NC

1NO-1NC(11)

1 NO


3 NC

2NO(20)

1 NO


3 NO

2NC(02)

1 NC


3 NC

2NO-1NC(21)

1 NO

CW0S-2E21 CW0S-21E212 NO

3 NC

1NO-2NC(12)

1 NO

CW0S-2E12 CW0S-21E122 NC

3 NC

3NO(30)

1 NO

CW0S-2E30 CW0S-21E302 NO

3 NO

3NC(03)

1 NC

CW0S-2E03 CW0S-21E032 NC

3 NC

1. Specifyabezelcolorcodeinplaceof0inthepartnumber:1(blackbezel),4(metallicbezel).2. Leveroperatorisalsoavailable.Fordimensions,seepage544.3. Toorderaleveroperatorselectorswitch,insertLbeforeEintheknoboperatorpartnumber.Example:KnobOperatorpartnumberCW1S-2E10becomesCW1S-2LE10forLeverOperator.

Lever Operator Contact Block Mounting Position1 2 3

LeftCenterRight

L C R

1 NO

2 NC

3 NC

OperatorPosition

CW1S-0L(blackbezel)

CW4S-0L(metallicbezel)

Switc

hes

& P

ilot D

evic

esSi

gnal

ing

Ligh

tsRe

lays

& S

ocke

tsTi

mer

sCo

ntac

tors

Term

inal

Blo

cks

Circ

uit B

reak

ers


538 www.IDEC.com

No. of Positions

ContactConfiguration

ContactBlock OperatorPosition

CL R

Maintained

CL R


CL R


CL R

Springreturntwo-way

MountingPosition Type L C R

45° 3-position

1NO-1NC(11)

1 NOCW0S-3E11 CW0S-31E11 CW0S-32E11 CW0S-33E112 — Dummy

3 NC

1NO-1NC(11N1)

1 NC

CW0S-3E11N1 CW0S-31E11N1 CW0S-32E11N1 CW0S-33E11N12 — Dummy

3 NO

1NO-1NC(11N2)

1 NO

CW0S-3E11N2 CW0S-31E11N2 CW0S-32E11N2 CW0S-33E11N22 NC

3 — Dummy

1NO-1NC(11N3)

1 — Dummy


3 NO

1NO-1NC(11N4)

1 — Dummy

CW0S-3E11N4 CW0S-31E11N4 CW0S-32E11N4 CW0S-33E11N42 NO

3 NC

2NO(20)

1 NO

CW0S-3E20 CW0S-31E20 CW0S-32E20 CW0S-33E202 — Dummy

3 NO

2NO(20N1)

1 — Dummy


3 NO

2NC(02)

1 NCCW0S-3E02 CW0S-31E02 CW0S-32E02 CW0S-33E022 — Dummy

3 NC

2NC(02N1)

1 — Dummy


3 NC

2NO-1NC(21)

1 NO

CW0S-3E21 CW0S-31E21 CW0S-32E21 CW0S-33E212 NO

3 NC

2NO-1NC(21N1)

1 NO


3 NO

1NO-2NC(12)

1 NO

CW0S-3E12 CW0S-31E12 CW0S-32E12 CW0S-33E122 NC

3 NC

1NO-2NC(12N1)

1 NC


3 NC

3NO(30)

1 NO

CW0S-3E30 CW0S-31E30 CW0S-32E30 CW0S-33E302 NO

3 NO

3NC(03)

1 NC

CW0S-3E03 CW0S-31E03 CW0S-32E03 CW0S-33E032 NC

3 NC

1. Specifyabezelcolorcodeinplaceof0inthePartNumber,1(blackbezel),4(metallicbezel)2. Forthecontactblockmountingposition,seepage540.3. Leveroperatorisalsoavailable.Fordimensions,seepage544.4. Toorderaleveroperatorselectorswitch,insertLbeforeEintheknoboperatorpartnumber.Example:KnobOperatorpartnumberCW1S-3E11becomesCW1S-3LE11forLeverOperator.

Switches &

Pilot Devices


SocketsTim

ersContactors

Terminal Blocks

Circuit Breakers

539800-262-IDEC (4332) • USA & Canada


Selector Switches (Sub-assembled)

Contact Block + Mounting Adaptor + Operator = Completed Unit



DummyBlock CW-DB


CW-CN

Operators Style Position Handle Description Black Bezel Metallic Bezel

(knoboperatorshown)

2position

KnobMaintained CW1S-2 CW4S-2

Springreturnfromright CW1S-21 CW4S-21

LeverMaintained CW1S-2L CW4S-2L

Springreturnfromright CW1S-21L CW4S-21L

3position

Knob

Maintained CW1S-3 CW4S-3

Springreturnfromright CW1S-31 CW4S-31

Springreturnfromleft CW1S-32 CW4S-32

Springreturntwo-way CW1S-33 CW4S-33

Lever

Maintained CW1S-3L CW4S-3L

Springreturnfromright CW1S-31L CW4S-31L

Springreturnfromleft CW1S-32L CW4S-32L

Springreturntwo-way CW1S-33L CW4S-33L

Leverorknobissuppliedwithoperator.

Switc

hes

& P

ilot D

evic

esSi

gnal

ing

Ligh

tsRe

lays

& S

ocke

tsTi

mer

sCo

ntac

tors

Term

inal

Blo

cks

Circ

uit B

reak

ers


540 www.IDEC.com

Key Selector Switches (Assembled)

Shape

CW0K

(blackbezel) (metallicbezel)

No. of Positions ContactConfiguration

ContactBlock OperatorPositionL R

Maintained

L R


MountingPosition Type L R

90° 2-position

1NO(10)

1 NOCW0K-2AE10 CW0K-21BE102 — Dummy

3 — Dummy

1NC(01)

1 — DummyCW0K-2AE01 CW0K-21BE012 — Dummy

3 NC

1NO-1NC(11)


3 NC

2NO(20)


3 NO

2NC(02)

1 NCCW0K-2AE02 CW0K-21BE022 — Dummy

3 NC

2NO-1NC(21)

1 NOCW0K-2AE21 CW0K-21BE212 NO

3 NC

1NO-2NC(12)

1 NOCW0K-2AE12 CW0K-21BE122 NC

3 NC

3NO(30)

1 NOCW0K-2AE30 CW0K-21BE302 NO

3 NO

3NC(03)

1 NCCW0K-2AE03 CW0K-21BE032 NC

3 NC

1. Specifyabezelcolorcodeinplaceof0inthePartNumber:1(blackbezel),4(metallicbezel).2. Onthespring-returnedmodels,thekeycanbereleasedonlyfromthemaintainedposition.Onthemaintainedmodels,thekeycanbereleasedfromanyposition.Keyretainedpositions

arealsoavailable.Seebelow.3. Twokeysaresupplied.4. Keycylindermaterial:Metal5. Besidesthestandardkey(keynumber0H),sixotherkeysarealsoavailable.Seebelow.6. Forthecontactblockmountingposition,seepage541.7. Fordimensions,seepage544.8. Whenorderinganoptionalkeyoroptionalkeyretainedpositions,specifydesignationcodesasshownbelow:

Example:CW1K-2AE10-1H

(blank): Standardkey(0H,reversible)1Hto2H: Reversiblekey3Hto6H: Non-reversiblekey

Note:Keynumberisindicatedonthekeycylinder.Standardkeysdonothaveakeynumberindication.

Keyremovalpositioncode2-position

A:RemovableinallpositionsB:RemovableinleftonlyC:Removableinrightonly

3-positionA:RemovableinallpositionsB:RemovableinleftandcenterC:RemovableinrightandcenterD:RemovableincenteronlyE:RemovableinrightandleftG:RemovableinleftonlyH:Removableinrightonly

Note:Keyisretainedinallspring-returnedpositions.

Switches &

Pilot Devices


SocketsTim

ersContactors

Terminal Blocks

Circuit Breakers

541800-262-IDEC (4332) • USA & Canada


No. of Positions

ContactConfiguration

ContactBlock OperatorPosition CL R

Maintained

CL R


CL R


CL R

Springreturntwo-way

MountingPosition Type L C R

45° 3-position

1NO-1NC(11)

1 NOCW0K-3AE11 CW0K-31BE11 CW0K-32CE11 CW0K-33DE112 — Dummy

3 NC

1NO-1NC(11N1)

1 NCCW0K-3AE11N1 CW0K-31BE11N1 CW0K-32CE11N1 CW0K-33DE11N12 — Dummy

3 NO

1NO-1NC(11N2)

1 NOCW0K-3AE11N2 CW0K-31BE11N2 CW0K-32CE11N2 CW0K-33DE11N22 NC

3 — Dummy

1NO-1NC(11N3)

1 — Dummy

CW0K-3AE11N3 CW0K-31BE11N3 CW0K-32CE11N3 CW0K-33DE11N32 NC

3 NO

1NO-1NC(11N4)

1 — DummyCW0K-3AE11N4 CW0K-31BE11N4 CW0K-32CE11N4 CW0K-33DE11N42 NO

3 NC

2NO(20)

1 NOCW0K-3AE20 CW0K-31BE20 CW0K-32CE20 CW0K-33DE202 — Dummy

3 NO

2NO(20N1)

1 — Dummy

CW0K-3AE20N1 CW0K-31BE20N1 CW0K-32CE20N1 CW0K-33DE20N12 NO

3 NO

2NC(02)

1 NCCW0K-3AE02 CW0K-31BE02 CW0K-32CE02 CW0K-33DE022 — Dummy

3 NC

2NC(02N1)1 — Dummy

CW0K-3AE02N1 CW0K-31BE02N1 CW0K-32CE02N1 CW0K-33DE02N12 NC3 NC

2NO-1NC(21)1 NO

CW0K-3AE21 CW0K-31BE21 CW0K-32CE21 CW0K-33DE212 NO3 NC

2NO-1NC(21N1)

1 NO

CW0K-3AE21N1 CW0K-31BE21N1 CW0K-32CE21N1 CW0K-33DE21N12 NC

3 NO

1NO-2NC(12)1 NO

CW0K-3AE12 CW0K-31BE12 CW0K-32CE12 CW0K-33DE122 NC3 NC

1NO-2NC(12N1)

1 NCCW0K-3AE12N1 CW0K-31BE12N1 CW0K-32CE12N1 CW0K-33DE12N12 NO

3 NC

3NO(30)

1 NO

CW0K-3AE30 CW0K-31BE30 CW0K-32CE30 CW0K-33DE302 NO

3 NO

3NC(03)

1 NCCW0K-3AE03 CW0K-31BE03 CW0K-32CE03 CW0K-33DE032 NC

3 NC

1. Specifyabezelcolorcodeinplaceof0inthePartNumber:1(blackbezel),4(metallicbezel)

2. Onthespring-returnedtypes,thekeycanbereleasedonlyfromthemaintainedposition.Onthemaintainedtypes,thekeycanbereleasedfromeveryposition.Keyretainedposi-tionsarealsoavailable.Seepage540.

3. Twokeysaresupplied.4. Keycylindermaterial:Metal5. Besidesthestandardkey(keynumber0H),sixotherkeysare

alsoavailable.Seepage540.6. Forthecontactblockmountingposition,seeright.7. Fordimensions,seepage544.

Contact Block Mounting Position1 2 3 LeftCenterRight

L C R

1 NO

2 NC

3 NC

OperatorPosition

Switc

hes

& P

ilot D

evic

esSi

gnal

ing

Ligh

tsRe

lays

& S

ocke

tsTi

mer

sCo

ntac

tors

Term

inal

Blo

cks

Circ

uit B

reak

ers


542 www.IDEC.com

Key Selector Switches (Sub-assembled)

Contact Block + Mounting Adaptor + Operator = Completed Unit

Contact Block Style Contacts 1NO 1NC


DummyBlock CW-DB


CW-CN

OperatorStyle Position Description Black Bezel Metallic Bezel

2position

Maintained,keyremovableallpositions CW1K-2A CW4K-2A

Maintained,keyremovedleftonly CW1K-2B CW4K-2B

Maintained,keyremovedrightonly CW1K-2C CW4K-2C

Springreturnfromright CW1K-21B CW4K-21B

3position

Maintained,keyremovableallpositions CW1K-3A CW1K-3A

Maintained,keyremovedleftandcenteronly CW1K-3B CW4K-3B

Maintained,keyremovedrightandcenteronly CW1K-3C CW4K-3C

Maintained,keyremovedcenteronly CW1K-3D CW4K-3D

Maintained,keyremovedleftandrightonly CW1K-3E CW4K-3E

Maintained,keyremovedleftonly CW1K-3G CW4K-3G

Maintained,keyremovedrightonly CW1K-3H CW4K-3H

Springreturnfromright,keyremovedleftandcenteronly CW1K-31B CW4K-31B

Springreturnfromright,keyremovedcenteronly CW1K-31D CW4K-31D

Springreturnfromright,keyremovedleftonly CW1K-31G CW4K-31G

Springreturnfromleft,keyremovedrightandcenteronly CW1K-32C CW4K-32C

Springreturnfromleft,keyremovedcenteronly CW1K-32D CW4K-32D

Springreturnfromleft,keyremovedrightonly CW1K-32H CW4K-32H

Springreturntwo-way,keyremovedcenteronly CW1K-33D CW4K-33D

2keyssuppliedwithoperator.

Switches &

Pilot Devices


SocketsTim

ersContactors

Terminal Blocks

Circuit Breakers

543800-262-IDEC (4332) • USA & Canada


Illuminated PushbuttonsRound Flush Round Extended

1010

10

2.5

41.4

28.5

30

0.5

ø19.

5

ø28

12

3

LOCK

M3.5 Terminal ScrewContact Block

M3.5 Terminal ScrewLED Module


Gasket

Momentary: 39.9Maintained: 44.6

Lens

Dia

met

erLocking Ring

0.5

1010

10

2.5

5.2

41.4

28.5

30

12

3

LOCK

ø19.

5

ø28




Gasket


Lens

Dia

met

er

Locking Ring

PushbuttonsRound Flush Round Extended

0.5

2.5

41.4

28.5

30

12

3

LOCK

1010

10

ø19.

5

ø28



Gasket


Butto

n Di

amet

er

Locking Ring

1010

10

0.5

12

3

41.4

2.5

5.228

.5

LOCK

30

ø19.

5

ø28



Gasket


Butto

n Di

amet

er

Locking Ring

Pilot LightsRound Flush Round Dome

0.5

10

2.539.9

41.4

ø19.

5

ø28

28.5

30

1010

12

3



Locking Ring Gasket

(Len

s D

iam

eter

)

LOCK

0.5

1010

10

12

3

4.139.9

41.4

ø19.

5

ø28

28.5

30

2.5



Locking Ring Gasket

(Len

s D

iam

eter

)

LOCK

Switc

hes

& P

ilot D

evic

esSi

gnal

ing

Ligh

tsRe

lays

& S

ocke

tsTi

mer

sCo

ntac

tors

Term

inal

Blo

cks

Circ

uit B

reak

ers


544 www.IDEC.com

Selector SwitchesKnob Operator Lever Operator

0.5

2.5

39.9

41.4

ø28

13.1

12

3

28.5

30

45° 45°

1010

10



Locking Ring Gasket

Operator Angle

LOCK

0.5

1010

10

12

3

2.5

39.9

41.4

ø28

28.5

3017.1

45° 45°



Locking Ring Gasket

Operator Angle

LOCK

Key Selector Switches Keys

0.5

1010

10

12

3

2.5

39.9

41.4

ø28

10.4

28.5

30

45° 45°

31.5

Key No.: 0H to 2H (reversible key)

Key No.: 3H to 6H (non-reversible key)

1.5

31.5



Locking Ring Gasket

Operator Angle

LOCK

Reversible Key

22

Logo Stamping

Key No. Stamping

Logo Stamping

Key No. Stamping

Key No.

Key No.

8.8

14

228.8

14

6.3

4.8

0 H3 H

Non-reversible Key

22

Logo Stamping

Key No. Stamping

Logo Stamping

Key No. Stamping

Key No.

Key No.

8.8

14

228.8

14

6.3

4.8

0 H3 H

Switches &

Pilot Devices


SocketsTim

ersContactors

Terminal Blocks

Circuit Breakers

545800-262-IDEC (4332) • USA & Canada


Accessories

Item Appearance Material Part Number Remarks

LockingRingWrench

Brass MW9Z-T1•UsedtotightenthelockingringwheninstallingtheCWseriescontrolunitinapanelcut-out•Weight:Approx150g

ø28110

MountingHolePlug

Polyamide(black) LW9Z-BP1

•Usedtopluganunnecessaryø22.3mmholeinthepanel•Degreeofprotection:IP65•Panelthickness:0.8to6.0mm

LED ModulesShape Operating Voltage Range Current Draw Part Number Illumination Color Code k

6VAC/DC±10% 15mA CW-EAQ2k SpecifyanilluminationcolorcodeinplaceofkinthePartNumberA: amberG: greenPW: whiteR: redS: blue

Useawhite(PW)LEDmoduleforyellow(Y)illumination.

12VAC/DC±10% 15mA CW-EAQ3k

24VAC/DC±10% 16.5mA CW-EAQ4k

100/120VAC±10% 18mA CW-EAQHk

230/240VAC±10% 18mA CW-EAQM4k

Replacement PartsItem Material Part Number Remarks

Lens1 3

2

1RoundFlush Polyalylate CW9Z-L11k Colorcodek:A(amber),C(clear),G(green),R(red),S(blue),Y(yellow)

Useaclear(C)lensforwhite(PW)illumination.1:Forilluminatedpushbutton,pilotlight2:Forilluminatedpushbutton3:Forpilotlight

2RoundExtended Polyalylate CW9Z-L12k

3RoundDome Polyalylate CW9Z-L15k

ContactBlocks

1NO YW-E10R Housingcolor:Blue/BlackTerminalNo.:3-4

1NC YW-E01 Housingcolor:ReddishpurpleTerminalNo.:1-2

DummyBlock Polyamide(black) CW-DB

LockingRing Polyamide(black) CW9Z-LN

Gasket Nitrilerubber CW9Z-WM WaterproofgasketbetweenCWcontrolunitbezelandthemountingpanel.

SpareKey

Reversible

Non-reversible

Zinc(nickel-plated) LA9Z-SK-0

SpecifyakeyNo.inplaceof0.0H: Standardkey(reversible)1Hto2H: Reversiblekey3Hto6H: Non-reversiblekeyFordimensions,seepage544.

RubberBoot(clear)

RoundFlush

RoundExtended

CW9Z-D11 Useforflushbuttonsandpilotlights.

CW9Z-D12 Useforextendedbuttonsanddomepilot.

Nameplate Plastic CWAM-OB

Switc

hes

& P

ilot D

evic

esSi

gnal

ing

Ligh

tsRe

lays

& S

ocke

tsTi

mer

sCo

ntac

tors

Term

inal

Blo

cks

Circ

uit B

reak

ers


546 www.IDEC.com

Nameplates - CW Series

Nameplate Standard Legend CodesCWAM–Black Plastic Pushbuttons Pushbuttons/Selector Switches Selector Switches

Legend Code Legend Code Legend Code Legend Code Legend Code

AUTOCLOSEDOWNEMERG.STOPFASTFORWARDHANDHIGHININCHJOGLOWLOWEROFFON

101102103104105106107108109110111112113114115

OPENOUTRAISERESETREVERSERUNSLOWSTARTSTOPTESTUPI(Int’lOn)O(Int’lOff)EMO

116117118119120121122123125126127150151152

AUTO-MANCLOSE-OPENDOWN-UPFAST-SLOWFOR-REVHAND-AUTOHIGH-LOWJOG-RUNLEFT-RIGHTLOWER-RAISEMAN-AUTOOFF-ONON-OFFOPEN-CLOSERAISE-LOWER

201202203204205206207208209210211212213214215

REV-FORRUN-JOGRUN-SAFESAFE-RUNSLOW-FASTSTART-STOPSTOP-STARTUP-DOWNOI(Int’lOFFON)

216217218219220221222223250

AUTO-MAN-OFFAUTO-OFF-MANCLOSE-OFF-OPENDOWN-OFF-SLOWFAST-OFF-SLOWFOR-OFF-REVLEFT-OFF-RIGHTLOWER-OFF-RAISEOFF-MAN-AUTOOFF-SLOW-FASTOFF-1-2OPEN-OFF-CLOSESLOW-OFF-FASTSUMMER-OFF-WINTERUP-OFF-DOWN1-OFF-2HAND-OFF-AUTO

301302303304305306307308309310311312313314315316317

1. Toorderengravednameplates,addlegendcodetonameplatepartnumber.2. Characterheightbasedonthenumberofcharactersandsizeofnameplate.Standardcharactersizeis3/16”.3. Nameplateswithstandardlegendsarethesamelistpriceasblanknameplates.

Nameplate(blankengravingplateincluded)

CWAM-OB

Nameplate(engraved) CWAM-j

AdditionalInsert(blank) HWNP-O HWNP

Dimensions27

12

AdditionalInsert(engraved) HWNP-j

1. Inplaceofj,inserteitherthestandardlegendcodefromtablebeloworcustomengravingdelimitedby““.

2. Standardengravingsareavailableatnocharge.

Nameplates Order Form — CW Series

CopythisorderformanduseittospecifyLetterHeight,CustomEngravings,LocationofEngravingonNameplate,andQuantityDesired.

Toensureengravingaccuracy,faxittoyourIDECrepresentativeorDistributor.

YourCompany: IDECRep/DistributorContact:

Name: POnumber(ifknown):

Telephone: IDECRep/DistributorPhone:

Fax&Email: IDECRep/DistributorFax&Email:

CWAM Nameplate

Engraving Location

Step 1. Choose Letter Size - 7/64” or 1/8”.Checktheboxforthelettersizeyouwant.Thenwriteyourletteringinboxbelowthecheckboxes.Note:1/8”sizeletterscannotexceed9characters.

7/64”LetterSize

11charactersmaximum(for7/64”sizeletters)

1/8”LetterSize


Step 2. Specify Quantity. Enterthenumberofnameplatesdesiredintheboxontheright.

1234567891011

SampleLetterSizes

7/64”Letters:ABCD1/8”Letters:ABCDQty

Switches &

Pilot Devices


SocketsTim

ersContactors

Terminal Blocks

Circuit Breakers

547800-262-IDEC (4332) • USA & Canada


Safety PrecautionsTurnoffthepowertoCWseriesswitchesbeforeinstallation,removal,wiringandmaintenance.Failuretoturnpoweroffmaycauseelectricalshocksorfirehazard.

Whenwiring,usewiresofapropersizetomeetthevoltageandcurrentrequire-ments.TightentheM3.5terminalscrewstoatighteningtorqueof1.0to1.3N·m.Failuretotightentheterminalscrewsmaycauseoverheatingandfire.


Notes for Operation

WhenusingtheCWseriesswitchesinasafety-relatedcircuitofacontrolsystem,observesafetyrulesandregulationsofeachcountryconcerningparticularapplicationsoftheactualmachinesandfacilities.Performriskassessmentbeforeoperationtoensuresafety.

Operating Conditions

Incorrosivegasorhigh-temperature,high-humidityenvironments,contactfailureduetocorrosionorcolorchangeorbreakageofthehousingmayoccur.

MainpartsoftheCWseriesswitchesaremadeofplastic.Donotscratchthesurfacewithasharpobjectorapplyexcessiveelectricshockorload,otherwisetheswitchesmaybedamaged.Inparticular,keepthebutton,lensandbezelfromsuchdamage,otherwiseappearanceandfunctionmaybeimpaired.

Donotapplydetergents,cuttingoils,orchemicalswhichmayimpairthefunctionandappearanceoftheCWseriesswitches.

Panel Mounting

Firstremovethecontactblockandthenthelockingringfromtheoperator.Inserttheoperatorintothepanelcut-outfromthefront,tightenthelockingringfromtheback,theninstallthecontactblocktotheoperator.

Mounting Hole

1.MountingholedimensionsareincompliancewithIEC60947-5-1.

2. Iftheanti-rotationprojectionisremovedfromthebezel,CWseriesswitchescanbemountedinø22.3mmmountingholes.Toremovetheanti-rotationprojection,removethegasketandusecuttingplierstobreaktheprojection.

Removing and Installing the Contact Unit

1. Toremovethecontactblockfromtheoperator,pushtheyellowlockingleverandturnittotheleft.

LockingLever

2. Toinstall,aligntheTOPmarkingontheoperatorwiththeTOPmarkingonthecontactblockmount-ingadaptor,andturnthelockinglevertotheright.

Installation in Panel Cut-outRemovethelockingringfromtheoperator.Withtheanti-rotationprojectionontheoperatoralignedwiththerecessinthemountinghole,inserttheoperatorintothemountinghole.Tightenthelockingringfromtherearofthepanel.

TOPmarkingonselectorandkeyselectorswitches

LockingRing

Panel

TOPmarkingonilluminatedpushbut-tons,pushbuttonsandpilotlights

Anti-rotationprojectionRecessinmountinghole

Note for Panel Mounting Wheninstallingtheoperatorinapanelcut-out,usetheoptionallockingringwrench(MW9Z-T1)totightenthelockingringtoarecommendedtighten-ingtorqueof1.2N·m.Donotusepliersanddonottightenexcessively,otherwisetheoperatormaybedamaged.

Illuminated Pushbuttons and Pilot Lights

Removing the Lens Toremovethelensfromanilluminatedpushbuttonorpilotlight,insertaflatscrewdriverundertheflangeofthelensat90°fromtheTOPmarkingandtwistthescrewdriver.

Donotinsertthescrewdrivertoofaranddonotap-plyexcessiveforcetothelens,otherwisethebezelsurfacemaybedamaged.

Screwdriver Insertion DirectionTOP MarkingTOP Marking

Screwdriver Insertion Angle

Approx. 30°

Panel Surface

Installing the LensTurnthegrooveinthelenstotheTOPmarkingontheoperatorhousing.Withthegroovealignedwiththeridge,pressthelensin.

TOP Marking

Groove in the Lens

Ridge

Marking Markingfilmcanbeappliedforinscriptionsoridentification.

Applicable Marking Film Size

IlluminatedPushbutton(RoundFlush)PilotLight(RoundFlush,RoundExtended)

IlluminatedPushbutton(RoundExtended)

ø15.9

13.8 12.6

ø15.9

Thickness:0.2mmmaximumFilmmaterial:Polyester(recommended)Note:Filmisnotsuppliedandmustbeprovidedbytheuser.

Switc

hes

& P

ilot D

evic

esSi

gnal

ing

Ligh

tsRe

lays

& S

ocke

tsTi

mer

sCo

ntac

tors

Term

inal

Blo

cks

Circ

uit B

reak

ers


548 www.IDEC.com

Operating Instructions, con’t

Pushbuttons

Pushbuttoncapscannotberemoved.Donottamperwiththecapusingascrewdriverorpliers,otherwiseitmaybedamaged.

Selector Switches

Turntheselectoroperatororkeytothedetentpositions.

Key Selector Switches

Topreventmalfunctionanddamage,takethefollow-ingprecautions.

• Completelyinsertthekeybeforeturning.

• Donotremovethekeywhileturning.

• Besidesthestandardkey(0H),sixotherkeysareavailable.Useonlyakeywithanumberthatmatchesthenumberontheswitches’keycylinder.(Thestandardkeydoesnothaveakeynumber.)

• Keysareavailableintwoshapes.-0H(standard),1H,2H:reversiblekeys-3H,4H,5H,6H:non-reversiblekeysMakesureofcorrectinsertiondirection.

Contact Blocks and LED Modules

Toremovethecontactblockfromtheoperator,insertaflatscrewdriverunderthelatchandpushthescrewdriverdownasshownbelow.BeforeremovingtheLEDmodule,firstremoveallcontactblocks,andthenremovetheLEDmoduleinthesamemanner.

Wiring

Applicable Wires

Strandedwire:2.0mm2maximum(14AWG)Solidwire:ø1.6mmmaximum

8.0 max.

ø1.6

max

.

Oneortwowirescanbeconnectedtotheterminal.

Applicable Crimping Terminals

SpadeterminalWhenusingcrimpingterminals,besuretouseinsulatingtubesorinsulatedcrimpingterminals.

11.5 max.

8.1 max.

6.9

max

.

3.6

min

.

0.5 min.

Crimping TerminalWire

Insulation Tube

FerruleWhenconnectingtwoferrulestooneterminal,useferruleswithoutinsulation.

8.0 max.

1.

7 m

ax.

Insulation

8.0 max.

1.

7 m

ax.

Whenusingspadeterminalsorferrules,ensurethattheyareinsertedcompletely.Ringterminalscannotbeused.

Screw Tightening Torque

TightentheM3.5terminalscrewstoarecommend-edtorqueof1.0to1.3N·m.

Switches &

Pilot Devices


SocketsTim

ersContactors

Terminal Blocks

Circuit Breakers

549800-262-IDEC (4332) • USA & Canada

ø22mm - HW SeriesSwitches & Pilot Devices

HW Series — 22mm IEC Style Global Pushbuttons

Key features:• Lockingleverremovablecontactblocks• Finger-safeIP20contactsasstandard,otherterminal

stylesavailable• Tamperproofconstruction• AllE-stopsmeetEN418andarecompliantwith

SEMIS2standards•Worldwideapprovals• Easytoassemble• Choiceofblackplasticormetallicfrontbezels• IncandescentorLEDillumination• Transformerorfullvoltage• Slowmakedoublebreakselfcleaningcontacts

HW: The Best Engineered Switch in the World

IDEC’sHWswitchesare“Thebestengineeredswitchintheworld”forareason.CarryingtheCEmark,UL,CSA,CCC(Chinese),andTUVapprovals,theseswitchesaredesignedforuseinalmostanypartoftheworld.

Completewithfinger-safecontactblocksofferingIP20protection,these7/8”(22mm)switchesincludeilluminatedandnon-illuminatedpushbuttons,pilot

lights,selectorswitches,andemergencystopswitches.

Allswitchesalsoincorporatemechanicallykeyedsafetylockinglevers,ensuringcorrectinstallationandmaintainingsafetyinhigh-vibrationapplications.

CertificateNo.2005010305145656

FileNo.E68961

®

FileNo.LR92374

RegistrationNo.R9551089(E-stops)RegistrationNo.R50054316(DualPushbuttons)RegistrationNo.J9650511(PilotLights)RegistrationNo.J9551458(allotherswitches)

Specifications

Elec

trica

l

RatedOperationalCharacteristicsAC-15:A600orUe=250V,le=3A(NO,NC,NO-EM,NC-LB)DC-13:P600orUe=125V,le=1.1A(NO,NC)DC-13:Q600orUe=125V,le=0.9A(NO-EM,NC-LB)

MaximumInrushCurrent 40A(40ms)


RatedSwitchingOver-Voltage Lessthan4kV,conformingtoIEC60947-1

RatedImpulseWithstandingVoltage 4kVforcontactcircuit,2.5kVforlampcircuit

RatedThermalCurrent 10Amp

MinimumSwitchingCapacity 5mAat3VAC/DC

ElectricalReliability MTBF<1faultfor10millionoperationcycles(3VDC,5mA)

LampRatings Incandescent:1WLEDs:6V/17mAmax,12V&24V/11mAmax,120&240V/10mAmax

Switc

hes

& P

ilot D

evic

esSi

gnal

ing

Ligh

tsRe

lays

& S

ocke

tsTi

mer

sCo

ntac

tors

Term

inal

Blo

cks

Circ

uit B

reak

ers

ø22mm - HW Series Switches & Pilot Devices

550 www.IDEC.com

Mec

hani

cal

ContactOperation SlowbreakNCorNO,self-cleaning

PositiveActionOperation(EmergencyStopswithNCcontacts)

5.5mmto10mmtraveltolatch,45Nminimumforcetolatch10mmmaximumtravel,1,800operationsperhourmaximumforaPushlockTurnReset900operationsperhourmaximumforaPush-Pull

OperatingForce Flushandextendedpushbuttons—with1NOor1NCcontact:6.2±2N(momentary),7.0±2N(maintained)Additionalcontacts—1NOor1NC:+3.2N(momentary),+3.3N(maintained)

RecommendedTerminalTorque 0.8Nm(7.1inlb.)

ApplicableWireSize Minimum1x22AWG,max.2x14AWGor1x12AWG

ContactResistance Initialcontactresistanceof50mΩorless

ContactGap 4mm(NOandNC),2mm(NO-EMandNC-LB)

HorsepowerRating ReferenceValue:1/4HP@120V(1ønon-reversing),1HP@240V(3ønon-reversing)

ContactMaterial Silver(goldplatedcontactsavailable-contactIDEC)

OperatingTemperature Operation:–25to+50°C(withoutfreezing),Storage:–40to+70°C(withoutfreezing)

VibrationResistance 10to55Hz,98m/sec2(10G)conformingtoIEC6068-2-6

ShockResistance 980m/sec2(100G)conformingtoIEC6068-2-7

MechanicalLife Momentarypushbuttons:5,000,000(900operationsperhour),Allotherswitches:500,000

Stan

dard

s &

App

rova

ls

ConformingtoStandards EN60947-1,EN60947-5-1,VDE0660-200,UL508,CSAC22-2No.14

Approvals

CertificateNo.2005010305145656

FileNo.E68961

®

FileNo.LR92374

RegistrationNo.R9551089(E-stops)RegistrationNo.R50054316(DualPushbuttons)RegistrationNo.J9650511(PilotLights)RegistrationNo.J9551458(allotherswitches)

CSA:pushbuttonsandselectorswitches:A600pilotlightsandilluminatedpushbuttons,directsupplypilotlightsandilluminatedpushbuttonswithintegraltransformer(100/110,115,120,200/220,230,240,380,400/440,480V)UL:pushbuttonsandselectorswitches:A600pilotlightsandilluminatedpushbuttons,directsupplypilotlightsandilluminatedpushbuttonswithintegraltransformer(100/110,115,120,200/220,230,240,380,400/440,480V)TÜV:pushbuttonsandselectorswitches:A600=P600(NO,NC)/Q600(NO-EM,NC-LB)pilotlightsandilluminatedpushbuttons,directsupplypilotlightsandilluminatedpushbuttonswithintegraltransformer(100/110,115,120,200/220,230,240,380,400/440,480V)

ElectricShockProtection Class0conformingtoIEC60536

DegreeofProtection(conformingtoIEC60529)(conformingtoNEMAICS6-110)

IP65(fromfrontofthepanel)IP20(TypeHW-Fcontactblock)NEMA1,2,3,3R,3S,4,4X,5,12,13(fromfrontofpanel)

PollutionDegree(conformingtoIEC60947-1) 3forswitchesnotusingatransformer,2forswitchesusingatransformer

ExternalShort-CircuitProtection 10A250VfuseconformingtoIEC60269-1

TerminalReferencing ConformingtoCENELECEN50005

Cont

act R

atin

gs PushbuttonsIlluminatedPushbuttonsSelectorSwitchesIlluminatedSelectorSwitchesPushbuttonSelectors

ContactBlock TypeHW-C/HW-F/HW-G


RatedContinuousCurrent 10A

ContactRatingsbyUtilizationCategoryIEC60947-5-1

AC-15(A600)DC-13(P600)

Char

acte

ristic

s OperationalVoltage 24V 48V 50V 110V 220V 440V

OperationalCurrent

AC50/60HzAC-12Controlofresistiveloads&solidstateloads 10A — 10A 10A 6A 2A

AC-15Controlofelectromagneticloads(>72VA) 10A — 7A 5A 3A 1A

DCDC-12Controlofresistiveloads&solidstateloads 8A 5A — 2.2A 1.1A —

DC-13Controlofelectromagnets 5A 2A — 1.1A 0.6A —

Fordimensions,seepage601.

Switches &

Pilot Devices


SocketsTim

ersContactors

Terminal Blocks

Circuit Breakers

551800-262-IDEC (4332) • USA & Canada


LED Lamp Ratings (LSTD Type)Model LSTD-6k LSTD-1k LSTD-2k LSTD-H2k LSTD-M4k

Inplaceofk,specifytheLens/LEDColorCode.

LampBase BA9S/13

RatedVoltage 6VAC/DC 12VAC/DC 24VAC/DC 120VAC 240VAC

VoltageRange 6VAC/DC±10% 12VAC/DC±10% 24VAC/DC±10% 120VAC±5% 240VAC±5%

CurrentDraw

AC A,R,W:G,S:

17mA8mA 11mA 11mA 10mA 10mA

DC A,R,W:G,S:

14mA5.5mA 10mA 10mA – –

ColorCode A(amber),G(green),R(red),S(blue),W(white)

LampBaseColor Sameasilluminationcolor

VoltageMarking Diestampedonthebase

Life(referencevalue) Approx.50,000hours(Theluminancereducesto50%theinitialintensitywhenusedoncompleteDC.)

InternalCircuit

A,R,W A,R,W

LED Chip

Protection Diode

Zener Diode

LED Chip

Protection Diode

Zener Diode

G,S

LED Chip

Protection Diode

Zener Diode

Switc

hes

& P

ilot D

evic

esSi

gnal

ing

Ligh

tsRe

lays

& S

ocke

tsTi

mer

sCo

ntac

tors

Term

inal

Blo

cks

Circ

uit B

reak

ers


552 www.IDEC.com

Non-Illuminated Round Pushbuttons (Assembled)

Round Flush Round Extended

Function Contacts Plastic Bezel Metal Bezel Plastic Bezel Metal Bezel

Momentary

Operator Only HW1B-M1-j HW4B-M1-j HW1B-M2-j HW4B-M2-j

1NO HW1B-M1F10-j HW4B-M1F10-j HW1B-M2F10-j HW4B-M2F10-j

1NC HW1B-M1F01-j HW4B-M1F01-j HW1B-M2F01-j HW4B-M2F01-j

1NO-1NC HW1B-M1F11-j HW4B-M1F11-j HW1B-M2F11-j HW4B-M2F11-j




Maintained

Operator Only HW1B-A1-j HW4B-A1-j HW1B-A2-j HW4B-A2-j

1NO HW1B-A1F10-j HW4B-A1F10-j HW1B-A2F10-j HW4B-A2F10-j

1NC HW1B-A1F01-j HW4B-A1F01-j HW1B-A2F01-j HW4B-A2F01-j

1NO-1NC HW1B-A1F11-j HW4B-A1F11-j HW1B-A2F11-j HW4B-A2F11-j





Black B

Green G

Red R

Blue S

White W

Yellow Y

Gray N*

*Grayavailableforroundflushonly.

1. Inplaceofj,specifytheButtonColorCodefromtablebelow.2. Fornameplatesandaccessories,seepage596and599.3. Fordimensions,seepage601.4.Forcontactassemblypartnumbers,seepage600.5. Allassembledpartnumbersincatalogincludestandard,fingersafe(HW-F...)

contacts.6. Assembledunitswithspring-upterminals(HW-G...)canbeorderedby

removingan“F”fromthepartnumber(Ex.HW1B-M1F11-RbecomesHW1B-M111-R).

7. Operatoronlymodelsincludeoperatorplusbutton.8. Additionalcontactconfigurationsavailable(upto6totalcontacts).

Switches &

Pilot Devices


SocketsTim

ersContactors

Terminal Blocks

Circuit Breakers

553800-262-IDEC (4332) • USA & Canada


Button ColorsB:BlackG:GreenR:RedS:BlueW:WhiteY:YellowN:Gray**Availableforroundflushonly

Part Number Structure

H W 1 B - M 1 F 10 – R

Bezel1:PlasticBezel4:MetalBezel

Operator1: Flush2: Extended

FunctionM:MomentaryActionA: MaintainedAction Terminals

F:FingersafeContactsC:ExposedScrewTerminalsblank:Spring-upTerminals

10:1NO01:1NC11:1NO-NC

20:2NO02:2NC22:2NO-2NC

Contact Arrangement

Non-Illuminated Round Pushbuttons (Replacement Parts)

Contact Blocks + Mounting Adaptor + Safety Lever Lock + Anti-Rotation

Ring + Operator + Button = Completed Unit


StandardFingersafe(IP20)

HW-F10 HW-F01

HW-F10R(earlymake)

HW-F01R(latebreak)

Spring-UpTerminal

HW-G10 HW-G01

HW-G10R(earlymake)

HW-G01R(latebreak)

ExposedScrewTerminal

HW-C10 HW-C01

HW-C10R(earlymake)

HW-C01R(latebreak)

DummyBlock TW-DB


HW-CB2C

1. Usedtomountcontactblockstooperator.2. IDECstronglyrecommendsusingthesafetylever

locktopreventheavyvibrationormaintenancepersonnelfrominadvertentlyunlockingcontacts.

Anti-Rotation RingStyle Part Number

HW9Z-RL

Usewithnotchedpanelcutouttopreventunitrotation.

Operators

Style Plastic Bezel

Metal Bezel

RoundFlush/Extended

Mom

entary

HW1B-M0 HW4B-MO

Maintaine

d

HW1B-A0 HW4B-AO

Safety Lever Lock

Style Part Number

HW9Z-LS

ButtonsStyle Part Number

RoundFlush

HW1A-B1-j

RoundExtended

HW1A-B2-j

1. Inplaceofj,specifytheButtonColorCodefromtable.

j Button Color Code Color Code Color Code

Black B White W

Green G Yellow Y

Red R Gray N*

Blue S

*Grayavailableforroundflushonly.

Switc

hes

& P

ilot D

evic

esSi

gnal

ing

Ligh

tsRe

lays

& S

ocke

tsTi

mer

sCo

ntac

tors

Term

inal

Blo

cks

Circ

uit B

reak

ers


554 www.IDEC.com

Non-Illuminated Mushroom Head Pushbuttons (Assembled)

ø29mm Mushroom Head ø40mm Mushroom Head

Function Contacts Plastic Bezel Metal Bezel Plastic Bezel Metal Bezel

Momentary

Operator Only HW1B-M3-j HW4B-M3-j HW1B-M4-j HW4B-M4-j







Maintained

Operator Only HW1B-A3-j HW4B-A3-j HW1B-A4-j HW4B-A4-j







j Button Color Code

Color Code

Black B

Green G

Red R

Blue S

White W

Yellow Y

1. Inplaceofj,specifytheButtonColorCodefromtable.2. *60mmmushroomavailableonlyinred,green,black,andyellow.3. Fornameplatesandaccessories,seepage596and599.4. Fordimensions,seepage601.5.Forcontactassemblypartnumbers,seepage600.6. Allassembledpartnumbersincatalogincludestandardfingersafe

(HW-F...)contacts.7. Assembledunitswithspring-upterminals(HW-G...)canbeordered

byremovingan“F”fromthepartnumber(Ex.HW1B-M1F11-RbecomesHW1B-M111-R).

8. Unitswithexposedscrewterminals(HW-C...)mustbeorderedassub-components.

9. Operatoronlymodelsincludeoperatorplusbutton.10.Additionalcontactconfigurationsavailable(upto6totalcontacts).

ø60mm Mushroom Head

Function Contacts Plastic Bezel

Momentary

Operator Only HW1B-M5-j*

1NO HW1B-M5F10-j*

1NC HW1B-M5F01-j*

1NO-1NC HW1B-M5F11-j*

2NO HW1B-M5F20-j*

2NC HW1B-M5F02-j*

2NO-2NC HW1B-M5F22-j*

Switches &

Pilot Devices


SocketsTim

ersContactors

Terminal Blocks

Circuit Breakers

555800-262-IDEC (4332) • USA & Canada


Button ColorsB:BlackG:GreenR:RedS:BlueW:WhiteY:Yellow


H W 1 B - M 3 F 10 – R

Bezel1:PlasticBezel4:MetalBezel(Notavailablefor60mmmushroom)

Operator3: ø29mmMushroom4: ø40mmMushroom5: ø60mmMushroom

FunctionM:MomentaryActionA: MaintainedAction(Notavailablefor60mmjumbomushroompushbutton.)

Terminals F:FingersafeContactsC:ExposedScrewTerminalsblank:Spring-upTerminals

10:1NO01:1NC11:1NO-NC

20:2NO02:2NC22:2NO-2NC

Contact Arrangement

Non-Illuminated Mushroom Head Pushbuttons (Replacement Parts)

Contact Blocks + Mounting Adaptor + Safety Lever

Lock + Anti-Rotation Ring + Operator + Button = Completed Unit



HW-F10 HW-F01

HW-F10R(earlymake)

HW-F01R(latebreak)

Spring-UpTerminal

HW-G10 HW-G01

HW-G10R(earlymake)

HW-G01R(latebreak)


HW-C10 HW-C01

HW-C10R(earlymake)

HW-C01R(latebreak)

DummyBlock TW-DB

Contact Block Mounting Adaptor Style Part Number

HW-CB2C

1. Usedtomountcontactblockstooperator.2. IDECstronglyrecommendsusingthe

safetyleverlocktopreventheavyvibrationormaintenancepersonnelfrominadver-tentlyunlockingcontacts.

Safety Lever Lock

Style Part Number

HW9Z-LS

Anti-Rotation Ring Appearance Part Number

HW9Z-RL

Operators

Style Plastic Bezel Metal Bezel

ø29mmMushroomø40mmMushroom

Mom

entary

HW1B-M0L HW4B-MOL

Maintaine

d

HW1B-A0L HW4B-AOL

Ø60mmJumboMushroom

Mom

entary

HW1B-M5-j* –

1. *60mmmushroomoperatorincludesnon-removablebutton(availableinred,black,greenandyellowonly).

2. Fornameplatesandaccessories,seepage596and599.3. Fordimensions,seepage601.


ø29mmMushroomCap

HW1A-B3-j

ø40mmMushroomCap

HW1A-B4-j



Black B Blue S

Green G White W

Red R Yellow Y

HW1B-M5availableonlyinblack,red,greenandyellow.

Switc

hes

& P

ilot D

evic

esSi

gnal

ing

Ligh

tsRe

lays

& S

ocke

tsTi

mer

sCo

ntac

tors

Term

inal

Blo

cks

Circ

uit B

reak

ers


556 www.IDEC.com

Non-Illuminated Square Pushbuttons (Assembled)

Function ContactsSquare Flush Square Extended

Plastic Bezel Plastic Bezel

Momentary

Operator Only HW2B-M1-j HW2B-M2-j

1NO HW2B-M1F10-j HW2B-M2F10-j

1NC HW2B-M1F01-j HW2B-M2F01-j

1NO-1NC HW2B-M1F11-j HW2B-M2F11-j

2NO HW2B-M1F20-j HW2B-M2F20-j

2NC HW2B-M1F02-j HW2B-M2F02-j

2NO-2NC HW2B-M1F22-j HW2B-M2F22-j

Maintained

Operator Only HW2B-A1-j HW2B-A2-j

1NO HW2B-A1F10-j HW2B-A2F10-j

1NC HW2B-A1F01-j HW2B-A2F01-j

1NO-1NC HW2B-A1F11-j HW2B-A2F11-j

2NO HW2B-A1F20-j HW2B-A2F20-j

2NC HW2B-A1F02-j HW2B-A2F02-j

2NO-2NC HW2B-A1F22-j HW2B-A2F22-j

j Button Color Code Color Code

Black B

Green G

Red R

Blue S

White W

Yellow Y

1. Inplaceofj,specifytheButtonColorCodefromtable.2. Fornameplatesandaccessories,seepage596and599.3. Fordimensions,seepage601.4.Forcontactassemblypartnumbers,seepage600.5. Squarepushbuttonsavailableinplasticbezelonly.6. Allassembledpartnumbersincatalogincludestandardfingersafe(HW-F...)contacts.7. Assembledunitswithspring-upterminals(HW-G...)canbeorderedbyremovingan

“F”fromthepartnumber(Ex.HW2B-M1F11-RbecomesHW1B-M111-R).8. Unitswithexposedscrewterminals(HW-C...)mustbeorderedassub-components.9. Operatoronlymodelincludesoperatorandbutton.10.Additionalcontactconfigurationsavailable(upto6totalcontacts).

Switches &

Pilot Devices


SocketsTim

ersContactors

Terminal Blocks

Circuit Breakers

557800-262-IDEC (4332) • USA & Canada


Button ColorsB:BlackG:GreenR:RedS:BlueW:WhiteY:Yellow


H W 2 B - M 1 F 10 – R

Operator1: Flush2: Extended

FunctionM:MomentaryActionA: MaintainedAction

Terminals F:FingersafeContactsC:ExposedScrewTerminalsblank:Spring-upTerminals

10:1NO01:1NC11:1NO-NC

20:2NO02:2NC22:2NO-2NC

Contact Arrangement

Non-Illuminated Square Pushbuttons (Replacement Parts)

Contact Blocks + Mounting Adaptor + Safety

Lever Lock + Anti-Rotation Ring + Operator + Button = Completed Unit



HW-F10 HW-F01

HW-F10R(earlymake)

HW-F01R(latebreak)

Spring-UpTerminal

HW-G10 HW-G01

HW-G10R(earlymake)

HW-G01R(latebreak)


HW-C10 HW-C01

HW-C10R(earlymake)

HW-C01R(latebreak)

DummyBlock TW-DB


HW-CB2C

1. Usedtomountcontactblockstooperator.2. IDECstronglyrecommendsusingthesafety

leverlocktopreventheavyvibrationormaintenancepersonnelfrominadvertentlyunlockingcontacts.

Safety Lever Lock

Style Part Number

HW9Z-LS

Anti-Rotation RingAppearance Part Number

HW9Z-RL


Operators

Style Plastic Bezel

SquareFlushExtended

Mom

entary

HW2B-M0

Maintaine

d

HW2B-A0

2. Fornameplatesandaccessories,seepages596and599.

3. Fordimensions,seepage601.


SquareFlush

HW2A-B1-j

SquareExtended

HW2A-B2-j



Black B Blue S

Green G White W

Red R Yellow Y

Switc

hes

& P

ilot D

evic

esSi

gnal

ing

Ligh

tsRe

lays

& S

ocke

tsTi

mer

sCo

ntac

tors

Term

inal

Blo

cks

Circ

uit B

reak

ers


558 www.IDEC.com

Non-Illuminated E-Stop Pushbuttons (Assembled)

Ø29mm Head Pushlock Turn Reset Ø40mm Head Pushlock Turn Reset

Contacts Plastic Bezel Metal Bezel Plastic Bezel Metal Bezel

Operator Only HW1B-V3j† HW4B-V3j† HW1B-V4j† HW4B-V4j†

1NO HW1B-V3F10-j† HW4B-V3F10-j† HW1B-V4F10-j† HW4B-V4F10-j†

1NC HW1B-V3F01-j† HW4B-V3F01-j† HW1B-V4F01-j† HW4B-V4F01-j†

1NO-1NC HW1B-V3F11-j† HW4B-V3F11-j† HW1B-V4F11-j† HW4B-V4F11-j†

2NO HW1B-V3F20-j† HW4B-V3F20-j† HW1B-V4F20-j† HW4B-V4F20-j†

2NC HW1B-V3F02-j† HW4B-V3F02-j† HW1B-V4F02-j† HW4B-V4F02-j†

Ø40mm Head EMO Pushlock Turn Reset Ø40mm Head Pushlock Key Reset


Operator Only HW1B-V4R-EMO-2* HW4B-V4R-EMO-2* HW1B-X4R* HW4B-X4R*

1NO HW1B-V4F10-R-EMO-2* HW4B-V4F10-R-EMO-2* HW1B-X4F10-R* HW4B-X4F10-R*

1NC HW1B-V4F01-R-EMO-2* HW4B-V4F01-R-EMO-2* HW1B-X4F01-R* HW4B-X4F01-R*

1NO-1NC HW1B-V4F11-R-EMO-2* HW4B-V4F11-R-EMO-2* HW1B-X4F11-R* HW4B-X4F11-R*

2NO HW1B-V4F20-R-EMO-2* HW4B-V4F20-R-EMO-2* HW1B-X4F20-R* HW4B-X4F20-R*

2NC HW1B-V4F02-R-EMO-2* HW4B-V4F02-R-EMO-2* HW1B-X4F02-R* HW4B-X4F02-R*

1. *AvailableinRedonly.2. †Availableinredoryellow.Insertcolorcodeinplaceofj(R:Red,Y:Yellow).2. Foraccessories,seepage599.3. Fordimensions,seepage601.5. Fornameplatesandshrouds,seepage600.4.Forcontactassemblypartnumbers,seepage600.7. AllHWseriesE-stopscomplywithEN60947-5-5,theIEC“E-StopAddendumtotheLow

VoltageDirective,”thisincludes“tamperproof”operationwherebyachangeofcontactstateisnotpossibleby“teasing”or“floating”theoperator.

8. Allassembledpartnumbersincatalogincludestandardfingersafe(HW-F...)contacts.9. Assembledunitswithspring-upterminals(HW-G...)canbeorderedbyremovingan“F”from

thepartnumber(Ex.HW1B-M1F11-RbecomesHW1B-M111-R).10.Unitswithexposedscrewterminals(HW-C...)mustbeorderedassub-components.11.Operatoronlymodelsincludeoperatorandbutton.12.Additionalcontactconfigurationsavailable(upto6totalcontacts).

ø60mm Head Pushlock Turn Reset

Contacts Plastic Bezel

Operator Only HW1B-V5R*

1NO HW1B-V5F10-R*

1NC HW1B-V5F01-R*

1NO-1NC HW1B-V5F11-R*

2NO HW1B-V5F20-R*

2NC HW1B-V5F02-R*

Switches &

Pilot Devices


SocketsTim

ersContactors

Terminal Blocks

Circuit Breakers

559800-262-IDEC (4332) • USA & Canada



H W 1 B – V 3 F 10 – R – EMO-2

Bezel1:PlasticBezel4:MetalBezel(notavailablefor60mm

jumbomushroom)

Engraved Button*EMO-2:EMOswitch*OptionavailableforredEMOE-Stoponly

Operator3: ø29mmHead4: ø40mmHead5: ø60mmHead

FunctionV: PushlockTurnResetX: PushlockKeyReset

10:1NO01:1NC11:1NO-NC

20:2NO02:2NC22:2NO-2NC

Contact ArrangementButton ColorsR:RedY:YellowNote:someswitchesonlyavailableinred.

TerminalsF: FingersafeC: ExposedScrewblank:Springup

Non-Illuminated E-Stop Pushbuttons (Replacement Parts)


Ring + Operator = Completed Unit



HW-F10 HW-F01

HW-F10R(earlymake)

HW-F01R(latebreak)

Spring-UpTerminal

HW-G10 HW-G01

HW-G10R(earlymake)

HW-G01R(latebreak)


HW-C10 HW-C01

HW-C10R(earlymake)

HW-C01R(latebreak)

DummyBlock TW-DB


HW-CB2C


safetyleverlocktopreventheavyvibrationormaintenancepersonnelfrominadvertentlyunlockingcontacts.

Safety Lever Lock

Style Part Number

HW9Z-LS


HW9Z-RL


Operators Style Plastic Metal

ø29mmHeadPushlockTurnResetred HW1B-V3R HW4B-V3R

yellow HW1B-V3Y HW4B-V3Y

ø40mmHeadPushlockTurnResetred HW1B-V4R HW4B-V4R

yellow HW1B-V4Y HW4B-V4Y

ø40mmHeadEMOPushlockTurnReset*

HW1B-V4R-EMO-2 HW4B-V4R-EMO-2

ø40mmHeadPushlockKeyReset*

HW1B-X4R HW4B-X4R

ø60mmHeadPushlockTurnReset*

HW1B-V5R –

1. *Availableinredonly.2. AllE-Stopbuttonsarenotremovablefromtheoperator.

Switc

hes

& P

ilot D

evic

esSi

gnal

ing

Ligh

tsRe

lays

& S

ocke

tsTi

mer

sCo

ntac

tors

Term

inal

Blo

cks

Circ

uit B

reak

ers


560 www.IDEC.com

Push Pull & Unibody E-Stop Pushbuttons (Assembled)

ø40mm Head Push–Pull

Contacts Plastic Bezel Metal Bezel

Operator Only (Red) HW1B-Y2R HW4B-Y2R

Operator Only (Yellow) HW1B-Y2Y HW4B-Y2Y

1NO HW1B-Y2F10-j† HW4B-Y2F10-j†

1NC HW1B-Y2F01-j† HW4B-Y2F01-j†

1NO-1NC HW1B-Y2F11-j† HW4B-Y2F11-j†

2NC HW1B-Y2F02-j† HW4B-Y2F02-j†

2NO HW1B-Y2F20-j† HW4B-Y2F20-j†

Unibody Illuminated E-Stops*

Contacts LED Incandescent

1NO-1NC HW1E-LV4F11QD-R-l HW1E-LV4F11Q-R-l

2NC HW1E-LV4F02QD-R-l HW1E-LV4F02Q-R-l

2NC(withpush-onillumination) HW1E-TV4F02QD-R-l HW1E-TV4F11Q-R-l

1NO-1NC(withpush-onillumination) HW1E-TV4F11QD-R-l HW1E-TV4F02Q-R-l

1. *AvailableinRedonly.2. †Availableinredoryellow.Insertcolorcodeinplaceofj(R:Red,Y:Yellow).3. Inplaceofl,specifyFullVoltageCode.4. Withsingleunitconstruction,thepositiveactioncontactsareintegratedinthebodyoftheswitch.Thisprovidesanextradegreeofsafetyandreliabilityforcriticalemergencystopfunctions.5. Intheilluminatedversion,thelightisindependentoftheswitchaction(exceptpush-onLEDmodel).6. Foraccessories,seepage599.7. Fordimensions,seepage601.8. Fornameplatesandshrouds,seepage599.9.Forcontactassemblypartnumbers,seepage599.10.AllHWSeriesE-Stopoperatorsincludenon-removablecolorcaps.11.AllHWseriesE-StopscomplywithEN60947-5-5,theIEC“E-StopAddendumtotheLowVoltageDirective,”thisincludes“tamperproof”operationwherebyachangeofcontactstateisnotpos-

sibleby“teasing”or“floating”theoperator.12.AllHWseriesE-StopswitchescomplywithSEMIS2standards.13.Allassembledpartnumbersincatalogincludestandardfingersafe(HW-F...)contacts.14.Assembledunitswithspring-upterminals(HW-G...)canbeorderedbyremovingan“F”fromthepartnumber(Ex.HW1B-M1F11-RbecomesHW1B-M111-R).15.Unitswithexposedscrewterminals(HW-C...)mustbeorderedassub-components.16.Additionalcontactconfigurationsavailable(upto6totalcontacts).

ø40mm Unibody Pushlock Turn Reset*

Contacts Plastic Bezel

1NO-1NC HW1E-BV4F11-R

2NC HW1E-BV4F02-R

1NO-2NC HW1E-BV412R-TK2093-1

l Full Voltage CodeVoltage Code

6VAC/DC 6V

12VAC/DC 12V

24VAC/DC 24V

120VAC* 120V

240VAC* 240V

*LEDonly.

Terminal Numbering(Unibodyonly)

Models Terminal Number

1NO-1NC NO=13/14,NC=11/12

2NC NC=11/12,NC=21/22

HW1E-LHW1E-T Lamp+=X2,Lamp-=X1

Switches &

Pilot Devices


SocketsTim

ersContactors

Terminal Blocks

Circuit Breakers

561800-262-IDEC (4332) • USA & Canada



H W 1 E – L V 4 F 11 – Q D R - 24V

Bezel1:PlasticBezel4:MetalBezel*(*notavailableforHW1Eunibody)

IlluminationBV4:Non-illuminated(unibodystyle)LV4:IlluminatedTV4:IlluminatedPushOnY2:Non-illuminatedPushPullE-Stop

FunctionB: PushPullE: PushlockTurnReset

11:1NO-1NC02:2NC10:1NO20:2NO

Contacts

Lamp CodeD:LEDblank:Incandescent

Button ColorsR:RedY:Yellow*(*onlyavailablein40mmPushPullE-Stop)

Illumination Circuitblank:40mmPushPull&Non-illuminatedUnibodyE-StopQ:IlluminatedUnibodyE-Stop

Full Voltage Code(IlluminatedE-Stop)6V:6VAC/DC12V: 12VAC/DC24V: 24VAC/DC120V:120VCAC*240V:240VAC**LEDonly

Illuminated & Non-Illuminated E-Stop Pushbuttons (Replacement Parts)





HW-F10 HW-F01

HW-F10R(earlymake)

HW-F01R(latebreak)

Spring-UpTerminal

HW-G10 HW-G01

HW-G10R(earlymake)

HW-G01R(latebreak)


HW-C10 HW-C01

HW-C10R(earlymake)

HW-C01R(latebreak)

DummyBlock TW-DB

1. TherearenoreplacementpartsfortheHW1EunibodyE-Stop.2. ForilluminatedunibodyE-Stop,seepage600forreplacementlens.


HW-CB2C


safetyleverlocktopreventheavyvibrationormaintenancepersonnelfrominadver-tentlyunlockingcontacts.

Safety Lever Lock

Style Part Number

HW9Z-LS


HW9Z-RL


Operators Style Part Number

ø40mmHeadPush-Pull

Plastic

red

HW1B-Y2R

Metal HW4B-Y2R

Plastic

yello

w

HW1B-Y2Y

Metal HW4B-Y2Y

AllE-StopButtonsarenotremovablefromtheoperator.

Switc

hes

& P

ilot D

evic

esSi

gnal

ing

Ligh

tsRe

lays

& S

ocke

tsTi

mer

sCo

ntac

tors

Term

inal

Blo

cks

Circ

uit B

reak

ers


562 www.IDEC.com

E-Stop Stations

29mm Pushlock Turn Reset 40mm Pushlock Turn Reset


1NO-1NC FB1W-HW1B-V311R FB1W-HW4B-V311R FB1W-HW1B-V411R FB1W-HW4B-V411R

2NC FB1W-HW1B-V302R FB1W-HW4B-V302R FB1W-HW1B-V402R FB1W-HW4B-V402R

40mm Push-Pull Reset 40mm Pushlock Key Reset


1NO-1NC FB1W-HW1B-Y211R FB1W-HW4B-Y211R FB1W-HW1B-X411R FB1W-HW4B-X411R

2NC FB1W-HW1B-Y202R FB1W-HW4B-Y202R FB1W-HW1B-X402R FB1W-HW4B-X402R

40mm EMO Pushlock Turn Reset

Contacts Plastic Bezel Metal Bezel

1NO-1NC FB1W-HW1B-V411R-EMO-2 FB1W-HW4B-V411R-EMO-2

2NC FB1W-HW1B-V402R-EMO-2 FB1W-HW4B-V402R-EMO-2

1. Maximumoftwocontactblocks.2. Boxissuppliedwithyellowtopandblackbottomonly.

Switches &

Pilot Devices


SocketsTim

ersContactors

Terminal Blocks

Circuit Breakers

563800-262-IDEC (4332) • USA & Canada


Jumbo Dome Pilot Lights (Assembled)

Plastic Bezel

Jum

bo D

ome

LED

Operator Only HW1P-5Q0

FullVoltage24VAC/DC HW1P-5Q4-k

Incandescent

Operator Only HW1P-5Q7*

FullVoltage24VAC/DC HW1P-5Q7-k

1. Inplaceofk,specifytheLens/LEDColorCode.2. *Incandescentoperatorcomeswithbulb.3. Availablewithspring-upterminalsin24Vonly.4. Fornameplatesandaccessories,seepage596and599.5. Fordimensions,seepage601.

k Lens/LED Color Code Color Code

Amber A

Green G

Red R

Blue S

White W

Yellow Y

Jumbo Dome Replacement Parts

Item Appearance Description Part Number

Lens

PolycarbonateLens

HW1A-P5k

LEDDiffusingLens* HW9Z-PP5C

LEDLamps LEDLamp LSTDB-2k

1. Inplaceofk,specifytheLens/LEDColorCode.2.*DiffusinglensforLEDmodelsonly.3. UsewhiteLEDforyellowlens.

Lamp Ratings Part Number

Operating Voltage

Rated Current

Power Consumption

LED LSTDB-224VAC/DC±10%

15mA 0.36W

Incandescent LSB-2 150mA 3.6W

ActualSize

Jumbo Dome

Switc

hes

& P

ilot D

evic

esSi

gnal

ing

Ligh

tsRe

lays

& S

ocke

tsTi

mer

sCo

ntac

tors

Term

inal

Blo

cks

Circ

uit B

reak

ers


564 www.IDEC.com


Round Flush Dome

Plastic Bezel Metal Bezel Plastic Bezel Metal Bezel

Operator Only HW1P-1FQ0-k HW4P-1FQ0-k HW1P-2FQ0-k HW4P-2FQ0-k

Full Voltage HW1P-1FQm-k-l HW4P-1FQm-k-l HW1P-2FQm-k-l HW4P-2FQm-k-l

Transformer

120V AC HW1P-1FH2m-k HW4P-1FH2m-k HW1P-2FH2m-k HW4P-2FH2m-k

240V AC HW1P-1FM4m-k HW4P-1FM4m-k HW1P-2FM4m-k HW4P-2FM4m-k

480V AC HW1P-1FT8m-k HW4P-1FT8m-k HW1P-2FT8m-k HW4P-2FT8m-k

DC-DC Converter* 110V DC HW1P-1D2D-k – HW1P-2D2D-k –

Square Flush

Plastic Bezel

Operator Only HW2P-1FQ0-k

Full Voltage HW2P-1FQm-k-l

Transformer

120V AC HW2P-1FH2m-k

240V AC HW2P-1FM4m-k

480V AC HW2P-1FT8m-k

DC-DC Converter* 110V DC HW2P-1D2D-k


Amber A

Green G

Red R

Blue S

White W

Yellow Y

l Full Voltage CodeVoltage Code

6VAC/DC 6V

12VAC/DC 12V

24VAC/DC 24V

120VAC(LEDonly) 120V


m Lamp Type Code Lamp Code

Incandescent Blank

LED D

1. Inplaceofk,specifytheLens/LEDColorCodefromtablebelow.

2. InplaceoflspecifytheFullVoltageCodefromtablebelow.

3. InplaceofmspecifyLampTypeCodefromtablebelow.4. *DC-DCconvertorvoltageinputfrom90-140VDC,comeswith

spring-upterminalsonly.5. DC-DCconvertermodelswithLEDlampsonly.6. Fornameplatesandaccessories,seepage596and599.7. Fordimensions,seepage601.8. Pilot lights do not come with anti-rotation ring.9. Operatormodelscomewithoperatorandlens.10.Yellow pilot light comes with white LED.

Switches &

Pilot Devices


SocketsTim

ersContactors

Terminal Blocks

Circuit Breakers

565800-262-IDEC (4332) • USA & Canada



H W 1 P – 2 F Q D – R – 12V

Lamp Voltage(fullvoltageunitsonly)6V:6VAC/DC12V:12VAC/DC24V:24VAC/DC120V:120VAC*240V:240VAC**LEDonly

Operator1: Flush2:Dome

Lens/LED ColorsA:AmberG:GreenR:RedS:BlueW:WhiteY:Yellow

Illumination Circuit Q:FullVoltageH2:120VACTransformerM4:240VACTransformerT8:480VACTransformerD2:DC-DCConverter

Lamp Type CodeD:LEDBlank:Incandescent

Bezel1:RoundPlastic2:SquarePlastic4:RoundMetal

Pilot Lights (Replacement Parts)

Transformer* + Lamp + Operator + Lens = Completed Unit

(notapplicableforfullvoltageunits)

Transformer Units Style Voltage Part Number

LED/Incandescent

(6Vsecondaryvoltage)

120VAC HW-FH20HW-MH20*

240VAC HW-FM40HW-MM40*

480VAC HW-FT80HW-RT80*

110VDC** HW-RD0*

1. *Withspring-upterminals-tousespring-upterminaltype,mustusetransformertypeoperatordesignedforspring-uptransformer.

2. **DC-DCconvertervoltageinputfrom90-140VDC.

Lamps Style Voltage Part Number

LED6VAC/DC LSTD-6k

12VAC/DC LSTD-1k

24VAC/DC LSTD-2k

120VAC LSTD-H2k

240VAC LSTD-M4k

Incandescent 6VAC/DC IS-6

12VAC/DC IS-12

24VAC/DC IS-24

1. Inplaceofk,specifytheLEDColorCode.2. TheLEDcontainsacurrent-limitingresistor

andreversepolarityprotectiondiodes.

k LED Color Code Color Code Color Code

Amber A Blue S

Green G White W

Red R

ForyellowlensusewhiteLED.

OperatorsStyle Type Plastic Bezel Metal Bezel

RoundFlushFullVoltage

Standard HW1P-1FQ0 HW4P-1FQ0

Spring-upTerminals HW1P-1Q0 HW4P-1Q0

TransformerStandard HW1P-10 HW4P-10

Spring-upTerminals HW1P-100 –

DomeFullVoltage

Standard HW1P-2FQ0 HW4P-2FQ0

Spring-upTerminals HW1P-2Q0 HW4P-2Q0

TransformerStandard HW1P-20 HW4P-20


SquareFlushFullVoltage

Standard HW2P-1FQ0 –

Spring-upTerminals HW2P-1Q0

TransformerStandard HW2P-10 –


1. Transformertyperequiresseparatetransformer&lamp.Mustselectcorrecttransformerbasesonstandardorspringupterminaltype.Use6VlampsorLEDs.

2. Fullvoltagetypeonlyrequireslamp.

Lenses Style Part Number

Round/Flush HW1A-P1-l

Dome HW1A-P2-l

Square/Flush HW2A-P1-l

Inplaceofl,specifytheLensColorCode.

l Lens Color Code Color Code

Amber A

Green G

Red R

Blue S

White W

Yellow Y

ForyellowlensusewhiteLED.

Switc

hes

& P

ilot D

evic

esSi

gnal

ing

Ligh

tsRe

lays

& S

ocke

tsTi

mer

sCo

ntac

tors

Term

inal

Blo

cks

Circ

uit B

reak

ers


566 www.IDEC.com

Illuminated Round Pushbuttons (Assembled)

Illuminated Full Voltage Pushbuttons

ContactsFlush Extended Extended w/ Full Shroud

Plastic Bezel Metal Bezel Plastic Bezel Metal Bezel Plastic Bezel Metal Bezel

Mom

entary

Operator Only1NO1NC1NO-1NC2NO

HW1L-M1-kHW1L-M1F10Qm-k-lHW1L-M1F01Qm-k-lHW1L-M1F11Qm-k-lHW1L-M1F20Qm-k-l




HW1L-MF2-kHW1L-MF2F10Qm-k-lHW1L-MF2F01Qm-k-lHW1L-MF2F11Qm-k-lHW1L-MF2F20Qm-k-l

HW4L-MF2-kHW4L-MF2F10Qm-k-lHW4L-MF2F01Qm-k-lHW4L-MF2F11Qm-k-lHW4L-MF2F20Qm-k-l

Maintaine

d Operator Only1NO1NC1NO-1NC2NO

HW1L-A1-kHW1L-A1F10Qm-k-lHW1L-A1F01Qm-k-lHW1L-A1F11Qm-k-lHW1L-A1F20Qm-k-l




HW1L-AF2-kHW1L-AF2F10Qm-k-lHW1L-AF2F01Qm-k-lHW1L-AF2F11Qm-k-lHW1L-AF2F20Qm-k-l

HW4L-AF2-kHW4L-AF2F10Qm-k-lHW4L-AF2F01Qm-k-lHW4L-AF2F11Qm-k-lHW4L-AF2F20Qm-k-l

Illuminated Transformer Pushbuttons

ContactsFlush Extended Extended w/ Full Shroud

Plastic Bezel Metal Bezel Plastic Bezel Metal Bezel Plastic Bezel Metal Bezel

Mom

entary Operator Only

1NO-1NC2NO

HW1L-M1-kHW1L-M1F11lm-kHW1L-M1F20lm-k




HW1L-MF2-kHW1L-MF2F11lm-kHW1L-MF2F20lm-k

HW4L-MF2-kHW4L-MF2F11lm-kHW4L-MF2F20lm-k

Maintaine

d Operator Only1NO-1NC2NO

HW1L-A1-kHW1L-A1F11lm-kHW1L-A1F20lm-k




HW1L-AF2-kHW1L-AF2F11lm-kHW1L-AF2F20lm-k

HW4L-AF2-kHW4L-AF2F11lm-kHW4L-AF2F20lm-k

1. Inplaceofk,specifyLens/LEDColorCodefromtable.

2. InplaceoflspecifyVoltageCodefromtable.

3. InplaceofmspecifyLampCodefromtable.4. Lightindependentofswitchposition.5. Forreplacementpartnumbers,seepage567.6. Fornameplatesandaccessories,seepage596.

and599.7. Fordimensions,seepage601.8.Forcontactassemblypartnumbers,seepage600.9. Fullvoltageandtransformermodelsusethesame

operator.10.Additionalcontactconfigurationsavailable(upto6

totalcontacts).11. Yellow pushbutton comes with white LED.


Amber A

Green G

Red R

Blue S

White W

Yellow Y

YellowLEDnotavailable.UsewhiteLEDforyellowlens.

l Voltage CodeFull Voltage

ModelsTransformer

Models

Voltage Code Voltage Code

6VAC/DC 6V 120VAC H2

12VAC/DC 12V 240VAC M4

24VAC/DC 24V 480VAC T8



m Lamp Code Lamp Code

Incandescent Blank

LED D

Switches &

Pilot Devices


SocketsTim

ersContactors

Terminal Blocks

Circuit Breakers

567800-262-IDEC (4332) • USA & Canada


Part Number StructureH W 1 L – M F2 F 10 Q D – G – 12V

FunctionM:MomentaryA:Maintained

Operator1F:Flush2F:ExtendedF2:Extended w/shroud Lamp Code

D:LEDBlank:Incandescent

Bezel1:Plastic4:Metal

Illumination CircuitQ:FullVoltageH2:Transformer120VACM4:Transformer240VACT8:Transformer480VAC

10:1NO01:1NC11:1NO-1NC20:2NO

Contact Arrangement

6V: 6VAC/DC12V: 12VAC/DC24V: 24VAC/DC120V:120VCAC*240V:240VAC**LEDonly

Lamp Voltage (fullvoltageunitsonly)

A:AmberG:GreenR:Red

S:BlueW:WhiteY:Yellow

Lens Color

Illuminated Round Pushbuttons (Replacement Parts)

Transformer* + Contact Blocks + Lead

Holder + Mounting Adaptor + Safety

Lever Lock + Lamp + Anti-Rotation Ring + Operator + Lens = Completed

Unit

*Transformernotneededwithfullvoltagemodels.

Lamp Circuit Components

Style Description Terminals Part Number

LeadHolder ForusewithHW-CBLonallilluminatedpushbuttonunits.Onerequiredforeachdeck(pair)ofcontacts.

HW-LH3

DummyBlockwithFullVoltageAdaptor Forusewith

oddnumberofcontacts.

Fingersafe HW-DA1FB

Exposed HW-DA1B

SpringUp HW-GA1

FullVoltageAdaptorForusewithevennumberofcontacts.

Fingersafe TW-DA1FB

Exposed TW-DA1B

TransformerUnit(6Vsecondaryvoltage)

120VAC240VAC480VAC

FingersafeTW-F126BTW-F246BTW-F486B

120V240V480V

SpringUpHW-T126HW-T246HW-L486

120V240V480V

ExposedTW-T126BTW-T246BTW-T486B

DC-DCConverter 110VDC HW-L16D

HW-GA1“DummyBlockwithfullvoltageadaptor”doesnotrequiretheuseofHW-LH3.

Operators

Style Plastic Bezel

Metal Bezel

RoundFlush/Extended

Momentary HW1L-M0 HW4L-M0

Maintained HW1L-A0 HW4L-A0

ExtendedwithFullShroud

Momentary HW1L-MF0 HW4L-MF0

Maintained HW1L-AF0 HW4L-AF0

Contact BlocksStyle Contacts 1NO 1NC


HW-F10HW-F10R(earlymake)

HW-F01HW-F01R(latebreak)

Spring-UpTerminal

HW-G10HW-G10R(earlymake)

HW-G01HW-G01R(latebreak)


HW-C10HW-C10R(earlymake)

HW-C01HW-C01R(latebreak)

1. Allassembledpartnumbersincatalogincludestandardfingersafe(HW-F...)contacts.2. Assembledunitswithspring-upterminals(HW-G...)canbeorderedbyremovingan“F”from

thepartnumber(Ex.HW1B-M1F11-RbecomesHW1B-M111-R).3. Unitswithexposedscrewterminals(HW-C...)mustbeorderedassub-components.


HW-CBL

1. Usedtomountcontactblockstooperator(firstpaironly).

2. IDECstronglyrecommendsusingthesafetyleverlocktopreventheavyvibrationormaintenancepersonnelfrominadvertentlyunlockingcontacts.

Safety Lever Lock

Style Part Number

HW9Z-LS

Lenses Style Part NumberRoundFlush

HW1A-L1-k

RoundExtended

HW1A-L2-k

Inplaceofk,specifytheLensColorCodefrompreviouspage.

Anti-Rotation Ring

Appearance Part Number

HW9Z-RL



LED

6VAC/DC LSTD-6k

12VAC/DC LSTD-1k

24VAC/DC LSTD-2k

120VAC LSTD-H2k

240VAC LSTD-M4k


12VAC/DC IS-12

24VAC/DC IS-24


andreversepolarityprotectiondiodes.3. YellowLEDnotavailable,usewhiteLED

whenusingyellowlens.

Switc

hes

& P

ilot D

evic

esSi

gnal

ing

Ligh

tsRe

lays

& S

ocke

tsTi

mer

sCo

ntac

tors

Term

inal

Blo

cks

Circ

uit B

reak

ers


568 www.IDEC.com

Illuminated Mushroom & Square Pushbuttons (Assembled)

40mm Mushroom Head Square Flush

Contacts Plastic Bezel Metal Bezel Plastic Bezel

Full

Volta

ge

Momentary

Operator Only† HW1L-M4-k HW4L-M4-k HW2L-M1-k

1NO HW1L-M4F10Qm-k-l HW4L-M4F10Qm-k-l HW2L-M1F10Qm-k-l

1NC HW1L-M4F01Qm-k-l HW4L-M4F01Qm-k-l HW2L-M1F01Qm-k-l

1NO-1NC HW1L-M4F11Qm-k-l HW4L-M4F11Qm-k-l HW2L-M1F11Qm-k-l

2NO HW1L-M4F20Qm-k-l HW4L-M4F20Qm-k-l HW2L-M1F20Qm-k-l

Maintained

Operator Only† HW1L-A4-k HW4L-A4-k HW2L-A1-k

1NO HW1L-A4F10Qm-k-l HW4L-A4F10Qm-k-l HW2L-A1F10Qm-k-l

1NC HW1L-A4F01Qm-k-l HW4L-A4F01Qm-k-l HW2L-A1F01Qm-k-l

1NO-1NC HW1L-A4F11Qm-k-l HW4L-A4F11Qm-k-l HW2L-A1F11Qm-k-l

2NO HW1L-A4F20Qm-k-l HW4L-A4F20Qm-k-l HW2L-A1F20Qm-k-l

Tran

sfor

mer Momentary

1NO-1NC HW1L-M4F11lm-k HW4L-M4F11lm-k HW2L-M1F11lm-k

2NO HW1L-M4F20lm-k HW4L-M4F20lm-k HW2L-M1F20lm-k

Maintained1NO-1NC HW1L-A4F11lm-k HW4L-A4F11lm-k HW2L-A1F11lm-k

2NO HW1L-A4F20lm-k HW4L-A4F20lm-k HW2L-A1F20lm-k

1. † Fullvoltageandtransformerunitsusethesameoperator.

2. Inplaceofk,specifytheLens/LEDColorCodefromtable.

3. InplaceoflspecifytheVoltageCodefromtable.

4. InplaceofmspecifyLampTypeCodefromtable.

5. Lightindependentofswitchposition6. Fornameplatesandaccessories,seepage596.

and599.7. Fordimensions,seepage601.8.Forcontactassemblypartnumbers,seepage

600.9. Additionalcontactconfigurationsavailable(upto

6totalcontacts).10. Yellow pushbutton comes with white LED.


Amber A

Green G

Red R

Blue S

White W

Yellow Y*

1. *40mmmushroomlensesnotavailableinyellow.

2. YellowLEDnotavailable.UsewhiteLEDforyellowlens.

l Voltage CodeFull Voltage

ModelsTransformer

Models

Voltage Code Voltage Code

6VAC/DC 6V 120VAC H2

12VAC/DC 12V 240VAC M4

24VAC/DC 24V 480VAC T8




Incandescent Blank

LED D

Switches &

Pilot Devices


SocketsTim

ersContactors

Terminal Blocks

Circuit Breakers

569800-262-IDEC (4332) • USA & Canada


Part Number StructureH W 1 L – M 1 F 10 Q D – G – 12V

FunctionM:MomentaryA:Maintained

Operator1:SquareFlush4:Mushroom

Lamp CodeD:LEDBlank:Incandescent

Bezel1:RoundPlastic2:SquarePlastic4:RoundMetal

Illumination CircuitQ:FullVoltageH2:Transformer120VACM4:Transformer240VACT8:Transformer480VAC

10:1NO01:1NC11:1NO-1NC20:2NO

Contact Arrangement

6V: 6VAC/DC12V: 12VAC/DC24V: 24VAC/DC120V:120VCAC*240V:240VAC**LEDonly

Lamp Voltage (fullvoltageunitsonly)

A:AmberG:GreenR:Red


Lens Color

Illuminated Mushroom & Square Pushbuttons (Replacement Parts)


Holder + Adaptor† + Safety Lever Lock + Lamp + Anti-Rotation

Ring + Operator + Lens = Completed Unit


Lamp Circuit Components Style Description Terminals Part Number


HW-LH3



Fingersafe HW-DA1FB

Exposed HW-DA1B

SpringUp HW-GA1


Fingersafe TW-DA1FB

Exposed TW-DA1B


120VAC240VAC480VAC


120V240V480V


120V240V480V



HW-GA1“DummyBlockwithfullvoltageadaptor”doesnotrequiretheuseofHW-LH3.

Operators

Style Plastic Bezel

Metal Bezel

ø40mmMushroom

Momentary HW1L-M0L HW4L-M0L

Maintained HW1L-A0L HW4L-A0L

SquareMomentary HW2L-M0

–Maintained HW2L-A0





Spring-UpTerminal






1. Allassembledpartnumbersincatalogincludestandardfingersafe(HW-F...)contacts.2. Assembledunitswithspring-upterminals(HW-G...)canbeorderedbyremovingan

“F”fromthepartnumber(Ex.HW1B-M1F11-RbecomesHW1B-M111-R).3. Unitswithexposedscrewterminals(HW-C...)mustbeorderedassub-components.


HW-CBL



Safety Lever Lock

Style Part Number

HW9Z-LS

Lenses Style Part Number

ø40mmMushroomLens

ALW4BLU-k*

SquareFlush HW2A-L1-k

1.Inplaceofk,specifytheLensColorCode.2.*Mushroomlensnotavailableinyellow.


HW9Z-RL



LED

6VAC/DC LSTD-6k

12VAC/DC LSTD-1k

24VAC/DC LSTD-2k

120VAC LSTD-H2k

240VAC LSTD-M4k


12VAC/DC IS-12

24VAC/DC IS-24


andreversepolarityprotectiondiodes.3. YellowLEDnotavailable,usewhiteLED

whenusingyellowlens.

Switc

hes

& P

ilot D

evic

esSi

gnal

ing

Ligh

tsRe

lays

& S

ocke

tsTi

mer

sCo

ntac

tors

Term

inal

Blo

cks

Circ

uit B

reak

ers


570 www.IDEC.com

Selector Switches 2-Position (Assembled)

2-Position Selector Switches

Cont

act

Mou

ntin

g

Operator Position Handle Maintained Spring Return

from Right

L R L R L R

Operator Only KnobLever

HWnS-2THWnS-2L

HWnS-21THWnS-21L

1NO 1 O X KnobLever

HWnS-2TF10HWnS-2LF10


1NO-1NC

12

OX

XO

KnobLever



2NO 12

OO

XX

KnobLever



2NO-2NC

1234

XOXO

OXOX

KnobLever



1. Inplaceofnenter1forplasticbezelor4formetalbezel.2. Fornameplates,seepage596.3. Allassembledpartnumbersincatalogincludestandardfingersafe

(HW-F...)contacts.4. Assembledunitswithspring-upterminals(HW-G...)canbe

orderedbyremovingan“F”fromthepartnumber(Ex.HW1B-M1F11-RbecomesHW1B-M111-R).


6. Standardcolorforknobandleverisblack.7. Optionalcolorsavailableforlevertype.Mustorderincompo-

nents.Seenextpageforpartnumbers.8. Additionalcontactconfigurationsavailable(upto6totalcontacts).9. ForTruthTablesseepage608.

n Bezel Type Type Code

Plastic 1

Metal 4

Switches &

Pilot Devices


SocketsTim

ersContactors

Terminal Blocks

Circuit Breakers

571800-262-IDEC (4332) • USA & Canada



H W 1 S - 2 1 T F 10

Operatorblank:Maintained1: SpringReturn fromRight

Bezel1: Plastic4: Metal Handle

T:KnobL:Lever

10:1NO11:1NO-1NC20:2NO

Contact Arrangement

# of Positions2: 2-Position

Selector Switches 2-Position (Replacement Parts)

Contact Blocks + Mounting Adaptor + Safety Lever Lock + Anti-Rotation Ring + Operator = Completed Unit



HW-F10 HW-F01

HW-F10R(earlymake)

HW-F01R(latebreak)

Spring-UpTerminal

HW-G10 HW-G01

HW-G10R(earlymake)

HW-G01R(latebreak)


HW-C10 HW-C01

HW-C10R(earlymake)

HW-C01R(latebreak)

DummyBlock TW-DB


HW-CB2C

1. Usedtomountcontactblockstooperator(firstpaironly).2. IDECstronglyrecommendsusingthesafetyleverlockto

preventheavyvibrationormaintenancepersonnelfrominadvertentlyunlockingcontacts.

Safety Lever Lock

Style Part Number

HW9Z-LS


HW9Z-RL


Operators Style Description Handle Plastic Bezel Metal Bezel

Maintained

Knob HW1S-2T HW4S-2T

Lever HW1S-2 HW4S-2

SpringReturnfromRight


Lever HW1S-21 HW4S-21

1. Knoboperatorcomeswithblackhandle.2. Toorderlevertype,leverandinsertsmustbeorderedseparately,alongwithlever

operator.Seepartnumbersbelow.

Levers & InsertsStyle Part Number

Lever ASWHHL-j

LeverColorInsert

TW-HC1-j

Standardlevercolorisblack.Standardinsertcoloriswhite.

j Handle/Insert Color Code

Color Code

Black* B

Blue S

Green G

Red R

Yellow Y

White† W

1. *Levercolorinsertsnotavailableinblack.2. †Levernotavailableinwhite.

Switc

hes

& P

ilot D

evic

esSi

gnal

ing

Ligh

tsRe

lays

& S

ocke

tsTi

mer

sCo

ntac

tors

Term

inal

Blo

cks

Circ

uit B

reak

ers


572 www.IDEC.com

Selector Switches 3-Position (Assembled)

3–Position Selector Switches

Cont

act

Mou

ntin

g Operator Position Handle Maintained Spring Return from Right

Spring Return from Left

Spring Return Two-Way

L C RL

CR L

CR L

CR L

CR


HWnS-3T*HWnS-3L

HWnS-31THWnS-31L

HWnS-32THWnS-32L

HWnS-33THWnS-33L

1NO-1NC

12

00

X0

XX

KnobLever





2NO 12

X0

00

0X

KnobLever





2NC 12

0X

XX

X0

KnobLever





2NO-1NC

123

X00

00X

0X0

Knob HWnS-3JTF21N1 – – –

2NO-2NC

1234

X00X

00XX

0XX0

Knob HWnS-3TF22 HWnS-31TF22 HWnS-32TF22 HWnS-33TF22

2NO-2NC

1234

0XX0

00X0

X00X

Knob HWnS-3STF22N9 – – –

4NO

1234

X0X0

0000

0X0X


4NO

1234

X0X0

0X00

0X0X

Knob HWnS-3STF40N2 – – –

4NC

1234

0X0X

XXXX

X0X0


1. Inplaceofnenter1forplasticbezelor4formetalbezel.2. Knoboperatorincludesblackknob/leveroperatorincludesblacklever.3. *Threepositionoperatorisavailablewiththreedifferentcams.

HWnS-3T:Maintained(standardcam) HWnS-3ST:Maintained(Scam) HWnS-3JT:Maintained(Jcam)4. Operatorcamsarecolorcoded(white=standardcam,red=Scam,black=Jcam).5. Fornameplates,seepage596.6.Forcontactassemblypartnumbers,seepage600

7. Allassembledpartnumbersincatalogincludestandardfingersafe(HW-F...)contacts.8. Assembledunitswithspring-upterminals(HW-G...)canbeorderedbyremovingan“F”

fromthepartnumber(Ex.HW1B-M1F11-RbecomesHW1B-M111-R).9. Unitswithexposedscrewterminals(HW-C...)mustbeorderedassub-components.10.Standardcolorforknobandleverisblack.11.Optionalcolorsavailableforlevertype.Mustorderincomponents.Seenextpagefor

partnumbers.12.Additionalcontactconfigurationsavailable(upto6totalcontacts).13.ForTruthTablesseepage608.


Plastic 1

Metal 4

Switches &

Pilot Devices


SocketsTim

ersContactors

Terminal Blocks

Circuit Breakers

573800-262-IDEC (4332) • USA & Canada



H W 1 S - 3 1 T F 20

Operatorblank:Maintained1: SpringReturnfromRight2: SpringReturnfromLeft3: SpringReturnTwoWay


T:KnobL:Lever

11:1NO-1NC20:2NO21:2NO-1NC22:2NO-2NC40:4NO04:4NC

Contact Arrangement


Selector Switches 3-Position (Replacement Parts)




HW-F10 HW-F01

HW-F10R(earlymake)

HW-F01R(latebreak)

Spring-UpTerminal

HW-G10 HW-G01

HW-G10R(earlymake)

HW-G01R(latebreak)


HW-C10 HW-C01

HW-C10R(earlymake)

HW-C01R(latebreak)

DummyBlock TW-DB


HW-CB2C


preventheavyvibrationormaintenancepersonnelfrominadver-tentlyunlockingcontacts.

Safety Lever Lock

Style Part Number

HW9Z-LS


HW9Z-RL Usewithnotchedpanelcutoutto

preventunitrotation.

OperatorsStyle Description Handle Plastic Bezel Metal Bezel

Maintained(standardcam)


Lever HW1S-3 HW4S-3

Maintained(Scam) Knob HW1S-3ST HW4S-3ST

Maintained(Jcam) Knob HW1S-3JT HW4S-3JT

SpringReturnfromRight(standardcam)



SpringReturnfromLeft(standardcam)



2-WaySpringReturn(standardcam)



1. Knoboperatorcomeswithblackhandle.2. Threepositionknoboperatorisavailablewiththreedifferentcams.3. Operatorcamsarecolorcoded(white=standardcam,red=Scam,black=Jcam).4. Toorderlevertype,leverandinsertsmustbeorderedseparately,alongwithleveroperator.

Seepartnumbersbelow.


Lever ASWHHL-j

LeverColorInsert

TW-HC1-j


j Handle/Insert Color Code Color Code

Black* B

Blue S

Green G

Color Code

Red R

Yellow Y

White† W

1. *Levercolorinsertsnotavailableinblack.

2. †Levernotavailableinwhite.

Switc

hes

& P

ilot D

evic

esSi

gnal

ing

Ligh

tsRe

lays

& S

ocke

tsTi

mer

sCo

ntac

tors

Term

inal

Blo

cks

Circ

uit B

reak

ers


574 www.IDEC.com

Selector Switches 4- & 5-Position (Assembled)

4-Position Selector Switches

Cont

act

Mou

ntin

g Operator Position Handle Maintained

1 2 3 4 12

3

4


HWnS-4THWnS-4L

1NO-2NC

1234

X000

0X00

O0X0

O000

KnobLever


1NO-3NC

1234

OOOO

XXOO

XOXO

XOOX

KnobLever

HWnS-4TF13N6HWnS-4LF13N6

2NO-2NC

1234

XOOO

OXOO

OOXO

OOOX

KnobLever


5-Position Selector Switch

Cont

act

Mou

ntin

g Operator Position Handle Maintained

1 2 3 4 51

2 3 45


HWnS-5THWnS-5L

2NO-2NC

1234

XOOO

OXOO

OOOO

OOXO

OOOX

KnobLever


1. Inplaceofnenter1forplasticbezelor4formetalbezel.2. Knoboperatorincludesblackknob/leveroperatorincludesblacklever.3. Fornameplates,seepage596.4.Forcontactassemblypartnumbers,seepage600.5. Fivepositioncircuitcannotbemadetomakefiveindependentcontactclosures.6. Allassembledpartnumbersincatalogincludestandardfingersafe(HW-F...)contacts.7. Assembledunitswithspring-upterminals(HW-G...)canbeorderedbyremovingan“F”

fromthepartnumber(Ex.HW1B-M1F11-RbecomesHW1B-M111-R).8. Unitswithexposedscrewterminals(HW-C...)mustbeorderedassub-components.9. Standardcolorforknobandleverisblack.10.Optionalcolorsavailableforlevertype.Mustorderincomponents.Seenextpagefor

partnumbers.11.Additionalcontactconfigurationsavailable(upto6totalcontacts).12.ForTruthTablesseepage608.


Plastic 1

Metal 4

Switches &

Pilot Devices


SocketsTim

ersContactors

Terminal Blocks

Circuit Breakers

575800-262-IDEC (4332) • USA & Canada



H W 1 S - 4 T F 13N6


T:KnobL:Lever

(basedondesiredtruthtable)12:1NO-2NC13N6:1NO-3NC22N3:2NO-2NC

Contact Arrangement

# of Positions4: 4-Position5: 5-Position

Selector Switches 4- & 5-Position (Replacement Parts)




HW-F10 HW-F01

HW-F10R(earlymake)

HW-F01R(latebreak)

Spring-UpTerminal

HW-G10 HW-G01

HW-G10R(earlymake)

HW-G01R(latebreak)


HW-C10 HW-C01

HW-C10R(earlymake)

HW-C01R(latebreak)

DummyBlock TW-DB


HW-CB2C


preventheavyvibrationormaintenancepersonnelfrominadvertentlyunlockingcontacts.

Safety Lever Lock

Style Part Number

HW9Z-LS


HW9Z-RL


Operators Style Position Description Handle Plastic Bezel Metal Bezel

4 Maintained


Lever HW1S-4 HW4S-4

5 Maintained


Lever HW1S-5 HW4S-5

1. Knoboperatorcomeswithblackhandle.2. Toorderlevertype,leverandinsertsmustbeorderedseparately,alongwithleveroperator.See

partnumbersbelow.


Lever ASWHHL-j

LeverColorInsert

TW-HC1-j


j Handle/Insert Color Code

Color Code

Black* B

Blue S

Green G

Red R

Yellow Y

White† W

1. *Levercolorinsertsnotavailableinblack.

2. †Levernotavailableinwhite.

Switc

hes

& P

ilot D

evic

esSi

gnal

ing

Ligh

tsRe

lays

& S

ocke

tsTi

mer

sCo

ntac

tors

Term

inal

Blo

cks

Circ

uit B

reak

ers


576 www.IDEC.com

Key Switches 2-Position (Assembled)

2-Position Key Switches

Cont

act

Mou

ntin

g

Operator Position Maintained Spring Return

from Right

L R L R L R

Operator Only HWnK-2A HWnK-21B

1NO 1 O X HWnK-2AF10 HWnK-21BF10

1NO-1NC

12

0X

X0 HWnK-2AF11 HWnK-21BF11

2NO 12

OO

XX HWnK-2AF20 HWnK-21BF20

2NO-2NC

1234

0X0X

X0X0

HWnK-2AF22 HWnK-21BF22

1. Inplaceofnenter1forplasticbezelor4formetalbezel.2. Keyisremovableinallmaintainedpositions.Otherkeyremovableoptionsavailable.3. Twokeysaresuppliedwithallswitches.4. Allstandardoperatorsarekeyedalike.5. Otherkeyremovableoptionsavailable.Seetablebelow6. Fornameplates,seepage596.7.Forcontactassemblypartnumbers,seepage600.8. Keyisretainedin“SpringReturn”position.9. Allassembledpartnumbersincatalogincludestandardfingersafe(HW-F...)contacts.10.Assembledunitswithspring-upterminals(HW-G...)canbeorderedbyremovingan“F”fromthepart

number(Ex.HW1B-M1F11-RbecomesHW1B-M111-R).11.Unitswithexposedscrewterminals(HW-C...)mustbeorderedassub-components.12.Additionalcontactconfigurationsavailable(upto6totalcontacts).13.ForTruthTablesseepage600.


Plastic 1

Metal 4

Key Removable Option CodesCode Description




Switches &

Pilot Devices


SocketsTim

ersContactors

Terminal Blocks

Circuit Breakers

577800-262-IDEC (4332) • USA & Canada



H W 1 K - 2 1 B F 10

Operatorblank:Maintained1: SpringReturnfromRight

Bezel1: Plastic4: Metal Key Retained Position

A:Keynotretainedinanyposition(removableinallpositions)B:KeyretainedinrightpositiononlyC:Keyretainedinleftpositiononly

10:1NO11:1NO-1NC

20:2NO22:2NO-2NC

Contact Arrangement


Key Switches 2-Position (Replacement Parts)

Contact Assembly + Mounting Adaptor + Safety Lever Lock + Anti-Rotation Ring + Operator = Completed Unit



HW-F10 HW-F01

HW-F10R(earlymake)

HW-F01R(latebreak)

Spring-UpTerminal

HW-G10 HW-G01

HW-G10R(earlymake)

HW-G01R(latebreak)


HW-C10 HW-C01

HW-C10R(earlymake)

HW-C01R(latebreak)

DummyBlock TW-DB


HW-CB2C



Safety Lever Lock

Style Part Number

HW9Z-LS


HW9Z-RL


Operators Style Description Plastic Bezel Metal Bezel

Maintained HW1K-2A HW4K-2A

Maintained,keyremovedleftonly HW1K-2B HW4K-2B

SpringReturnfromRight HW1K-21B HW4K-21B

Maintained,keyremovedrightonly HW1K-2C HW4K-2C

1. Operatorincludestwokeys.2. Allstandardoperatorsarekeyedalike.

Switc

hes

& P

ilot D

evic

esSi

gnal

ing

Ligh

tsRe

lays

& S

ocke

tsTi

mer

sCo

ntac

tors

Term

inal

Blo

cks

Circ

uit B

reak

ers


578 www.IDEC.com

Key Switches 3-Position (Assembled)

3-PositionKeySwitches

Cont

act

Mou

ntin

g Operator Position Maintained Spring Return from Right


Spring Return Two Way

L C RL

CR L

CR L

CR L

CR

Operator Only HWnK-3A* HWnK-31B HWnK-32C HWnK-33D

1NO-1NC

12

00

X0

XX HWnK-3AF11 HWnK-31BF11 HWnK-32CF11 HWnK-33DF11

2NO 12

X0

00

0X HWnK-3AF20 HWnK-31BF20 HWnK-32CF20 HWnK-33DF20

2NC 12

0X

XX

X0 HWnK-3AF02 HWnK-31BF02 HWnK-32CF02 HWnK-33DF02

2NO-1NC

123

X00

00X

0X0

HWnK-3JAF21N1 – – –

2NO-2NC

1234

X00X

00XX

0XX0

HWnK-3AF22 HWnK-31BF22 HWnK-32CF22 HWnK-33DF22

2NO-2NC

1234

0XX0

00X0

X00X

HWnK-3SAF22N9 – – –

4NO

1234

X0X0

0000

0X0X


4NO

1234

X0X0

0X00

0X0X

HWnK-3SAF40N2 – – –

4NC

1234

0X0X

XXXX

X0X0



Plastic 1

Metal 4

1. Inplaceofnenter1forplasticbezelor4formetalbezel.

2. Keyisremovableinallmaintainedpositions.Otherkeyremovableoptionsavailable.

3. Twokeysaresuppliedwithallswitches.4. Allstandardoperatorsarekeyedalike.5. Otherkeyremovableoptionsavailable.Seetableto

theright.6. *Operatorisavailablewiththreedifferentcams.

HWnK-3A:Maintained(standardcam)HWnK-3SA:Maintained(CamS)

HWnK-3JA:Maintained(CamJ)7. Fornameplates,seepage596.

8.Forcontactassemblypartnumbers,seepage600.9. Allassembledpartnumbersincataloginclude

standardfingersafe(HW-F...)contacts.10.Assembledunitswithspring-upterminals(HW-G...)

canbeorderedbyremovingan“F”fromthepartnumber(Ex.HW1B-M1F11-RbecomesHW1B-M111-R).

11.Unitswithexposedscrewterminals(HW-C...)mustbeorderedassub-components.

12.Additionalcontactconfigurationsavailable(upto6totalcontacts).

13.ForTruthTablesseepage608.

Key Removable Option CodesCode Description








Switches &

Pilot Devices


SocketsTim

ersContactors

Terminal Blocks

Circuit Breakers

579800-262-IDEC (4332) • USA & Canada



H W 1 K - 3 1 B F 11

Operatorblank:Maintained1: SpringReturnfromRight2: SpringReturnfromLeft3: SpringReturnTwoWay

Bezel1: Plastic4: Metal

Key Removable Option Code (seechartonpreviouspage)

11:1NO-1NC20:2NO22:2NO-2NC

40:4NO04:4NC

Contact Arrangement


Key Switches 3-Position (Replacement Parts)

Contact Assembly + Mounting Adaptor + Safety Lever Lock + Anti-Rotation Ring + Operator = Completed Unit



HW-F10 HW-F01

HW-F10R(earlymake)

HW-F01R(latebreak)

Spring-UpTerminal

HW-G10 HW-G01

HW-G10R(earlymake)

HW-G01R(latebreak)


HW-C10 HW-C01

HW-C10R(earlymake)

HW-C01R(latebreak)

DummyBlock TW-DB


HW-CB2C


2. IDECstronglyrecommendsusingthesafetyleverlocktopreventheavyvibrationormaintenancepersonnelfrominadver-tentlyunlockingcontacts.

Safety Lever Lock

Style Part Number

HW9Z-LS


HW9Z-RL


Operators Style Description Plastic Bezel Metal Bezel

Maintained(standardcam) HW1K-3A HW4K-3A

Maintained(Scam) HW1K-3SA HW4K-3SA

Maintained(Jcam) HW1K-3JA HW4K-3JA

SpringReturnfromRight(standardcam) HW1K-31B HW4K-31B

SpringReturnfromLeft(standardcam) HW1K-32C HW4K-32C

2-WaySpringReturn(standardcam) HW1K-33D HW4K-33D

1. Operatorincludestwokeys.2. Allstandardoperatorsarekeyedalike.3. Otherkeyremovableoptionsavailable.Seetableonpreviouspage.4. Keynotremovablefromspring-returnedposition

Switc

hes

& P

ilot D

evic

esSi

gnal

ing

Ligh

tsRe

lays

& S

ocke

tsTi

mer

sCo

ntac

tors

Term

inal

Blo

cks

Circ

uit B

reak

ers


580 www.IDEC.com

Illuminated Selector Switches 2-Position (Assembled)

2-Position Illuminated Selector SwitchesStyle Part Number

Cont

act

Mou

ntin

g

Operator Position Type Maintained Spring Return from

Right

L R L R L R

Operator Only HWnF-2k HWnF-21k

1NO-1NC

12

OX

XO

FullVoltage HWnF-2F11Qm-k-l HWnF-21F11Qm-k-l

Transformer120V240V480V

HWnF-2F11H2m-kHWnF-2F11M4m-kHWnF-2F11T8m-k


2NO 12

OO

XX





2NO-2NC

1234

OXOX

XOXO





1. InplaceofkspecifyLens/LEDcolorcode.2. InplaceoflspecifyFullVoltagecode.3. InplaceofmspecifyLampcode.4. Inplaceofnenter1forplasticbezelor4formetalbezel.5. Fornameplates,seepage596.6.Forcontactassemblypartnumbers,seepage600.7.Lightisindependentofswitchposition.8. Allassembledpartnumbersincatalogincludestandardfingersafe(HW-F...)contacts.9. Assembledunitswithspring-upterminals(HW-G...)canbeorderedbyremovingan“F”fromthepartnumber(Ex.

HW1B-M1F11-RbecomesHW1B-M111-R).10.Unitswithexposedscrewterminals(HW-C...)mustbeorderedassub-components.11. Yellow selector switch comes with white LED.12.Additionalcontactconfigurationsavailable(upto6totalcontacts).13.ForTruthTablesseepage608.


Amber A

Green G

Red R

Blue S

White W

Yellow Y

l Full Voltage CodeFull Voltage Models

Voltage Code

6VAC/DC 6V

12VAC/DC 12V

24VAC/DC 24V




Incandescent Blank

LED D

n Bezel Code Type Code

Plastic 1

Metal 4

Switches &

Pilot Devices


SocketsTim

ersContactors

Terminal Blocks

Circuit Breakers

581800-262-IDEC (4332) • USA & Canada


Part Number StructureH W 1 F – 21 F 20 Q D – G – 24V

Position2: Maintained21:SpringReturn fromRight



Illumination CircuitQ:FullVoltageH2:Transformer120VACM4:Transformer240VACT8:Tranformer480VAC

11:1NO-1NC20:2NO22:2NO-2NC

Contact Arrangement

(Fullvoltageunitsonly)6V:6VAC/DC12V:12VAC/DC24V:24VAC/DC120V:120VAC*240V:240VAC**LEDonly

Lamp Voltage

A:AmberG:GreenR:Red


Lens Color

Illuminated Selector Switches 2-Position (Replacement Parts)



Lever Lock + Lamp + Anti-Rotation Ring + Operator + Lens = Completed Unit





HW-LH3



Fingersafe HW-DA1FB

Exposed HW-DA1B

SpringUp HW-GA1


Fingersafe TW-DA1FB

Exposed TW-DA1B


120VAC240VAC480VAC


120V240V480V


120V240V480V



1. HW-GA1“DummyBlockwithfullvoltageadaptor”doesnotrequiretheuseofHW-LH3.

2. DC-DCconvertorfeaturesspring-upterminals.3. DC-DCconvertorapplicablevoltagerange90-140VDC.

Operators

Style Description Plastic Bezel Metal Bezel

Maintained HW1F-2 HW4F-2

Springreturnfromright HW1F-21 HW4F-21

Illuminatedknobsmustbeorderedseparately.





Spring-UpTerminal







HW-CBL


2. IDECstronglyrecommendsusingthesafetyleverlocktopreventheavyvibrationormaintenancepersonnelfrominadvertentlyunlock-ingcontacts.

Safety Lever Lock

Style Part Number

HW9Z-LS

Illuminated Knob Appearance Part Number

HW9Z-FDY-k

Inplaceofk,specifytheColorCode.

k Lens/LED Color Code Color Code Color Code

Amber A Blue S

Green G White W

Red R Yellow Y

Anti-Rotation Ring Style Part Number

HW9Z-RL



LED

6VAC/DC LSTD-6k

12VAC/DC LSTD-1k

24VAC/DC LSTD-2k

120VAC LSTD-H2k

240VAC LSTD-M4k


12VAC/DC IS-12

24VAC/DC IS-24

1. Inplaceofk,specifytheLEDColorCode.2. TheLEDcontainsacurrent-limitingresistorand

reversepolarityprotectiondiodes.3. UsewhiteLEDforyellowlens.YellowLEDnot

available.

Switc

hes

& P

ilot D

evic

esSi

gnal

ing

Ligh

tsRe

lays

& S

ocke

tsTi

mer

sCo

ntac

tors

Term

inal

Blo

cks

Circ

uit B

reak

ers


582 www.IDEC.com

Illuminated Selector Switches 3-Position (Assembled)

3-Position Illuminated Selector SwitchesStyle Part Number

Cont

act

Mou

ntin

g Operator Position Type Maintained Spring Return from Right


Spring Return Two-Way

L C RL

CR L

CR L

CR L

CR

Operator Only HWnF-3k HWnF-31k HWnF-32k HWnF-33k

1NO-1NC

12

OO

XO

XX

FullVoltage HWnF-3F11Qm-k-l HWnF-31F11Qm-k-l HWnF-32F11Qm-k-l HWnF-33F11Qm-k-l






2NO 12

O0

X0

OX







2NC 12

OX

XX

XO







2NO-2NC

1234

XOOX

OOXX

OXXO







4NO

1234

XOXO

OOOO

OXOX







4NC

1234

OXOX

XXXX

XOXO







1. InplaceofkspecifyLens/LEDcolorcode.

2. InplaceoflspecifyFullVoltagecode.

3. InplaceofmspecifyLampcode.4. Inplaceofnenter1forplasticbezel

or4formetalbezel.5. Fornameplates,seepage596.6.Forcontactassemblypartnumbers,

seepage600.7.Lightisindependentofswitchposition.8. Allassembledpartnumbersincatalog

includestandardfingersafe(HW-F...)contacts.

9. Assembledunitswithspring-upterminals(HW-G...)canbeorderedbyremovingan“F”fromthepartnumber(Ex.HW1B-M1F11-RbecomesHW1B-M111-R).

10.Unitswithexposedscrewterminals(HW-C...)mustbeorderedassub-components.

11. Yellow selector switch comes with white LED.

12.Additionalcontactconfigurationsavailable(upto6totalcontacts).

13.ForTruthTablesseepage608.

k Lens/LED Color Color Code

Amber A

Green G

Red R

Blue S

White W

Yellow Y

l Full Voltage CodeFull Voltage Models

Voltage Code

6VAC/DC 6V

12VAC/DC 12V

24VAC/DC 24V




Incandescent Blank

LED D

n Bezel Code Type Code

Plastic 1

Metal 4

Switches &

Pilot Devices


SocketsTim

ersContactors

Terminal Blocks

Circuit Breakers

583800-262-IDEC (4332) • USA & Canada


Part Number StructureH W 1 F – 31 F 20 Q D – G – 24V

Position3:Maintained31:SpringReturn fromRight32:SpringReturn fromLeft33:SpringReturn2-Way



Illumination CircuitQ:FullVoltageH2:Transformer120VACM4:Transformer240VACT8:Tranformer480VAC

11:1NO-1NC20:2NO02:2NC

22:2NO-2NC40:4NO04:4NC

Contact Arrangement

6V:6VAC/DC12V:12VAC/DC24V:24VAC/DC120V:120VAC*240V:240VAC**LEDonly

Full Voltage Code

A:AmberG:GreenR:Red


Lens Color

Illuminated Selector Switches 3-Position (Replacement Parts)



Lever Lock + Lamp + Anti-Rotation Ring + Operator + Lens = Completed Unit





HW-LH3



Fingersafe HW-DA1FB

Exposed HW-DA1B

SpringUp HW-GA1


Fingersafe TW-DA1FB

Exposed TW-DA1B


120VAC240VAC480VAC


120V240V480V


120V240V480V



1. HW-GA1“DummyBlockwithfullvoltageadaptor”doesnotrequiretheuseofHW-LH3.

2. DC-DCconvertorfeaturesspring-upterminals.3. DC-DCconvertorapplicablevoltagerange90-140VDC.

Operators

Style Description Plastic Bezel Metal Bezel

Maintained HW1F-3 HW4F-3

Springreturnfromright HW1F-31 HW4F-31

Springreturnfromleft HW1F-32 HW4F-32

2-Wayspringreturn HW1F-33 HW4F-33

Illuminatedknobsmustbeorderedseparately.





Spring-UpTerminal







HW-CBL

1. Usedtomountcontactblockstoopera-tor(firstpaironly).


Safety Lever Lock

Style Part Number

HW9Z-LS

Illuminated Knob Appearance Part Number

HW9Z-FDY-k

Inplaceofk,specifytheColorCode.

k Lens/LED Color Code Color Code Color Code

Amber A Blue S

Green G White W

Red R Yellow Y

Anti-Rotation Ring Style Part Number

HW9Z-RL



LED

6VAC/DC LSTD-6k

12VAC/DC LSTD-1k

24VAC/DC LSTD-2k

120VAC LSTD-H2k

240VAC LSTD-M4k


12VAC/DC IS-12

24VAC/DC IS-24

1. Inplaceofk,specifytheLEDColorCode.2. TheLEDcontainsacurrent-limitingresistorand

reversepolarityprotectiondiodes.3. UsewhiteLEDforyellowlens.YellowLEDnot

available.

Switc

hes

& P

ilot D

evic

esSi

gnal

ing

Ligh

tsRe

lays

& S

ocke

tsTi

mer

sCo

ntac

tors

Term

inal

Blo

cks

Circ

uit B

reak

ers


584 www.IDEC.com

Mono Lever Switches 2-Position (Assembled)

2-Position Mono Lever SwitchesStyle Part Number Description

HW1MStandardLever

HW1M-F1010-20 Maintainedupanddown

HW1M-F2020-20 Springreturnupanddown

HW1M-F1010-40 Maintainedupanddown

HW1M-F2020-40 Springreturnupanddown

HW1M-F0101-20 Maintainedrightandleft

HW1M-F0202-20 Springreturnrightandleft

HW1M-F0101-40 Maintainedrightandleft

HW1M-F0202-40 Springreturnrightandleft

HW1M-LInterlockingLever

HW1M-LF1010-20 Maintainedupanddown

HW1M-LF2020-20 Springreturnupanddown

HW1M-LF1010-40 Maintainedupanddown

HW1M-LF2020-40 Springreturnupanddown

HW1M-LF0101-20 Maintainedrightandleft

HW1M-LF0202-20 Springreturnrightandleft

HW1M-LF0101-40 Maintainedrightandleft

HW1M-LF0202-40 Springreturnrightandleft

1. Allassembledpartnumbersincatalogincludestandard(HW-F...)contacts.2. Assembledunitswithspring-upterminals(HW-G...)canbeorderedbyremovingan“F”

fromthepartnumber(Ex.HW1B-M1F11-RbecomesHW1B-M111-R).3. Unitswithexposedscrewterminals(HW-C...)mustbeorderedassub-components.4. Additionalcontactconfigurationsavailable(upto6totalcontacts).

Circuit Diagrams2 Position Left/Right

Circuit Number

Contact Mounting Position

No. Left Center Right

201 HW-F10 X 0 0

2 HW-F10 0 0 X

40

1 HW-F10 X 0 0

2 HW-F10 0 0 X

3 HW-F10 X 0 0

4 HW-F10 0 0 X

2 Position Up/Down

Circuit Number


No. Down Center Up

201 HW-F10 X 0 0

2 HW-F10 0 0 X

40

1 HW-F10 X 0 0

2 HW-F10 0 0 X

3 HW-F10 X 0 0

4 HW-F10 0 0 X

Switches &

Pilot Devices


SocketsTim

ersContactors

Terminal Blocks

Circuit Breakers

585800-262-IDEC (4332) • USA & Canada



H W 1 M - L F 0 1 0 1 20 Type

blank:StandardL:Interlocking

Lever Action 1:Maintained2:Spring0:Blocked

20or40(seecontactarrange-mentonpreviouspage)

Circuit Numberup right down left

Mono Lever Switches 2-Position (Sub-assembled) Part Numbers

Contact Assembly + Mounting Adaptor + Safety Lever Lock + Anti-Rotation




HW-F10 HW-F01

HW-F10R(earlymake)

HW-F01R(latebreak)

Spring-UpTerminal

HW-G10 HW-G01

HW-G10R(earlymake)

HW-G01R(latebreak)


HW-C10 HW-C01

HW-C10R(earlymake)

HW-C01R(latebreak)

DummyBlock TW-DB


HW-CB2C

1. Usedtomountcontactblockstooperator(firstpaironly).2. IDECstronglyrecommendsusingthesafety

leverlock(included)topreventheavyvibrationormaintenancepersonnelfrominadvertentlyunlockingcontacts.

Safety Lever Lock

Style Part Number

HW9Z-LS


HW9Z-RL


Operators Style Description Part Number

Standard MaintainedUp/Down HW1M-1010

SpringreturnUp/Down HW1M-2020

MaintainedLeft/Right HW1M-0101

SpringreturnLeft/Right HW1M-0202

Interlocking MaintainedUp/Down HW1M-L1010

SpringreturnUp/Down HW1M-L2020

MaintainedLeft/Right HW1M-L0101

SpringreturnLeft/Right HW1M-L0202

Replacement Parts Item Part Number

BlackCap

HW9Z-CPM

Boot

HW9Z-BLM(fitsstandardoperatoronly)

Switc

hes

& P

ilot D

evic

esSi

gnal

ing

Ligh

tsRe

lays

& S

ocke

tsTi

mer

sCo

ntac

tors

Term

inal

Blo

cks

Circ

uit B

reak

ers


586 www.IDEC.com

Mono Lever Switches 3- & 4-Position (Assembled)

3-PositionStyle Part Number Description

HW1MStandardLever

HW1M-F0121-30 Maintainedrightandleft,springreturndown

HW1M-F0222-30 Springreturnright,down,left


HW1M-LF0121-30 Maintainedrightandleft,springreturndown

HW1M-LF0222-30 Springreturnright,down,left

Circuit Diagram

Circuit Number


No. Down Left Center Up Right

30

1 HW-F01 0 0 0 O X

2 HW-F01 X 0 0 O 0

3 HW-F10 0 X 0 0 0

4-PositionStyle Part Number Description

HW1MStandardLever

HW1M-F1111-22N9 Maintainedallpositions

HW1M-F1212-22N9 Maintainedupanddown,springleftandright

HW1M-2121-22N9 Springupanddown,main-tainedleftandright

HW1M-2222-22N9 Springreturnallpositions


HW1M-LF1111-22N9 Maintainedallpositions

HW1M-LF1212-22N9 Maintainedupanddown,springleftandright

HW1M-LF2121-22N9 Springupanddown,main-tainedleftandright

HW1M-LF2222-22N9 Springreturnallpositions

Circuit Diagram

Circuit Number


No. Down Left Center Up Right

22N9

1 HW-F01 0 O 0 0 X

2 HW-F01 X 0 0 0 0

3 HW-F10 0 X 0 0 0

4 HW-F10 0 0 0 X 0

1. Allassembledpartnumbersincatalogincludestandard(HW-F...)contacts.2. Assembledunitswithspring-upterminals(HW-G...)canbeorderedbyremovingan“F”fromthepartnumber(Ex.HW1B-M1F11-RbecomesHW1B-M111-R).3. Unitswithexposedscrewterminals(HW-C...)mustbeorderedassub-components.4. Additionalcontactconfigurationsavailable(upto6totalcontacts).

Switches &

Pilot Devices


SocketsTim

ersContactors

Terminal Blocks

Circuit Breakers

587800-262-IDEC (4332) • USA & Canada



H W 1 M - L F 0 1 2 1 30 Type

blank:StandardL:Interlocking

Lever Action 1:Maintained2:Spring0:Blocked

3Position:304Position:22N9

Circuit Numberup right down left

Mono Lever Switches 3 & 4-Position (Sub-assembled) Part Numbers

Contact Assembly + Mounting Adaptor + Safety Lever Lock + Anti-Rotation




HW-F10 HW-F01

HW-F10R(earlymake)

HW-F01R(latebreak)

Spring-UpTerminal

HW-G10 HW-G01

HW-G10R(earlymake)

HW-G01R(latebreak)


HW-C10 HW-C01

HW-C10R(earlymake)

HW-C01R(latebreak)

DummyBlock TW-DB


HW-CB2C

1. Usedtomountcontactblockstooperator(firstpaironly).2. IDECstronglyrecommendsusingthesafetyleverlock(in-

cluded)topreventheavyvibrationormaintenancepersonnelfrominadvertentlyunlockingcontacts.

Safety Lever Lock

Style Part Number

HW9Z-LS


HW9Z-RL


Operators Style Description Part Number

Standard

Combination,3position HW1M-0121

Springreturn,3position HW1M-0222

Maintained,4position HW1M-1111



Springreturn,4position HW1M-2222

Interlocking

Combination,3position HW1M-L0121

Springreturn,3position HW1M-L0222

Maintained,4position HW1M-L1111



Springreturn,4position HW1M-L2222

Replacement Parts Item Part Number

BlackCap

HW9Z-CPM

Boot

HW9Z-BLM(fitsstandardoperatoronly)

Switc

hes

& P

ilot D

evic

esSi

gnal

ing

Ligh

tsRe

lays

& S

ocke

tsTi

mer

sCo

ntac

tors

Term

inal

Blo

cks

Circ

uit B

reak

ers


588 www.IDEC.com

Pushbutton Selectors (Assembled)

2-Position Pushbutton Selectors

Operator Position

Left Right

Cam Contacts Mounting Normal Push Normal Push Part Number

A

Operator Only HW1R-2A-j

1NO-1NC 12

HW-F10HW-F01

0X

X0

00

X0 HW1R-2AF11-j

2NO 12

HW-F10HW-F10

00

XX

0X

XX HW1R-2AF20-j

2NO-2NC

1234

HW-F10HW-F01HW-F10HW-F01

0X0X

X0X0

0000

X0X0

HW1R-2AF22-j

D

Operator Only HW1R-2D-j

2NO 12

HW-F10HW-F10

00

X0

00

0X HW1R-2DF20-j

2NO-2NC

1234


00X

X

X00X

00

XX

0XX0

HW1R-2DF22N1-j

E

Operator Only HW1R-2E-j

2NO-2NC

1234


000

X

X00X

00

X0

0XX0

HW1R-2EF22N1-j

F

Operator Only HW1R-2F-j

2NO-2NC

1234


000X

0X00

00X0

X000

HW1R-2FF22N1-j

N

Operator Only HW1R-2N-j

2NO-2NC

1234


0000

0X0X

X0X0

0X0X

HW1R-2NF22N2-j

T

Operator Only HW1R-2T-j

2NO-2NC

1234


00XX

XX00

XX00

Blocked HW1R-2TF22N1-j


Black B White W

Green G Yellow Y

Red R Gray N

Blue S

1. Allassembledpartnumbersincatalogincludestandard(HW-F...)contacts.

2. Assembledunitswithspring-upterminals(HW-G...)canbeorderedbyremovingan“F”fromthepartnumber(Ex.HW1B-M1F11-RbecomesHW1B-M111-R).


4. Operatoronlymodelscomewithoperatorandbutton.5. Additionalcontactconfigurationsavailable(upto6total

contacts).

Switches &

Pilot Devices


SocketsTim

ersContactors

Terminal Blocks

Circuit Breakers

589800-262-IDEC (4332) • USA & Canada



H W 1 R - 2 D F 22N1 – R

Button ColorsB:BlackG:GreenR:RedS:BlueW:WhiteY:YellowN:Gray

OperatorA:CamAD: CamDE: CamEF: CamFN: CamNT:CamT

11:1NO-1NC20:2NO(Foradditionalcontactcodesseepreviouspage)

Contact Arrangement Code

Pushbutton Selectors (Sub-assembled)


Ring + Operator + Button = Completed Unit



HW-F10 HW-F01

HW-F10R(earlymake)

HW-F01R(latebreak)

Spring-UpTerminal

HW-G10 HW-G01

HW-G10R(earlymake)

HW-G01R(latebreak)


HW-C10 HW-C01

HW-C10R(earlymake)

HW-C01R(latebreak)

DummyBlock TW-DB

Contact Block Mounting Adaptor (safetyleverlockincluded)

Style Part Number

HW-CB2C

1. Usedtomountcontactblockstooperator(firstpaironly).2. IDECstronglyrecommendsusingthesafety

leverlock(included)topreventheavyvibrationormaintenancepersonnelfrominadvertentlyunlockingcontacts.

Safety Lever Lock

Style Part Number

HW9Z-LS


HW9Z-RL


Operators

Style Description Part Number

CamA HW1R-2A

CamD HW1R-2D

CamE HW1R-2E

CamF HW1R-2F

CamN HW1R-2N

CamT HW1R-2T


RoundFlush

HW1A-B1-j

Inplaceofj,specifytheButtonColorCodefromtablebelow.


Black B White W

Green G Yellow Y

Red R Gray N

Blue S

Switc

hes

& P

ilot D

evic

esSi

gnal

ing

Ligh

tsRe

lays

& S

ocke

tsTi

mer

sCo

ntac

tors

Term

inal

Blo

cks

Circ

uit B

reak

ers


590 www.IDEC.com

Dual Pushbutton Switches

Key features:• Twopushbuttonsandapilotlightareintegratedintoonespace-

savingø22mmcontrolunit.• Momentaryandinterlocktypesareavailableforpushbuttons.Inter-

locktypepreventsbothbuttonsfrombeingpressedatthesametime.• PilotlightsareavailableinfullvoltageandtransformerwithLEDor

incandescentlamps.• IP40protection,IP65whenusingsiliconcover.• ULListed,CSAapproved,andENcompliant

Applications:• Idealforuseaspowerswitchesandstart/stopswitches(available

withI/ONandO/OFFmarkingsonthebuttonsandapilotlightinthecenter).

• Interlocktypepreventstwopushbuttonsfrombeingpressedatthesametime.

Dual Pushbutton Switches (Assembled) Part Numbers

Without Center Pilot Light

Operation Type Button Style

Contact ArrangementPart Number mButton Color

Code nLegend CodeTop Button Bottom Button

Momentary

Flush(top)Flush(bottom)

1NO 1NC HW7D-B11F1001-mn

GR:Green(top)Red(bottom)

WB:White(top)Black(bottom)

Blank:Withoutlegend

1:I/ON(top)O/OFF(bottom)

1NO 1NO HW7D-B11F1010-mn

1NO-1NC 1NO-1NC HW7D-B11F1111-mn



Flush(top)Extended(bottom)






Interlock*













1. *Interlocktypepreventsbothtopandbottombuttonsfrombeingpressedsimultaneously.2. ClearsiliconrubbercoverpartnumberHW9Z-D7D.3. Additionalcontactconfigurationsavailable(upto6totalcontacts).

Switches &

Pilot Devices


SocketsTim

ersContactors

Terminal Blocks

Circuit Breakers

591800-262-IDEC (4332) • USA & Canada


With Center Pilot Light Operation Type Button Style Top Button Bottom Button Part Number

Momentary

Flush(Top)Flush(Bottom)



1NO 1NC HW7D-L11F1001kl-mn

1NO 1NO HW7D-L11F1010kl-mn

1NO-1NC 1NO-1NC HW7D-L11F1111kl-mn



Flush(Top)Extended(Bottom)






Interlock*

Flush(Top)Flush(Bottom)






Flush(Top)Extended(Bottom)






1. *Interlocktypepreventsbothtopandbottombuttonsfrombeingpressedsimultaneously.2. ClearsiliconrubbercoverpartnumberHW9Z-D7D.3. Allassembledpartnumbersincatalogincludestandard(HW-F...)contacts.4. Assembledunitswithspring-upterminals(HW-G...)canbeorderedbyremovingan“F”fromthe

partnumber(Ex.HW1B-M1F11-RbecomesHW1B-M111-R).5. Unitswithexposedscrewterminals(HW-C...)mustbeorderedassub-components.

kPilot Light Illumination & Voltage Code

Full Voltage

Voltage Code

6VAC/DC,LED Q2

12VAC/DC,LED Q3

24VAC/DC,LED Q4

120VAC,LED Q8

6VAC/DC,Incandescent Q5*



Step-Down Transformer (6VSecondaryLampVoltage)

Voltage Code

120VAC,LED H22

240VAC,LED M42

480VAC,LED T82

120VAC,Incandescent H25*

240VAC,Incandescent M45*

480VAC,Incandescent T85*

*OnlyavailableforWhiteLensPilotLamp.

l Pilot Lamp Color Code Color Code

Amber A*

Green G*

Red R*

Blue S*

White W

*OnlyavailableinLEDillumination.

mPushbutton Color CodeColor Code

Top GreenGR

Bottom Red

Top WhiteWB

Bottom Black

nEngraving Codes Engraving Code

NoEngraving Blank

I/ON Top1

O/OFF Bottom

Switc

hes

& P

ilot D

evic

esSi

gnal

ing

Ligh

tsRe

lays

& S

ocke

tsTi

mer

sCo

ntac

tors

Term

inal

Blo

cks

Circ

uit B

reak

ers


592 www.IDEC.com

Part Number StructureH W 7 D – L 21 F 20 20 H22 R – GR 1

11:Momentary(Flush/Flush)12:Momentary(Flush/Extended)21:Interlock(Flush/Flush)22:Interlock(Flush/Extended)

Button Arrangement

Pilot LightB:WithoutCenterPilotLightL:WithCenterPilotLight

Engraving Codeblank:NoEngraving1: Top:I/ON Bottom:O/OFF

Pushbutton Color GR: Top:Green Bottom:RedWB: Top:White Bottom:Black

A:Amber*G:Green*R:Red*S:Blue*W:White

Y:Yellow*blank:with-outcenterpilotlight

Pilot Lamp Color

*OnlyavailableinLEDillumination.

Full Voltage*Q2:6VLED

Transformer*H22:120VACLED

Voltage Code

*Foradditionalvoltagecodes,pleaseseepreviouspage

blank:withoutcenterpilotlight01:1NC10:1NO

02:2NC20:2NO

Contact ArrangementTop Button

01:1NC10:1NO

02:2NC20:2NO

Bottom Button

Dual Pushbutton Switches (Sub-assembled) Part Numbers

Contact Blocks + Mounting Adaptor + Safety Lever Lock + Operator + Lens = Completed Unit

Lamp Circuit Components with Fingersafe Terminals

Style Description Part Number

LeadHolder

ForusewithHW-CBLonallilluminatedpushbuttonunits.Onerequiredforeachdeck(pair)ofcontacts.

HW-LH3

DummyBlockwithFullVoltageAdaptor

Forusewithoddnumberofcontacts. HW-DA1FB

FullVoltageAdaptor

Forusewithevennumberofcontacts. TW-DA1FB


120VAC240VAC480VAC

TW-F126BTW-F246BTW-F486B

Exposedandspringupterminalsalsoavailable.

OperatorsStyle Button Part Number

Mom

enta

ry

Flush(top)HW7D-*11m-n

Insteadof*insert:B:Non-illuminatedL:Illuminated

Flush(bottom)


Extended(bottom)

Inte

rlock


Flush(bottom)


Extended(bottom)

mPushbutton Color Code Color Code Color Code

Top GreenGR

Top WhiteWB

Bottom Red Bottom Black

Contact BlocksStyle Contacts 1NO 1NC Style Contacts 1NO 1NC




Spring-UpTerminal



DummyBlock TW-DB





Non-illuminated HW-CB2C

Illuminated(withPilotLight) HW-CBL


2. IDECstronglyrecommendsusingthesafetyleverlock(included)topreventheavyvibrationormaintenancepersonnelfrominadvertentlyunlockingcontacts.

Safety Lever Lock

Style Part Number

HW9Z-LS


HW9Z-RL


nEngraving Codes Engraving Code

NoEngraving Blank

I/ON Top1

O/OFF Bottom

Lamps/Lens Style Voltage Part Number

LED

6VAC/DC LSTD-6k

12VAC/DC LSTD-1k

24VAC/DC LSTD-2k

120VAC LSTD-H2k

240VAC LSTD-M4k

Inca

ndes

cent 6VAC/DC IS-6

12VAC/DC IS-12

24VAC/DC IS-24

Non-illuminated HW9Z-B7B

Illuminated HW9Z-L7W

1. Inplaceofk,specifytheLEDColorCode.2. TheLEDcontainsacurrent-limitingresis-

torandreversepolarityprotectiondiodes.

kLED Color Code Color Code Color Code

Amber A* Blue S*

Green G* White W

Red R*

OnlyforLEDillumination.

Switches &

Pilot Devices


SocketsTim

ersContactors

Terminal Blocks

Circuit Breakers

593800-262-IDEC (4332) • USA & Canada


Contact Arrangement Chart Contact Block Mounting Position ExampleContact Arrangement Contact Block Top Button Bottom Button

MountingPosition1MountingPosition3

MountingPosition4MountingPosition2Top Button Bottom Button Contact Code Mounting Position Type Normal Push Normal Push

1NO 1NO 10101 NO X

2 NO X

1NO 1NC 10011 NO X

2 NC X

1NC 1NO 01101 NC X

2 NO X

1NC 1NC 01011 NC X

2 NC X

1NO 2NO 1020

1 NO X

2 NO X

3 Dummy

4 NO X

1NO 1NO-1NC 1011

1 NO X

2 NO X

3 Dummy

4 NC X

1NO 2NC 1002

1 NO X

2 NC X

3 Dummy

4 NC X

1NC 2NO 0120

1 NC X

2 NO X

3 Dummy

4 NO X

1NC 1NO-1NC 0111

1 NC X

2 NO X

3 Dummy

4 NC X

1NC 2NC 0102

1 NC X

2 NC X

3 Dummy

4 NC X

2NO 1NO 2010

1 NO X

2 NO X

3 NO X

4 Dummy

2NO 1NC 2001

1 NO X

2 NC X

3 NO X

4 Dummy

1NO-1NC 1NO 1110

1 NO X

2 NO X

3 NC X

4 Dummy

1NO-1NC 1NC 1101

1 NO X

2 NO X

3 NC X

4 Dummy

1.Transformerscanhavetwoorfourcontactblocksonly.2.Contactblocks1and3areactuatedbythetopbutton.Contactblocks2and4areactuatedbythebottombutton.

Switc

hes

& P

ilot D

evic

esSi

gnal

ing

Ligh

tsRe

lays

& S

ocke

tsTi

mer

sCo

ntac

tors

Term

inal

Blo

cks

Circ

uit B

reak

ers


594 www.IDEC.com

Contact Arrangement Chart (con’t)Contact Arrangement Contact Block Top Button Bottom Button

MountingPosition1MountingPosition3

MountingPosition4MountingPosition2Top Button Bottom

ButtonContact

CodeMounting Position Type Normal Push Normal Push

2NC 1NO 0210

1 NC X

2 NO X

3 NC X

4 Dummy

2NC 1NC 0201

1 NC X

2 NC X

3 NC X

4 Dummy

2NO 2NO 2020

1 NO X

2 NO X

3 NO X

4 NO X

2NO 1NO-1NC 2011

1 NO X

2 NO X

3 NO X

4 NC X

2NO 2NC 2002

1 NO X

2 NC X

3 NO X

4 NC X

1NO-1NC 2NO 1120

1 NO X

2 NO X

3 NC X

4 NO X

1NO-1NC 1NO-1NC 1111

1 NO X

2 NO X

3 NC X

4 NC X

1NO-1NC 2NC 1102

1 NO X

2 NC X

3 NC X

4 NC X

2NC 2NO 0220

1 NC X

2 NO X

3 NC X

4 NO X

2NC 1NO-1NC 0211

1 NC X

2 NO X

3 NC X

4 NC X

2NC 2NC 0202

1 NC X

2 NC X

3 NC X

4 NC X

Contact Block Mounting Position Example

Switches &

Pilot Devices


SocketsTim

ersContactors

Terminal Blocks

Circuit Breakers

595800-262-IDEC (4332) • USA & Canada


Contactor Reset Button

Reset Buttons (Assembled)

Plastic Bezel Metal Bezel

(Blank) HW1B-M1RS-jT HW4B-M1RS-jT

Engraved“R” HW1B-M1RS-jT-ENG-R HW4B-M1RS-jT-ENG-R

1. InplaceofjspecifyButtonColorCode.2. 130mm(5.1”)overalllength.3. 16mmflatbaseforeasyalignment


Black B White W

Green G Yellow Y

Red R Gray N

Blue S

Contactor Reset Button (Sub-assembled)Rod + Operator + Button = Completed Unit

Rod Style Part Number

HW9Z-RS-TK2141

Operator Style Plastic Metal

HW1B-MO HW4B-MO

ButtonStyle Part Number

HW1A-B1-j

Inplaceofj,specifytheButtonColorCodefromtable.


Black B White W

Green G Yellow Y

Red R Gray N

Blue S

Switc

hes

& P

ilot D

evic

esSi

gnal

ing

Ligh

tsRe

lays

& S

ocke

tsTi

mer

sCo

ntac

tors

Term

inal

Blo

cks

Circ

uit B

reak

ers


596 www.IDEC.com

Nameplates - HW Series

HWAM–Black Plastic HWAQ–Black Plastic HWAS–Black Plastic HWAV–Yellow Plastic

Engraving Plate

11.5

2.730

12.1

14.9

14.5

2729

ø22

R14.9

292.7

11.9

14.5

14.9

ø22

30

12.1

27

R14.9

Engraving Plate0.91.645

ø22

ø60m

m 22mm

Nameplate(blankengravingplateincluded)

HWAM-OB HWAQ-OB HWAS-OB HWAV-OHWAV5-0†

Nameplate(en-graved) HWAM-j HWAQ-j HWAS-j

HWAV-27*HWAV5-27†

AdditionalInsert(blank) HWNP-O HWNP-O HWNPDimensions

27

12AdditionalInsert(engraved) HWNP-j HWNP-j

1. Inplaceofj,inserteitherthestandardlegendcodefromtablebeloworcustomengravingdelimitedby““.2. Standardengravingsareavailableatnocharge.3. *HWAV-27comesengraved“EmergencyStop”asshownindrawing.4. †HWAV5-27andHWAV5-0for60mmdiameterE-Stops(80mmdiameternameplate).

Standard Legend CodesPushbuttons Pushbuttons/Selector Switches Selector Switches



101102103104105106107108109110111112113114115

OPENOUTRAISERESETREVERSERUNSLOWSTARTSTOPTESTUPI(Int’lOn)O(Int’lOff)EMO

116117118119120121122123125126127150151152


201202203204205206207208209210211212213214215

REV-FORRUN-JOGRUN-SAFESAFE-RUNSLOW-FASTSTART-STOPSTOP-STARTUP-DOWNOI(Int’lOFFON)

216217218219220221222223250


301302303304305306307308309310311312313314315316317

1. Toorderengravednameplates,addlegendcodetonameplatepartnumber.2. Characterheightbasedonthenumberofcharactersandsizeofnameplate.Standardcharactersizeis3/16”.3. Nameplateswithstandardlegendsarethesamelistpriceasblanknameplates.4. Nameplateshavebuilt-inanti-rotationfeatureforusewithnotchedpanelcut-outs.Additionalanti-rotationring(HW9Z-RL)isnotnecessary.

Switches &

Pilot Devices


SocketsTim

ersContactors

Terminal Blocks

Circuit Breakers

597800-262-IDEC (4332) • USA & Canada


Nameplates Order Form — HW Series

CopythisorderformanduseittospecifyLetterHeight,CustomEngravings,LocationofEngravingonNameplate,andQuantityDesired.


YourCompany: IDECRep/DistributorContact:

Name: POnumber(ifknown):

Telephone: IDECRep/DistributorPhone:

Fax&Email: IDECRep/DistributorFax&Email:

HWAM Nameplate

Engraving Location


7/64”LetterSize


1/8”LetterSize



1234567891011

SampleLetterSizes

7/64”Letters:ABCD1/8”Letters:ABCD

HWAQ Nameplate

Engraving Location


7/64”LetterSize


1/8”LetterSize



1234567891011

SampleLetterSizes

7/64”Letters:ABCD1/8”Letters:ABCD

HWAS Nameplate

Engraving Location A

Engraving Location B


3/32”LetterSize


1/8”LetterSize



1234567891011121314151617181920

Step 3. Specify Location. Enterthelocationofengraving(AorB),inboxontheright.

SampleLetterSizes3/32”Letters:ABCD

1/8”Letters:ABCD

Qty

Qty

Qty

Location

Switc

hes

& P

ilot D

evic

esSi

gnal

ing

Ligh

tsRe

lays

& S

ocke

tsTi

mer

sCo

ntac

tors

Term

inal

Blo

cks

Circ

uit B

reak

ers


598 www.IDEC.com

Switch Engraving Order Form – HW Series




Name: Fax:

Address: Email:



SquareSwitch

RoundSwitch

ø29mm, ø40mm Mushroom Head

Engraving Area 1

Engraving

Area 2†



# of Lines

Letter Height


# of Lines

Letter Height


15/32 5

15/32 5

Engraving Area 1 1

5/32 5

1/8 6 1/8 5 1/8 5

25/32 5

25/32 5

Engraving Area 2 1

5/32 7

1/8 6 1/8 6 1/8 7

3 1/8 6 3 1/8 5

4 3/32 5 4 3/32 5

1. Abovementionedspecificationsholdtrueforstandardsizepushbuttons(roundandsquare).2. †EngravingArea2canbeengravedfor40mmmushroomHeadnon-Illuminatedpushbuttononly.3. Engravingisdoneonthebuttonitselffornon-Illuminatedpushbuttonsandonmarkingplateforilluminatedpushbuttonsandpilotlights.4. Pleaseentertextexactlyhowyouwantitengraved,takecaretoemphasizecapitalorsmallletters.


Line1:

Line2:

Line3:

Line4:

Sample Letter Sizes

1/8Letters:

5/32Letters:


WorkOrder#:

Switches &

Pilot Devices


SocketsTim

ersContactors

Terminal Blocks

Circuit Breakers

599800-262-IDEC (4332) • USA & Canada


AccessoriesItem Appearance Description/Usage Part Number

LockingRingWrench MetallictoolusedtotightentheplasticlockingringwheninstallingtheHWseriesinapanel MW9Z-T1

Lamp/LEDRemovalTool Rubbertoolmakeslamp/LEDremovaleasier. OR-55

Anti-RotationRing Preventsrotationofswitchesinpanel.(includedwithallassembledswitchesexceptpilotlights)

fornotchedpanelcutout(standard) HW9Z-RL

forroundpanelcutout LW9Z-L

RubberMountingHolePlug Blackrubberplugfillsunused7/8”mountingholesinpanel. OB-31

MetallicMountingHolePlug

Forpluggingunused7/8”mountingholesinthepanel.Tightentheattachedlockingringtoatorqueof12kfg-cmmaximumDegreeofprotection:IP66

LW9Z-BM

Barrier Topreventcontactbetweenadjacentleadwireswhenbuttonsorswitchesaretightlymountedclosetogether. HW-VL1

PushbuttonClearBoot

Usedtocoverandprotectpushbuttons

Operatingtemperature:–50to+60°C

FlushPushbuttons OC-31

ExtendedPushbuttons OC-32

PadlockCover

Plastichingedpadlockablecovertoprotectpushbuttonsorselectorswitches.(NotintendedforE-Stops)

Degreeofprotection:IP65

HW9Z-KL1

TabTerminalAdapter Tab#250(6.35x0.8mm):Singletab TW-FA1

MountingAdaptorUsedtomountroundHWseries(exceptJumboMush-room,unibody,andsquareunits)intoalargerpanelcut-out.(includesbothpieces)

22to30mm HW9Z-A30

22to25mm HW9Z-A25

ReplacementSafetyLeverLock

Usedtopreventcontactmountingleverfrommovingduetoheavyvibrationorpanelmaintenance. HW9Z-LS

ResetRodforContactorsOverload 5”rodusedwithHW1B-M0. HW9Z-RS-TK2141

ReplacementOpera-torWasher Providedwithoperator.Insertbetweenbezelandlockingring. HWM-WASHER

ReplacementLockingRing PlasticlockingnutcomeswithallHWoperators&assemblies.

Standard(plastic) HW9Z-LN

Optional(metal) HW9Z-LNM

SwitchCover(Square) Usedonlywithroundorsquareflushpushbuttons. HW9Z-K1(springreturn)

HW9Z-K11(maintainedcover)

ReplacementKeys PairofKeys(#231) HW9Z-SKP

Switc

hes

& P

ilot D

evic

esSi

gnal

ing

Ligh

tsRe

lays

& S

ocke

tsTi

mer

sCo

ntac

tors

Term

inal

Blo

cks

Circ

uit B

reak

ers


600 www.IDEC.com

Item Appearance Description/Usage Part Number

ReplacementLens HWIlluminatedUnibodyReplacementLens HWLV-LENSR

ReplacementJumboDomeLens

PolycarbonateReplacementLens(Ifusingyellowlens,usewhiteLED.)

HW1A-P5jj=(A,G,R,S,W,Y))

ReplacementJumboLEDDiffusingLens HW9Z-PP5C

ReplacementLEDLampsforHWJumboDome

ReplacementLEDLamp-applicableforjumbopilotlightsonly LSTDB-2jj=(A,G,R,S,W)

RubberCoverforDualPushbuttons ClearSiliconrubbercover HW9Z-D7D

BarrierforDualPushbuttons

Plasticbarrier.UsedwhenmountingtheHW7unitson30mmhorizontalcenters,topreventpossibleinterconnectionsbetweenadjoiningterminals. HW-VG1

EMOSticker EMO Emergencystopnameplatesticker HW9Z-EMO-NP-TK2120

E-Stop Shrouds

Style Part Numbers E-Stop Types Applicable Standards

HW9Z-KG140mm

MushroomHeadSEMIS2-0703,12.5.1Compliant

HW9Z-KG240mm,

and60mmMushroomHead

SEMIS2-0703,12.5.1&SEMATECHCompliant

Style Part Numbers E-Stop Types Applicable Standards

HW9Z-KG340mm

MushroomHeadSEMIS2Compliant(ApprovedbyTUV)

HW9Z-KG440mm

MushroomHead

SEMIS2Compliant(ApprovedbyTUV)

&SEMATECH

Contact AssembliesStandard Contact Assemblies ForusewithNon-IlluminatedPushbuttons&E-Stops

Style Contacts Part Number

StandardFingersafeContacts 1NO1NC1NO/1NC2NO2NC2NO/2NC

HW-CBF10HW-CBF01HW-CBF11HW-CBF20HW-CBF02HW-CBF22

SpringUpTerminalContacts 1NO1NC1NO/1NC2NO2NC2NO/2NC

HW-CB10HW-CB01HW-CB11HW-CB20HW-CB02HW-CB22

Goldcontactoptionisavailableforspring-upterminals.Addsuffix“MAU”toendofpartnumber.Forexample,HW-CB20becomesHW-CB20-MAU.

Full Voltage Contact AssembliesForusewithIlluminatedPushbuttons.


1NO2NO1NO/1NC1NC2NC

HW-FL10Q0HW-FL20Q0HW-FL11Q0HW-FL01Q0HW-FL02Q0

Orderlampseparately.

Switches &

Pilot Devices


SocketsTim

ersContactors

Terminal Blocks

Circuit Breakers

601800-262-IDEC (4332) • USA & Canada


Transfomer Contact AssembliesForusewithIlluminatedPushbuttons.


120VACwithLED

1NO2NO1NC1NO/1NC

HW-FL10H2-kHW-FL20H2-kHW-FL01H2-kHW-FL11H2-k

240VACwithLED

1NO2NO1NC1NO/1NC

HW-FL10M4-kHW-FL20M4-kHW-FL01M4-kHW-FL11M4-k

480VACwithLED

1NO2NO1NC1NO/1NC

HW-FL10T8-kHW-FL20T8-kHW-FL01T8-kHW-FL11T8-k

120VACwithIncandescent

1NO2NO1NC1NO/1NC

HW-FL10H2HW-FL20H2HW-FL01H2HW-FL11H2

240VACwithIncandescent

1NO2NO1NC1NO/1NC

HW-FL10M4HW-FL20M4HW-FL01M4HW-FL11M4

1.Inplaceofk,specifytheLEDColorCode.k=A,G,R,S,orW

2.6VLEDorincandescentlampincluded.Dimensions (mm)

Non-Illuminated PushbuttonsFlush (HW1B-M1, -A1) Extended (HW1B-M2, -A2) ø29mm Mushroom (HW1B-M3 -A3)

13 29.4

41.4

Locking RingPanel Thickness 0.8 to 6

25

M3.5 TerminalScrew

70.2 (4 blocks)

ø23.6

ø29

50.2 (1 or 2 blocks)

LOCK

13

1929.4

25


41.4

M3.5 TerminalScrew

LOCK

70.2 (4 blocks)

ø29

ø23.

6

Locking Ring


13

23.229.4

25

41.4

LOCK


M3.5 TerminalScrew

70.2 (4 blocks)

ø29

Locking Ring


ø40mm Mushroom (HW1B-M4, -A4) ø60mm Mushroom (HW1B-M5) Square Flush (HW2B-M1, -A1)

29.423.2

13

25

41.4

LOCK

ø40


M3.5 TerminalScrew

70.2 (4 blocks)

Locking Ring


M3.5 TerminalScrew

1530

ø60


70.2 (4 blocks)

Locking Ring


LOCK

M3.5 TerminalScrew

13


70.2 (4 blocks)50.2 (1 or 2 blocks)

Locking Ring

29.4

25

41.4

24.8

29.6

Square Extended (HW2B-M2, -A2) Contact Block (Bottom View) Terminal Wiring

LOCK


25

24.8

13

1970.2 (4 blocks)

50.2 (1 or 2 blocks)29.4

41.429

.6

M3.5 TerminalScrew

Locking Ring

1 contact block 2 contact blocks 4 contact blocks

Arrowsindicateaccessdirectionsforwiring

Switc

hes

& P

ilot D

evic

esSi

gnal

ing

Ligh

tsRe

lays

& S

ocke

tsTi

mer

sCo

ntac

tors

Term

inal

Blo

cks

Circ

uit B

reak

ers


602 www.IDEC.com

Operators Dimensions(mm)

Flush (Round & Square) Extended

Round SquareLOCK

ø23.6

29.4

25

13


41.4

LOCK

25

41.4

29.424.8

29.6

Extended

LOCK

1318.5

ø23.

5

ø23.6

29.4

41.4

25

Extended with Full Shroud ø40mm Mushroom

ø23.6

18.5

ø29.

5

LOCK

29.4

41.4

25

1323.2

ø40

LOCK

29.4

41.4

25

Emergency Stop Pushbuttons Dimensions(mm)

ø29mm Head Pushlock Turn Reset (HW1B-V3)

1 contact block

LOCK


70.2 (4 blocks)

ø29

32

29.4

41.4

25

13

Terminal Screw M3.5Gasket

Locking Ring


2 contact blocks4 contact blocks

ø40mm Head Pushlock Turn Reset (HW1B-V4) ø40mm Head EMO Pushlock Turn Reset (HW1B-V4)

LOCK

29.4

41.4

25

32

ø40

13

41.4


70.2 (4 blocks)

1329.4

32

20

Locking Ring

26.5

25

Lock Lever

ø40LOCK

ø40mm Head Pushlock Key Reset (HW1B-X4) ø60mm Head Pushlock Turn Reset (HW1B-V5)

LOCK

29.4

41.4

25

32

ø40

13

49.4 34.5

15

ø60

Switches &

Pilot Devices


SocketsTim

ersContactors

Terminal Blocks

Circuit Breakers

603800-262-IDEC (4332) • USA & Canada


ø40mm Head Push-Pull (HW1B-Y2) ø40mm Head Unibody Pushlock Turn Reset (HW1B-BV4)

LOCK

29.4

41.4

25

25.5

ø40

13

M3.5 Terminal Screw Gasket

Locking Ring


ø40

14

32

11.5

46

48

Terminal Cover

TOP Marking

Illuminated E-Stop Pushbuttons (HW1E-LV4) Mounting Hole

M3.5 Terminal ScrewLamp Terminal

ø 40

14

32

11.5

61

63

M3.5 Terminal Screw Gasket

Locking Ring


Terminal Cover

TOP Marking

R0.8 max.

0+0.4

+0.4 0

+0.20

ø22.33.2

24.1

Theminimummountingcentersshownbe-lowareapplicabletoE-Stopswitcheswithonelayerofcontactblocks(twocontactblocks).Whentwolayersofcontactblocksaremounted,determinetheminimummountingcentersforeaseofwiring.

Unit Vertical Spacing Horizontal Spacing

HW1B-V3HW1B-V4HW1B-X4HW1B-Y2

50mm 50mm

HW1B-V5 60mm 60mm

Terminal Arrangement (Bottom View)

HW1E-BV4

(1NO-1NC)

Side

.2 (NC) .3 (NO)

.4 (NO).1 (NC)

HW1E-LV4

(1NO-1NC)

LAMP

X1

X2

TOP

.2 (NC) .3 (NO)

.4 (NO).1 (NC)

Emergency Stop Stations Dimensions(mm)

HW1B-V4R

Box Cover Box BaseBox Cover Mouting Screws

59.5A76

76

Operator Dimension A (mm)

PushlockTurnReset 32

PushlockKeyReset 32(Keyinserted:49.4)

PushPull 25.5

Mounting Hole Layout

41

4-M4 Tapped Holes for Rear Mounting(Depth: 10 mm)

ø14 Knockout2-Front Mounting Holes

62

21

15.5

21

2-ø4.6

Switc

hes

& P

ilot D

evic

esSi

gnal

ing

Ligh

tsRe

lays

& S

ocke

tsTi

mer

sCo

ntac

tors

Term

inal

Blo

cks

Circ

uit B

reak

ers


604 www.IDEC.com

Pilot Lights Dimensions(mm)

Full Voltage

X2

X1

GasketLocking Ring


0.5744.7

17.5

ø29Flush Dome Round/Dome Square FlushM3.5 Terminal Screw

29.6

Transformer Mounting Hole Layout

FlushM3.5 Terminal Screw

X1

X2

772.1

24

29.6

Dome Round/Dome

17.5

ø29Square Flush

29.6

Closemountingon30mmcentersDegreeofprotection:IP65

30 m

in.

30 min.

ø22.3 0+0.4

WhenmountingtransformerorDC-DCconvertertypeunitson30mmcentersverticallyandhorizontally,keeptheambienttemperaturebelow40ºC.

DC-DC Converter

X1

X2

776.2

24

29.6 17.5

ø29

29.6

Flush Dome Round/Dome Square FlushM3.5 Terminal Screw

Jumbo Dome Pilot Lights

ø66

M3.5 Terminal Screw

Rubber Gasket

Locking Ring

Panel Thickness 1 to 5

50.50.5

34.4

LED Lamp LSTDBBase BA9S/13

Light blue:LSTDB

Illumination Color

20.4

ø10.

6

Incandescent Lamp LSB

2

1Base BA9S/13

27

ø10

Mounting Hole Layout+0.2

03.2

85

+0.4

R0.8 max.

ø22.3+0.4

0

24.1

0

85

Illuminated Pushbuttons Full Voltage Models

1 Contact Block 2 Contact Blocks 3 Contact Blocks

PanelThickness 0.8 to 6

50.2 (1 block)

Full Voltage Adapter

Locking RingContact BlockM3.5 Terminal Screw

1 contact block 65.8 (2 blocks)


Locking RingContact BlockM3.5 Terminal Screw

2 contact blocks


70.2 (3 blocks)3 contact blocks

X1X2


Contact BlockM3.5 Terminal Screw

Locking Ring PanelThickness 0.8 to 6

Switches &

Pilot Devices


SocketsTim

ersContactors

Terminal Blocks

Circuit Breakers

605800-262-IDEC (4332) • USA & Canada


Illuminated Pushbuttons con’t Dimensions(mm)

4 Contact Blocks Terminal WiringArrowsindicateaccessdirectionsforwiring.

Locking Ring


Contact BlockM3.5 Terminal Screw

4 contact blocks


85.8 (4 contacts)

Contact Block Full Voltage Adaptor Transformer

X2X1

Transformer Models DC-DC Converter Models

M3.5 Terminal Screws89.7 (2 blocks)

X2X1

34

109.5 (4 blocks)

X2

X1

M3.5 Terminal Screw

89.5 (2 blocks)109.5 (4 blocks)

Safety Lever LockLocking Ring

Non-Illuminated Selector & Key Switches Dimensions(mm)

Knob Operator Terminal Wiring

Gasket

Locking Ring

M3.5 TerminalScrew

1 contact block 2 contact blocks4 contact blocks




721

ø28.

8

LOCK

29.4

41.4

25

ø29

Arrowsindicateaccessdirectionsforwiring.

Contact Block Full Voltage Adaptor

Tranformer

X2X1

Key Operator

LOCK

29.4

41.4

13

30.5

17

25

ø29.4

Illuminated Selector SwitchesFull Voltage Model Transformer Model

M3.5 Terminal Screw LOCK

29.4

41.4

25

ø29

69.4 (2 blocks)

89.4 (4 blocks)

7

21

LOCK

X2X1

34

7M.3.5 TerminalScrew 99.5 (4 blocks)

79.5 (2 blocks)21 29.4

41.4

25

ø29

Switc

hes

& P

ilot D

evic

esSi

gnal

ing

Ligh

tsRe

lays

& S

ocke

tsTi

mer

sCo

ntac

tors

Term

inal

Blo

cks

Circ

uit B

reak

ers


606 www.IDEC.com

Dual Pushbutton Dimensions(mm)

Without Pilot Light Mounting Hole Layout

0.5

Without ButtonMarkings

With Button Markings(I/ON and O/OFF)


14.520

49.4 (2 contacts)

69.4 (3 or 4 contacts)

54.8

29.8

54.8

29.8

41.4

Rubber Gasket

Locking RingSafety Lever Lock

HW

ON

OFF

R0.8 max.

0+0.4

+0.4 0

30

55 *

*

ø22.3

+0.20*3.2

24.1

-The3.2mmrecessisforpreventingrota-tionandisnotnecessarywhenanameplateoranti-rotationringisnotused.-Whenusingthesafetyleverlock,deter-minetheverticalspacinginconsiderationofconvenienceforinstallingandremovingthesafetyleverlock.-Recommendedverticalspacing:100mm-Theminimummountingcentersareapplicabletoswitcheswithonelayerofcontactblocks(twocontactblocks).Whentwolayersofcontactblocksaremounted,determinetheminimummountingcentersforeaseofwiring.

With Pilot Light

Full Voltage


69.4 (2 contacts), 89.4 (4 contacts)(Note)

HW(Bottom Button)

(Top Button)

Thedepthofa3-contactmodeldependsonthecombinationofcontactblocksattopandbottompushbuttons.

Top Button 1contactblock 2contactblocks

Bottom Button 2contactblocks 1contactblock

Depth 89.4mm 69.4mm

Transfomer (240V minimum) Transformer (480V)

79.5 (2 contacts), 99.5 (4 contacts)

Transformer

HW

89.5 (2 contacts), 109.5 (4 contacts)

Transformer, DC-DC Converter

HW

Monolever Dimensions(mm)

Locking Ring Panel Thickness 0.8 to 6

49.4 (2 blocks)

ø34.2LOCK

29.4

41.4

25

M3.5 TerminalScrew

69.4 (4 blocks)

24ϒ

24ϒ

36 m

ax.

36 m

ax.

72

8

45.5

Switches &

Pilot Devices


SocketsTim

ersContactors

Terminal Blocks

Circuit Breakers

607800-262-IDEC (4332) • USA & Canada


Accessory Dimensions

LW9Z-BMMetallic Mounting Hole Plug

OB-31Rubber Mounting Hole Plug

HW9Z-RLAnti-Rotation Ring

OR-55Lamp/LED Removal Tool

GasketLocking Ring

ø25.8

123

ø25

ø29

3.5

3.5

TOP

ø22

1.5

ø29

59

ø11.

6

ø14

HW9Z-D7DDual Pushbutton Rubber Cover

HW-VG1Dual Pushbutton Barrier

MW9Z-T1Locking Ring Wrench

HW-VL1Barrier

33

58

22.5

20 1.5

45

ø28110

20 1.5

45

HW9Z-KL1Padlock Cover

HWLS-TK1971Safety Lever Lock

Key Hole ø8

30

70

93

29.530

R66.5

82.5

ø22.2

24

Waterproof RubberGasket 0.5t

Panel Thickness0.8 to 3.2

ø50

(ID: ø4

4.4)

RemoveScrewdriver

Safety Lever Lock

Operator

PanelContact BlockMounting Adapter

Lock Lever

Inst

all

LOCK

Safety LeverLock

26.5

HW9Z-KG1 HW9Z-KG2

ø22

3280

4864

2238

Gasket

TOP Marking

Panel Thickness: 1.2 to 4

TOP Marking

Locking Ring

Operator

36.5

ø90

ø22.2

ø76.

1

TOP Marking

Operator

Panel Thickness: 1.2 to 4

TOP Marking

Locking Ring

HW9Z-KG3 HW9Z-KG4 LSTD

52 ø74

42

3525

ø22

ø66

67 ø90

50

3525

ø22

ø75 ø10.6

20.4

ø9.5

Switc

hes

& P

ilot D

evic

esSi

gnal

ing

Ligh

tsRe

lays

& S

ocke

tsTi

mer

sCo

ntac

tors

Term

inal

Blo

cks

Circ

uit B

reak

ers


608 www.IDEC.com

Specification Charts

ConformingtoIED947-5-1AppendixC.UtilizationcategoriesAC-15andDC-13.Operationrate:1,800op.hourLoadfactor:Inductive0.4±0.05Resistive0.9±0.05

Operator Truth Tables2 Position Selector Switches

Contact MountingPosition

Operator Position

Left Right

HW1S-2THW1K-2*HW1F-2

HW-F10(NO)

L O X

R O X

HW-F01(NC)

L X O

R X O

HW-F10R(NO-EM)

L O X

R O X

HW-F01R(NC-LB)

L X O

R X O

3 Position Selector Switches


Operator Position

Left Center Right

HW1S-3THW1K-3*HW1F-3

HW-F10(NO)

L X O O

R O O X

HW-F01(NC)

L O X X

R X X O

HW-F10R(NO-EM)

L X O O

R O O X

HW-F01R(NC-LB)

L O X X

R X X O


Operator Position

Left Center Right

HW1S-3STHW1K-3S*

HW-F10(NO)

L X O O

R O O X

HW-F01(NC)

L O O X

R X O O

HW-F10R(NO-EM)

L X X O

R O X X

HW-F01R(NC-LB)

L O X X

R X X O

3 Position Selector Switches con’t


Operator Position

Left Center Right

HW1S-3JTHW1K-3J*

HW-F10(NO)

L X O O

R O O X

HW-F01(NC)

L O X O

R O X O

HW-FC10R(NO-EM)

L X O X

R X O X

HW-F01R(NC-LB)

L O X X

R X X O



Operator Position

1 2 3 4

HW1S-4T

HW-F10(NO)

L X O O O

R O O O X

HW-F01(NC)

L O O X O

R O X O O

HW-F10R(NO-EM)

L X X O X

R X O X X

HW-F01R(NC-LB)

L O X X X

R X X X O



Operator Position

1 2 3 4 5

HW1S-5T

HW-F10(NO)

L X O O O O

R O O O O X

HW-F01(NC)

L O O O X O

R O X O O O

HW-F10R(NO-EM)

L X X X O X

R X O X X X

HW-F01R(NC-LB)

L O X X X X

R X X X X O

1. Mountingpositionindicateswhichsideofoperatoreachcontactshouldbemounted(asviewedfromthefrontofthepanel).

2. *Forkeyremovablecodeseepage579.

3. HW1S-3Tisidentifiedbywhiteplungersontheoperator.4. HW1S-3STisidentifiedbyredplungersontheoperator.5. HW1S-3JTisidentifiedbyblackplungersontheoperator.

Switches &

Pilot Devices


SocketsTim

ersContactors

Terminal Blocks

Circuit Breakers

609800-262-IDEC (4332) • USA & Canada


HW Safety PrecautionsTurnoffpowertoHWseriescontrolunitsbeforestartinginstallation,removal,wiring,maintenance,andinspectionoftheproducts.Failuretoturnpoweroffmaycauseelectricalshocksorfirehazard.

Toavoidthepossibilityofburningyourself,usethelampholdertoolwhenreplacinglamps.

Forwiring,usewiresofapropersizetomeetvoltageandcurrentrequirements.TightentheM3.5terminalscrewstoatighteningtorqueof1.0to1.3N·m.Failuretotightenterminalscrewsmaycauseoverheatingandfire.

HW General Instructions

Panel MountingRemovethecontactblockassemblyfromtheoperator(fortransformertypepilotlights,removethetransformerfromtheilluminationunit).Removethelockingringfromtheoperator.Inserttheoperatorintothepanelcut-outfromthefront,tightenthelockingringfromtheback,theninstallthecontactblockassemblytotheoperator.

Removing and Installing the Contact Block Assembly

1.Toremovetheoperatorfromthecontactblock,turnthelockingleverinthedirectionofthearrowshownbelow.Theoperatorcannowberemoved.

2.Toreinstall,placetheTOPmarkingsontheoperatorandthecontactblockmountingadapterinthesamedirection,andinserttheoperatorintothecontactblockmountingadapter.Thenturnthelockingleverintheoppositedirection.


1.Whenmountingtheoperatorontoapanel,usetheoptionallockingringwrench(MW9Z-T1)totightenthelockingring.Tighteningtorquemustnotexceed2.0N·m.Donotusepliers.Excessivetighteningwilldamagethelockingring.

2.ForthecontactblocksandtransformershousingLEDandincandescentlamps,makesurenottopressthelampstoohard,otherwisethelampsocketmaybedamaged.

Safety Lever LockIDECstronglyrecommendsusingthesafetyleverlock(HW9Z-LS,yellow)topreventheavyvibrationormaintenancepersonnelfromunlockingthecontactassembly.

1.HWseriescanbemountedverticallywithaminimumspacingof55mmbutspacingshouldbedeterminedtoensureeasyoperation(recommendedminimumspacing:100mm).

2.Mountthecontrolunitontothepanel,lockthelever,andpushinthesafetyleverlocktoinstall.

3.Whenthespacingisnarrowerthantherecommendedvalue,withtheleverun-locked,mountthesafetyleverlockandinsertthecontactunittotheoperator.Then,locktheleverandstronglypushinthesafetyleverlocktoinstall.

4.Toremovethesafetyleverlock,insertaflatscrewdriverintothesafetyleverandpushupwards.

RemoveScrewdriver

Safety Lever Lock

Operator

PanelContact BlockMounting Adapter

Lock Lever

Inst

all

LOCK

Safety LeverLock

26.5

Dual Pushbutton Instructions

Replacement of Lens

RemovingRemovethelensbyinsertingascrewdriverintotherecessofthelensthroughthebezel.

InstallingInstallthelensintherecessbetweenthebuttonsbypressingagainstthebezel.

Switc

hes

& P

ilot D

evic

esSi

gnal

ing

Ligh

tsRe

lays

& S

ocke

tsTi

mer

sCo

ntac

tors

Term

inal

Blo

cks

Circ

uit B

reak

ers


610 www.IDEC.com

Dual Pushbuttons Instructions con’t

Replacement of Lamps

Lampscanbereplacedbyusingthelampholdertool(OR-55)fromthefrontofthepanel,orbyremovingthecontactblockassemblyfromtheoperatorunit.

Removing the Lamps from the Front of the Panel

Removal

1.Toremove,slipthelampholdertoolontothelampheadlightly.Thenpushslightly,andturnthelampholdertoolcounterclock-wise.

Installation

1.Toinstall,insertthelampheadintothelampholdertool,andholdthelampasshowninthefigurebelow.

Lamp Lamp Holder Tool

2.Placethepinsonthelampbasetothegroovesinthelampsocket.Insertthelampandturnitclockwise.

Lamp Base

About Pushbutton SwitchesThepushbuttonscannotberemovedorreplaced!

Donotattempttoremoveusingaflatscrewdriverorpin-cers,otherwisethepushbut-tonsmaybedamaged.

Pushbuttons

Do not attemptto remove thepushbuttons!

Narrow MountingWhenmountingtheunitscloselyinahorizontalrowon30mmcenters,useop-tionalbarrierstopreventinterconnectionbetweenadjoiningterminals.Thebarri-erscanbeattachedsimplybypressingthemontothesidesofcontactblocks.

Barrier

30 30

Whenmountingtransformertypeilluminatedunitscloselyinahorizontalrowon30-mmcenters,insertsolidwiresorstrandedwiresintoinsideoftheterminalscrewonthetransformer(seefigureontheright)topreventshortcircuitbetweenadjoiningterminals.

X2X1 X2X1

Inside Inside

Tightening Torque for Terminal ScrewsTightentheM3.5terminalscrewstoatorqueof1.0to1.3N·m.

Installation of LED Illuminated UnitsWhenusingfullvoltagetypeLEDilluminatedunits,provideprotectionagainstelectricalnoise,ifnecessary.

Applicable WiringTheapplicablewiresizeis2mm2maximum.(solidwireø1.6mm2maximum)Oneortwowirescanbeconnected.

Applicable Crimping Terminalø3.6 min.

7.9

max

.

4 max. 5.5 min.

Besuretouseaninsulationtubeorcoveronthecrimpingpartofthecrimpingterminaltopreventelectricalshocks.

Solid Wire

8 max.

ø1.6

max

.

Note:Whenconnectingwirestocontactblocksortransformersinthedirectionshownbelow,keeptheinsulationstrippinglength6.6mmatthemaximum.

X2X1 X2X1

Inside Inside

Installing the Rubber CoverWhenusingtheHW7Dpushbuttonsinplaceswherethepushbuttonsaresubjectedtowatersplashoranexcessiveamountofdust,makesuretousetheHW9Z-D7Drubberboot(IP65)whichisorderedseparately.

Notes for Installing the Rubber CoverRemovethegasketfromtheoperator,andinstalltherubberbootontheoperator.Pulloutthesealsoftherubberbootandplacethemaroundtheoperatorsleeveasshown.Makesurethatthesealsarenottwistedortuckedinsideandthatthegasketdoesnotremain,otherwisethenormalwaterproofanddustproofcharacteristicsarenotensured.

Remove

Gasket

Install

1. Remove the gasket. 3. Rubber boot is installed.

2. Install the rubber boot on the pushbuttons.

Seals

Seals

Switches &

Pilot Devices


SocketsTim

ersContactors

Terminal Blocks

Circuit Breakers

611800-262-IDEC (4332) • USA & Canada

ø22mm - TW SeriesSwitches & Pilot Devices

TW Series — 22mm NEMA Style Pushbuttons

Key features:

• TWNEMAStyleSwitcheswithsnap-oncontacts• Corrosionresistantoctagonalchromeplatedlockingbezel• Snap-on10Acontactblocks• IncandescentorLEDillumination• Slowmake,doublebreak,selfcleaningcontacts• Modularconstructionformaximumflexibility• NEMA4XandIP65watertight/oiltightpanel• Availableassembledorassub-components• LargeM3.5screwterminalswithcaptivesemsplate

IDEChasyour22mmswitchingneedscovered.

Buttonstylesincludeflush,extended,mushroom,orsquareandallbodiesarecraftedfromfracture-resistantnylon.

Allilluminatedunitsfeaturetwolensestyles,onethatmaximizeslightdisper-sion,theotheraccommodatesdirectlensengraving.

Selfcleaningcontactmechanismsallowforawidecurrentrating,5mAto10A,whichreducestheneedforvariouscontactmaterials.

Whenlookingfora22mmswitchthatisdurable,easytouse,andversatile,thenIDEC’sTWseriesisyoursolution.

ULListedFileNo.E68961

CSAApprovedFileNo.LR21451 FileNo.DK95-01696

Switc

hes

& P

ilot D

evic

esSi

gnal

ing

Ligh

tsRe

lays

& S

ocke

tsTi

mer

sCo

ntac

tors

Term

inal

Blo

cks

Circ

uit B

reak

ers

ø22mm - TW Series Switches & Pilot Devices

612 www.IDEC.com

Spec

ifica

tions

Conforming to Standards EN60947-1,EN60947-5-1,VDE0660-200,UL508,CSAC22-2No.14

Approvals

FileNo.E68961

®

FileNo.LR21451 CertificateNo.2030010305027380

RegistrationNo:J9551802(E-Stops)RegistrationNo:J9551803(Allotherswitches)RegistrationNo:J9551804(PilotLights)

CSA:pushbuttonsandselectorswitches:A600pilotlightsandilluminatedpushbuttons,directsupplypilotlightsandilluminatedpushbuttonswithintegraltransformer(100/110,115,120,200/220,230,240,380,400/440,480V)UL: pushbuttonsandselectorswitches:A600pilotlightsandilluminatedpushbuttons,directsupplypilotlightsandilluminatedpushbuttonswithintegraltransformer(100/110,115,120,200/220,230,240,380,400/440,480V)TÜV:pushbuttonsandselectorswitches:A600=P600(NO,NC)/Q600(NO-EM,NC-LB)pilotlightsandillumi-natedpushbuttons,directsupplypilotlightsandilluminatedpushbuttonswithintegraltransformer(100/110,115,120,200/220,230,240,380,400/440,480V)

Operating Temperature Operation:–25to+50°C(withoutfreezing),Storage:–40to+80°C(withoutfreezing)

Vibration Resistance 5to55Hz,100m/sec2(10g)conformingtoIEC6068-2-6

Shock Resistance 1000m/sec2(100g)conformingtoIEC6068-2-7

Electric Shock Protection Class0conformingtoIEC60536

Degree of Protection (conforming to IEC60529) (conforming to NEMA ICS6-110)

IP65fromfrontofthepanel;(IP54forkeyswitches)IP20(TypeHW-Fcontactblock)Type1,2,3,3R,3S,4,4X,5,12,13(Type1,2,3R,5,12,13forkeyswitches)

Mechanical Life Momentarypushbuttons:5,000,000(900operationsperhour)Allotherswitches:500,000

Pollution Degree (conforming to IEC60947-1) 3forswitchesnotusingatransformer,2forswitchesusingatransformer

Rated Operational CharacteristicsAC-15:A600orUe=250V,le=3A(NO,NC,NO-EM,NC-LB)DC-13:P600orUe=125V,le=1.1A(NO,NC)DC-13:Q600orUe=125V,le=0.9A(NO-EM,NC-LB)

Rated Insulation Voltage 600V

Rated Switching Over-Voltage Lessthan4kV,conformingtoIEC60947-1

Rated Impulse Withstanding Voltage 4kVforcontactcircuit,2.5kVforlampcircuit

Rated Thermal Current 10Amp

Minimum Switching Capacity 5mAat3VAC/DC

Contact Operation SlowbreakNCorslowmakeNO,self-cleaning

Recommended Terminal Torque 0.8Nm(7.1inlb.)

External Short-Circuit Protection 10A250VfuseconformingtoIEC60269-1

Applicable Wire Size Minimum1x22AWG,max.2x14AWGor1x12AWG

Contact Resistance Initialcontactresistanceof50mΩorless

Contact Gap 4mm(NOandNC),2mm(NO-EMandNC-LB)

Electrical Reliability MTBF<1faultfor10millionoperationcycles(3VDC,5mA)

Lamp Ratings Incandescent:1WLEDs:6V:17mAmax,12/24V:11mAmax,120/240V:10mAmax

Horsepower Rating 1/4HP@120V(single-phase,non-reversingmotor);1HP@240V(3phase,non-reversingmotor)

Maximum Inrush Current 40A(40ms)


Cont

act R

atin

gs PushbuttonsIlluminated PushbuttonsSelector SwitchesIlluminated Selector SwitchesPushbutton Selectors

ContactBlock TypeHW-C/HW-F


RatedContinuousCurrent 10A

ContactRatingsbyUtilizationCategoryIEC60947-5-1

AC-15(A600)DC-13(P600)

Char

acte

ristic

s

Contact Ratings by Utilization Category

OperationalVoltage 24V 48V 50V 110V 220V 440V

OperationalCurrent

AC50/60HzAC-12Controlofresistiveloadsandsolidstateloads 10A — 10A 10A 6A 2A

AC-15Controlofelectromagneticloads(>72VA) 10A — 7A 5A 3A 1A

DCDC-12Controlofresistiveloadsandsolidstateloads 8A 5A — 2.2A 1.1A —

DC-13Controlofelectromagnets 5A 2A — 1.1A 0.6A —

Switches &

Pilot Devices


SocketsTim

ersContactors

Terminal Blocks

Circuit Breakers

613800-262-IDEC (4332) • USA & Canada



Assembled Pushbuttons

A B ( ) W 1 10 ( ) – B

Function

B: MomentaryO: MaintainedK: KeyOn/OffLock

Bezel Shape

Blank:OctagonalF: FullShroudG: MushroomShroudQ: Square

Button Color

B: Black G: Green W:WhiteR: Red S: Blue Y: Yellow

Terminal Style

Blank:StandardN:Fingersafe(IP20)

Contact Arrangement

10:1NO 01:1NC20:2NO 02:2NC11:1NO-1NC 22:2NO-2NC

Button Shape

1: Flush2: Extended3: MushroomHeadØ29mm4: MushroomHeadØ40mm

Series Designation

W:TWSeries

Tobeusedforinterpretingpartnumbersonly,notforpartnumberdevelopment.

Switc

hes

& P

ilot D

evic

esSi

gnal

ing

Ligh

tsRe

lays

& S

ocke

tsTi

mer

sCo

ntac

tors

Term

inal

Blo

cks

Circ

uit B

reak

ers


614 www.IDEC.com

Non-Illuminated Pushbuttons (Assembled) continued

Non-Illuminated PushbuttonsStyle Contacts Momentary Action Maintained Action

Flush

1NO1NC1NO-1NC2NO2NC

ABW110-jABW101-jABW111-jABW120-jABW102-j

AOW110-jAOW101-jAOW111-jAOW120-jAOW102-j

Extended

1NO1NC1NO-1NC2NO2NC



Recessed

1NO1NC1NO-1NC2NO2NC

ABFW110-jABFW101-jABFW111-jABFW120-jABFW102-j

AOFW110-jAOFW101-jAOFW111-jAOFW120-jAOFW102-j

ExtendedwithFullShroud

1NO1NC1NO-1NC2NO2NC

ABFW210-jABFW201-jABFW211-jABFW220-jABFW202-j

AOFW210-jAOFW201-jAOFW211-jAOFW220-jAOFW202-j

Ø29mmMushroomHead

1NO1NC1NO-1NC2NO2NC



Ø40mmMushroomHead

1NO1NC1NO-1NC2NO2NC



Ø40mmMushroomHeadwithFullShroud

1NO1NC1NO-1NC2NO2NC

ABGW410-jABGW401-jABGW411-jABGW420-jABGW402-j

AOGW410-jAOGW401-jAOGW411-jAOGW420-jAOGW402-j

SquareFlush

1NO1NC1NO-1NC2NO2NC

ABQW110-jABQW101-jABQW111-jABQW120-jABQW102-j

AOQW110-jAOQW101-jAOQW111-jAOQW120-jAOQW102-j

SquareExtended

1NO1NC1NO-1NC2NO2NC

ABQW210-jABQW201-jABQW211-jABQW220-jABQW202-j

AOQW210-jAOQW201-jAOQW211-jAOQW220-jAOQW202-j

KeylockPushOn/Off

1NO1NC1NO-1NC2NO2NC

AKW210AKW201AKW211AKW220AKW202

–

1. Inplaceofj,specifytheButtonColorCodefromtable.2. Forsub-assembledpartnumbers,seenextpage.3. Foraccessories,seepage643.4. Fordimensions,seepage645.5. Keyedswitchesaresuppliedwithtwokeys.Allunitsarekeyedalike.


Black B

Green G

Red R

Blue S

Yellow Y

White W

Switches &

Pilot Devices


SocketsTim

ersContactors

Terminal Blocks

Circuit Breakers

615800-262-IDEC (4332) • USA & Canada



Contact Blocks + Operator + Button = Complete Part

Operators

StylePart Number


RoundFlush/Extended

ABW-100 AOW-100

RoundwithFullShroud/Recessed

ABFW-200 AOFW-200

Ø40mm,Ø29mmMushroomHead

ABW-300 AOW-300

Ø40mmMushroomHeadwithFullShroud

ABGW-400 AOGW-400

SquareFlush/Extended

ABQW-100 AOQW-100

KeylockPushOn/Off

— AKW-200


RoundFlush

ABW1B-j

RoundExtended

ABW2B-j

Ø29mmMushroom

ABW3B-j

Ø40mmMushroom

ABW4B-j

SquareFlush

ABQW1B-j

SquareExtended

ABQW2B-j

Inplaceofjspecifythebuttoncolorcodefromtable

Contact Blocks

StylePart Number

1NO 1NC

StandardEx-posedScrew HW-C10

HW-C10R(earlymake)

HW-C01

HW-C01R(latebreak)

Fingersafe(IP20),CEmarked HW-F10

HW-F10R(earlymake)

HW-F01

HW-F01R(latebreak)

DummyBlock

TW-DB

1. Dummyblocks(nocontacts)areusedwithanoddnumberofcontactblocks.

2. Useofearlyandlatebreakcontactscreatesamakebeforebreakfunction


Black B

Green G

Red R

Blue S

Yellow Y

White W

Switc

hes

& P

ilot D

evic

esSi

gnal

ing

Ligh

tsRe

lays

& S

ocke

tsTi

mer

sCo

ntac

tors

Term

inal

Blo

cks

Circ

uit B

reak

ers


616 www.IDEC.com

E-Stops (Assembled)

Assembled E-Stops

A V (L) W 4 (B) (99) 11 (D) (N) – R – (24V)

Function

V: PushlockTurnResetY: Push-PullX: PushlockKeyReset

Illumination

Blank:NoneL: Illuminated

Series Designation

W:TWSeries

Button/Lens Size

3: 29mmMushroom4: 40mmMushroom

Lens Type (illuminatedunitsonly)

Blank:Standard(ribbed)B: Engravable(smoothwithinsert)

Illuminated Circuit (illuminatedunitonly)

99: FullVoltage(lampdeterminesvoltage) 126: 120VACStepDownTransformer 246: 240VACStepDownTransformer 486: 480VACStepDownTransformer

Lamp Voltage (fullvoltageilluminatedunitsonly)

6V: 6VAC/DC 12V: 12VAC/DC 24V: 24VAC/DC120V: 120VAC(LEDonly)240V: 240VAC(LEDonly)

Button/Lens Color

A: Amber R: Red W: WhiteG: Green S: Blue Y: YellowB: Black

Contact Terminal Style

Blank:StandardN: Fingersafe(IP20)

Lamp Type (illuminatedunitsonly)

Blank:IncandescentD:LED

Contact Arrangement

10:1NO 01:1NC20:2NO 02:2NC11:1NO/1NC 22:2NO/2NC

Tobeusedforinterpretingpartnumbersonly,notforpartnumberdevelopment.

Switches &

Pilot Devices


SocketsTim

ersContactors

Terminal Blocks

Circuit Breakers

617800-262-IDEC (4332) • USA & Canada


E-Stops (Assembled), continued

Non-Illuminated E-StopsStyle Contacts Part Number

Ø40mmPushlockTurnReset*

1NO1NC1NO-1NC2NO2NC

AVW410-R*AVW401-R*AVW411-R*AVW420-R*AVW402-R*

Ø29mmPushlockTurnReset*

1NO1NC1NO-1NC2NO2NC

AVW310-R*AVW301-R*AVW311-R*AVW320-R*AVW302-R*

Ø40mmPush-Pull

1NO1NC1NO-1NC2NO2NC

AYW410-jAYW401-jAYW411-jAYW420-jAYW402-j

Ø40mmPushlockKeyReset*

1NO1NC1NO-1NC2NO2NC

AXW410-R*AXW401-R*AXW411-R*AXW420-R*AXW402-R*

1. *AvailableinRedonly.2. Inplaceofj,specifytheButtonColorCodefromtable.3. Forsub-assembledpartnumbers,seenextpage.4. Foraccessories,seepage643.5. Fordimensions,seepage645.

Illuminated E-StopsStyle Type Contacts Part Number

Ø40mmPushlockTurnResetType

Transformer1NO-1NC2NO2NC

AVLW4m11n-R*AVLW4m20n-R*AVLW4m02n-R*

FullVoltage1NO-1NC2NO2NC

AVLW49911n-R*-lAVLW49920n-R*-lAVLW49902n-R*-l

Ø29mmPushlockTurnReset


AVLW3m11n-R*AVLW3m20n-R*AVLW3m02n-R*


AVLW39911n-R*-lAVLW39920n-R*-lAVLW39902n-R*-l

Ø40mmPush-Pull


AYLW4m11n-kAYLW4m20n-kAYLW4m02n-k


AYLW49911n-k-lAYLW49920n-k-lAYLW49902n-k-l

1.*Availableinredonly.2. Inplaceofk,specifytheLensColorCode(seetableabove).3. Inplaceofl,specifytheFullVoltageCode(lampvoltage)(seetableabove).4. Inplaceofm,specifytheTransformerVoltageCode(seetableabove).5.Inplaceofn,specifytheLampTypeCodefromtableabove.6. Forsub-assemblypartnumbers,seenextpage.7. Foraccessories,seepage643.8. Fordimensions,seepage645.


Black B

Green G

Red R

Blue S

White W

Yellow Y


Amber A

Green G

Red R

Blue S

White W

l Full Voltage CodesVoltage Code

6VAC/DC 6V

12VAC/DC 12V

24VAC/DC 24V

120VAC 120V(LEDonly)

240VAC 240V(LEDonly) m Transformer Voltage Codes

Voltage Code

120VAC240VAC480VAC

126246486

Transformersstepdownto6V.

n Lamp Type CodesLamp Code

Incandescent Blank

LED D

Switc

hes

& P

ilot D

evic

esSi

gnal

ing

Ligh

tsRe

lays

& S

ocke

tsTi

mer

sCo

ntac

tors

Term

inal

Blo

cks

Circ

uit B

reak

ers


618 www.IDEC.com

E-Stops (Sub-Assembled)

Transformer/ Adaptor* + Contacts + Lamp Holder + Operator + Lamp + Button or Lens = Complete Part

*Notapplicableforfullvoltageunits

Operators

StylePart Number

Non-Illuminated Illuminated

Ø29/Ø40mmPush-lockTurnReset

AVW-300 AVLW3-0600

Ø40mmPush-Pull

AYW-400 AYLW4-0600

Ø40mmPushlockKeyReset

AXW-300 —



AVW4B-R*


AVW3B-R*

Ø40mmPush-Pull

AYW4B-j

Ø40mmPushlockKeyReset

AXW4B-R*

1. *AvailableinRedonly2. Inplaceofj,specifythebuttoncolorcodefromtable.

Contact BlocksStyle Voltage Part Number

LED

6VAC/DC LSTD-6k

12VAC/DC LSTD-1k

24VAC/DC LSTD-2k

120VAC LSTD-H2k

240VAC LSTD-M4k


12VAC/DC IS-12

24VAC/DC IS-24

1. Inplaceofk,specifytheLEDcolorcode.2. TheLEDcontainsacurrent-limitingresistoranda

protectiondiode.


Black B

Green G

Red R

Blue S

White W

Yellow Y


Amber A

Green G

Red R

Blue S

White W

Switches &

Pilot Devices


SocketsTim

ersContactors

Terminal Blocks

Circuit Breakers

619800-262-IDEC (4332) • USA & Canada


Illuminated E-Stops (Sub-Assembled) continued

Lenses

StylePart Number

Standard Engravable

Ø29mmHeadPushlockTurnReset

AVLW3LU-R* AVLW3BLU-R*

Ø40mmHeadPushlockTurnReset

AVLW4LU-R* AVLW4BLU-R*

Ø40mmHeadPushPull

AYLW4LU-k AYLW4BLU-k

1. Inplaceofk,specifythelenscolorcodefromtableonpreviouspage.2. *Availableonlyinred3. Standardlenseshaveribbedpattern,Engravablelensesaresmoothandincludeanengrav-

ableinsert.

Lamp Circuit ComponentsStyle Application Part Number

ShortLampHolder

Used withaHalf-sizeTransformerandonecontactblock

TW-LH1

LongLampHolder

Used withFull-sizeTransformerandtwocontactblocksUsed with Half-sizeTransformerandthreecontactblocksUsed with FullVoltageAdaptorandtwocontactblocks

TW-LH2

LeadHolder

Used withTW-LH2holderwhenusingfourcontactblocks

HW-LH3

Transformers/Full Voltage ModulesStyle Description Part Number

FullSizeTransformer

Standard

120VAC TW-T126B

240VAC TW-T246B

480VAC TW-T486B

Fingersafe

120VAC TW-F126B

240VAC TW-F246B

480VAC TW-F486B

HalfSizeTransformer120VAC TW-T126SB

240VAC TW-T246SB

Fullvoltagemodel(usewithevennumberofcontacts) Standard TW-DA1B

Fingersafe TW-DA1FB

Fullvoltagemodel(usewithoddnumberofcontacts) Standard HW-DA1B

Fingersafe HW-DA1FB

AllTransformersstepdownto6V(use6Vlamp).

Contact Blocks

StylePart Number

1NO 1NC

StandardExposedScrewHW-C10

HW-C10R(earlymake)

HW-C01

HW-C01R(latebreak)

Fingersafe(IP20),CEmarkedHW-F10

HW-F10R(earlymake)

HW-F01

HW-F01R(latebreak)

DummyBlock

TW-DB

1. Dummyblocks(nocontacts)areusedwithanoddnumberofcontactblocks.2. Useofearlyandlatebreakcontactscreatesamakebeforebreakfunction

Switc

hes

& P

ilot D

evic

esSi

gnal

ing

Ligh

tsRe

lays

& S

ocke

tsTi

mer

sCo

ntac

tors

Term

inal

Blo

cks

Circ

uit B

reak

ers


620 www.IDEC.com


Assembled Pilot Lights

A P (Q) W 1 (B) (99) (D) – R – (24V)

Function

P:PilotLight

Bezel Shape

Blank:Octagonal(roundlenses)Q:Square

Series Designation

W:TWSeries

Lens Shape

1:Flat2:Dome

Lens Type

Blank:Standard(ribbed)B:Engravable(smoothwithinsertincluded)

Illumination Circuit

99: FullVoltage(lampdeterminesvoltage) 126: 120VACStepDownTransformer 246: 240VACStepDownTransformer 486: 480VACStepDownTransformer

Lamp Voltage (FullVoltageUnitsOnly)


Lens Color Code

A: Amber G: GreenR: Red S: BlueW:WhiteY: Yellow

Lamp Type

Blank:IncandescentD:LED

1. Useonlywheninterpretingpartnumbers.Donotusefordevelopingpartnumbers.2. Alltransformersstepdownto6V.

Switches &

Pilot Devices


SocketsTim

ersContactors

Terminal Blocks

Circuit Breakers

621800-262-IDEC (4332) • USA & Canada


Pilot Lights (Assembled) continued

Assembled Pilot LightsStyle Type Voltage Part Number

RoundFlat

Transformer120VAC240VAC480VAC

APW1126m-kAPW1246m-kAPW1486m-k

FullVoltage — APW199m-k-l

Dome


APW2126m-kAPW2246m-kAPW2486m-k

FullVoltage — APW299m-k-l

SquareFlat


APQW1B126m-kAPQW1B246m-kAPQW1B486m-k

FullVoltage — APQW1B99m-k-l

1. Inplaceofk,specifytheLensColorCodefromtablebelow.2. Inplaceofl,specifytheFullVoltageCodefromtablebelow.3.Inplaceofm,specifytheLampTypeCodefromtablebelow.4. Foraccessories,seepage643.5. Fordimensions,seepage645.6. Forsub-assemblypartnumbers,seenextpage.7.YellowpilotlightcomeswithwhiteLED.


Amber A

Green G

Red R

Blue S

White W

Yellow Y


6VAC/DC 6V

12VAC/DC 12V

24VAC/DC 24V


240VAC 240V(LEDonly) m Lamp Type Codes

Lamp Code

Incandescent Blank

LED D

Switc

hes

& P

ilot D

evic

esSi

gnal

ing

Ligh

tsRe

lays

& S

ocke

tsTi

mer

sCo

ntac

tors

Term

inal

Blo

cks

Circ

uit B

reak

ers


622 www.IDEC.com


Transformer + Operator + Lamp + Lens = Complete Part

*Transformernotrequiredforfullvoltageunits.


RoundDome/Flat

APW-199

Square

UPQW-199

Sameoperatorisusedforfullvoltageasfortransformercompletedunits.

Lenses

StylePart Number

Standard Engravable

Dome

APW2LU-k —

RoundFlat

APW1LU-k APW1BLU-k

SquareFlat

— APQW1BLU-k

1. Inplaceofk,specifytheLensColorCodefromtable.2. Standardlenseshavearibbedlenstoenhancelight

dispersion.Markinglensesaresmoothandincludeanengravableinsert.


LED

6VAC/DC LSTD-6k

12VAC/DC LSTD-1k

24VAC/DC LSTD-2k

120VAC LSTD-H2k

240VAC LSTD-M4k


12VAC/DC IS-12

24VAC/DC IS-24


protectiondiode.3.YellowLEDnotavailable.UsewhiteLED.

TransformersStyle Description Part Number

Standard

120VAC TW-T126B

240VAC TW-T246B

480VAC TW-T486B

Fingersafe

120VAC TW-F126B

240VAC TW-F246B

480VAC TW-F486B



Amber A

Green G

Red R

Blue S

White W

Yellow Y

Ifclearlensisdesired,usewhitemarkinglensandremoveengravinginsert

Switches &

Pilot Devices


SocketsTim

ersContactors

Terminal Blocks

Circuit Breakers

623800-262-IDEC (4332) • USA & Canada



Assembled Illuminated Pushbuttons

A L (F) W 2 (B) 99 11 (D) (N) – R – (24V)

Function

L:MomentaryActionOL:MaintainedAction

Bezel Shape

Blank:Octagonal(roundlenses)F:FullShroud(roundlenses)Q:Square

Series Designation

W:TWseries

Lens Shape/Size

2:StandardExtended(roundorsquare)3:29mmMushroom4:40mmMushroom

Lens Type

Blank:Standard(ribbed)B:Engravable(smoothwithinsert)


99: FullVoltage(lampdeterminesvoltage)126: 120VACStepDownTransformer246: 240VACStepDownTransformer486: 480VACStepDownTransformer



Lens Code

A: Amber G: Green R: RedS: BlueW:WhiteY: Yellow


Blank:StandardN: Fingersafe

Lamp Type

Blank: IncandescentLampD: LEDLamp

Contact Arrangement

10:1NO 01:1NC20:2NO 02:2NC11:1NO-1NC 22:2NO-2NC

1. Useonlywheninterpretingpartnumbers.Donotusefordevelopingpartnumbers.2. Transformersstepdownto6V.

Switc

hes

& P

ilot D

evic

esSi

gnal

ing

Ligh

tsRe

lays

& S

ocke

tsTi

mer

sCo

ntac

tors

Term

inal

Blo

cks

Circ

uit B

reak

ers


624 www.IDEC.com



Style ContactsPart Number


ExtendedLens Transformer1NO-1NC

2NO2NC

ALW2m11n-kALW2m20n-kALW2m02n-k

AOLW2m11n-kAOLW2m20n-kAOLW2m02n-k

FullVoltage1NO-1NC

2NO2NC

ALW29911n-k-lALW29920n-k-lALW29902n-k-l

AOLW29911n-k-lAOLW29920n-k-lAOLW29902n-k-l

ExtendedLenswithFullShroud Transformer1NO-1NC

2NO2NC

ALFW2m11n-kALFW2m20n-kALFW2m02n-k

AOLFW2m11n-kAOLFW2m20n-kAOLFW2m02n-k

FullVoltage1NO-1NC

2NO2NC

ALFW29911n-k-lALFW29920n-k-lALFW29902n-k-l

AOLFW29911n-k-lAOLFW29920n-k-lAOLFW29902n-k-l

ø29mmMushroomLens Transformer1NO-1NC

2NO2NC



FullVoltage1NO-1NC

2NO2NC



ø40mmMushroomLensTransformer

1NO-1NC2NO2NC



FullVoltage1NO-1NC

2NO2NC



SquareExtended Transformer1NO-1NC

2NO2NC

ALQW2Bm11n-kALQW2Bm20n-kALQW2Bm02n-k

AOLQW2Bm11n-kAOLQW2Bm20n-kAOLQW2Bm02n-k

FullVoltage1NO-1NC

2NO2NC

ALQW2B9911n-k-lALQW2B9920n-k-lALQW2B9902n-k-l

AOLQW2B9911n-k-lAOLQW2B9920n-k-lAOLQW2B9902n-k-l

1. Inplaceofk,specifytheLensColorCode(seetable).Mushroomlensesnotavailableinyellow.2. Inplaceofl,specifytheFullVoltageCode(lampvoltage)(seetable).3. Inplaceofm,specifytheTransformerVoltageCode(seetable).4.Inplaceofn,specifytheLampTypeCodefromtable.5. Forsub-assemblypartnumbers,seenextpage.6. Foraccessories,seepage643.7. Fordimensions,seepage645.8. Lightisindependentofswitchposition.9.YellowpushbuttoncomeswithwhiteLED.


Amber A

Green G

Red R

Blue S

White W

Yellow Y

1. Mushroomlensesnotavailableinyellow.

2.YellowpushbuttoncomeswithwhiteLED.


6VAC/DC 6V

12VAC/DC 12V

24VAC/DC 24V


240VAC 240V(LEDonly) m Transformer Voltage Codes

Voltage Code

120VAC 126

240VAC 246

480VAC 486

Transformersstepdownto6V(use6Vlamp).


Incandescent Blank

LED D

Switches &

Pilot Devices


SocketsTim

ersContactors

Terminal Blocks

Circuit Breakers

625800-262-IDEC (4332) • USA & Canada



Transformer/ Adaptor* + Contacts + Lamp Holder + Operator + Lamp + Lens = Complete Part

*Notapplicableforfullvoltageunits

Operators

StylePart Number


Extended ALW-0600 AOLW-0600

ExtendedwithFullShroud ALFW-0600 AOLFW-0600

ø29mm/ø40mmMushroom ALW3-0600 AOLW3-0600

Square/Extended ALQW-2B0600 AOLQW-2B0600

Lenses

StylePart Number

Standard Engravable

RoundExtended ALW2LU-k ALW2BLU-k

ø29mmMushroomHead* ALW3LU-k ALW3BLU-k

ø40mmMushroomHead* ALW4LU-k ALW4BLU-k

SquareExtended — ALQW2BLU-k

1. Inplaceofk,specifythelenscolorcodefromtableonthebottomright.2. *Mushroomlensnotavailableinyellow.3. Standardlenseshaveribbedpattern,Engravablelensesaresmoothandincludean

engravableinsert.


LED

6VAC/DC LSTD-6k

12VAC/DC LSTD-1k

24VAC/DC LSTD-2k

120VAC LSTD-H2k

240VAC LSTD-M4k


12VAC/DC IS-12

24VAC/DC IS-24


protectiondiode.

Lamp Circuit ComponentsStyle Application Part Number

ShortLampHolder


TW-LH1

LongLampHolder


TW-LH2

LeadHolder


HW-LH3

k LED/Lens Color CodesColor Code Color Code

Amber A Blue S

Green G White W

Red R Yellow Y

YellowLEDnotavailable.UsewhiteLED.

Switc

hes

& P

ilot D

evic

esSi

gnal

ing

Ligh

tsRe

lays

& S

ocke

tsTi

mer

sCo

ntac

tors

Term

inal

Blo

cks

Circ

uit B

reak

ers


626 www.IDEC.com

Illuminated Pushbuttons (Sub-Assembled) continued

Contact Blocks

StylePart Number

1NO 1NC


HW-C10R(earlymake)

HW-C01

HW-C01R(latebreak)


HW-F10R(earlymake)

HW-F01

HW-F01R(latebreak)

DummyBlock

TW-DB



FullSizeTransformer

Standard

120VAC TW-T126B

240VAC TW-T246B

480VAC TW-T486B

Fingersafe

120VAC TW-F126B

240VAC TW-F246B

480VAC TW-F486B

HalfSizeTransformer

120VAC TW-T126SB

240VAC TW-T246SB


Fingersafe TW-DA1FB


Fingersafe HW-DA1FB


Switches &

Pilot Devices


SocketsTim

ersContactors

Terminal Blocks

Circuit Breakers

627800-262-IDEC (4332) • USA & Canada


Non-Illuminated Selector Switches (Assembled)

Assembled Selector Switches

A S W 3 (1) (L) 20 (N) – 304

Function

S: SelectorSwitch

Series Designation

W:TWSeries

Number of Positions

2: 2-Position3: 3-Position4:4-Position5:5-Position

Spring Return Action

Blank:Maintained1: SpringreturnfromRight(2or3position)2: SpringreturnfromLeft(2or3position)3: 2-WayspringreturnfromLeftandRight(3positiononly)

Circuit Number

(Standardcircuitsshownonfollowingpagesand635.)

Contacts Terminal Style

Blank:standardN:Fingersafe(IP20)


10:1NO 01:1NC20:2NO 02:2NC40:4NO 04:4NC11:1NO-1NC22:2NO-2NC

Operator Style Code

Blank: KnobOperatorL: LeverOperatorK: KeyOperator

1. Useonlywheninterpretingpartnumbers.Donotusefordevelopingpartnumbers.2. Customcontactconfigurationsavailable.3. Customkeyremovablecodesavailable.4. Portionsofpartnumberinside()areoptional.

Switc

hes

& P

ilot D

evic

esSi

gnal

ing

Ligh

tsRe

lays

& S

ocke

tsTi

mer

sCo

ntac

tors

Term

inal

Blo

cks

Circ

uit B

reak

ers


628 www.IDEC.com

Non-Illuminated Selector Switches (Assembled) continued

2-Position Selector SwitchesStyle Part Number

Cont

act

Mou

ntin

g

Operator Position Maintained Spring Return

from RightSpring Return

from Left

L R L R L R L R

1NO 12

OO

XO

KnobLeverKey

ASW210ASW2L10ASW2K10



1NC 12

XO

OO

KnobLeverKey

ASW201-116ASW2L01-116ASW2K01-116

ASW2101-116ASW21L01-116ASW21K01-116

ASW2201-116ASW22L01-116ASW22K01-116

1NO1NC

12

XO

OX

KnobLeverKey




2NO 12

OO

XX

KnobLeverKey




2NC 12

XX

OO

KnobLeverKey

ASW202-104ASW2L02-104ASW2K02-104

ASW2102-104ASW21L02-104ASW21K02-104

ASW2202-104ASW22L02-104ASW22K02-104

2NO2NC

1234

OXOX

XOXO

KnobLeverKey




2NO2NC

1234

OOXX

XXOO

KnobLeverKey

ASW222-111ASW2L22-111ASW2K22-111

ASW2122-111ASW21L22-111ASW21K22-111

ASW2222-111ASW22L22-111ASW22K22-111

Switches &

Pilot Devices


SocketsTim

ersContactors

Terminal Blocks

Circuit Breakers

629800-262-IDEC (4332) • USA & Canada


Non-Illuminated Selector Switches (Assembled) continued

3-Position Selector SwitchesStyle Part Number

Cont

act

Mou

ntin

g Operator Position Maintained Spring Return from Right Spring Return from Left Spring Return Two-Way

L C RL

CR L

CR L

CR L

CR

2NO 12

XO

OO

OX

KnobLeverKey





2NC 12

OX

XX

XO

KnobLeverKey





2NO2NC

1234

XOOX

OOXX

OXXO

KnobLeverKey





2NO2NC

1234

XXOO

OXXO

XOOX

KnobLeverKey

ASW322-309ASW3L22-309ASW3K22-309

ASW3122-309ASW31L22-309ASW31K22-309

ASW3222-309ASW32L22-309ASW32K22-309

ASW3322-309ASW33L22-309ASW33K22-309

2NO2NC

1234

OOOO

XOXO

OXOX

KnobLeverKey

ASW322-310ASW3L22-310ASW3K22-310

ASW3122-310ASW31L22-310ASW31K22-310

ASW3222-310ASW32L22-310ASW32K22-310

ASW3322-310ASW33L22-310ASW33K22-310

4NO

1234

XOXO

OOOO

OXOX

KnobLeverKey





4NC

1234

OXOX

XXXX

XOXO

KnobLeverKey





1. Thetruthtableindicatestheoperatingpositionofcontactblockwhentheoperatorisswitchedtothatposition. X=On(closedcontacts)

O=Off(opencontacts)X X=OverlappingContacts:Remainon(closedcontacts)whenswitchismovedbetweenthesetwopositions.

2. Allknobandleverselectorswitchescomeinblack.Othercolorsareavailablebyorderingtheknoborleverseparately.3. Everykeyselectorswitchusesanidenticalkey.Thekeyisremovableinanymaintainedposition.4. Customcontactconfigurationsareavailable,seepage635.

4-Position Selector SwitchStyle Maintained

Cont

act

Mou

ntin

g Operator Position Part Number

1 2 3 4 12

3

4

2NO2NC

1234

XOOO

OXOO

OOXO

OOOX

KnobLever

ASW422-411ASW4L22-411

5-Position Selector SwitchStyle Maintained

Cont

act

Mou

ntin

g Operator Position Part Number

1 2 3 4 51

2 3 45

2NO2NC

1234

XOOO

OXOO

OOOO

OOXO

OOOX

KnobLever

ASW522-501ASW5L22-501

Switc

hes

& P

ilot D

evic

esSi

gnal

ing

Ligh

tsRe

lays

& S

ocke

tsTi

mer

sCo

ntac

tors

Term

inal

Blo

cks

Circ

uit B

reak

ers


630 www.IDEC.com

Non-Illuminated Selector Switches (Sub-Assembled)

Contact Blocks + Operator + Knob or Lever* + Color Insert* = Complete Part†

1. *Notneededwithkeytypeswitches.2. †Knobtypeshown.

OperatorsStyle Positions Description Part Number

Knob/Lever

2

Maintained ASW200

Springreturnfromright ASW2100

Springreturnfromleft ASW2200

3

Maintained,Cam1Maintained,Cam2Maintained,Cam3

ASW300-1ASW300-2ASW300-3

Springreturnfromright,Cam1Springreturnfromright,Cam2

ASW3100-1ASW3100-2

Springreturnfromleft,Cam1Springreturnfromleft,Cam2

ASW3200-1ASW3200-2

Springreturnfromleft/right,Cam1Springreturnfromleft/right,Cam2

ASW3300-1ASW3300-2

4 Maintained,StandardCamMaintained,Cam1

ASW400ASW400-1

5 Maintained,StandardcamMaintained,Cam1

ASW500ASW500-1

Key2

Maintained ASW2K00

Springreturnfromright ASW21K00

Springreturnfromleft ASW22K00

3

Maintained,Cam1Maintained,Cam2Maintained,Cam3

ASW3K00-1ASW3K00-2ASW3K00-3

Springreturnfromright,Cam1Springreturnfromright,Cam2

ASW31K00-1ASW31K00-2

Springreturnfromleft,Cam1Springreturnfromleft,Cam2


Springreturnfromleft/right,Cam1Springreturnfromleft/right,Cam2


1. Twokeysaresuppliedwitheverykeyswitch,allarekeyedalike,andremovablefromanymaintainedposition.2. Lockingringsareincludedwithalloperators.Orderknobs,levers,andcolorinsertsseparately.3. Differentcamsproducedifferentcontactactions.Fordetails,seepage635.4. Keyswitchoperatorsuppliedwithblacksleeve.

Handles and InsertsStyle Part Number

Knob ASWHHY-j

Lever ASWHHL-j

ColorInsert TW-HC1-j

Contact Blocks

StylePart Number

1NO 1NC

StandardExposedScrew HW-C10

HW-C10R(earlymake)

HW-C01

HW-C01R(latebreak)

Fingersafe(IP20),CEmarked HW-F10

HW-F10R(earlymake)

HW-F01

HW-F01R(latebreak)

DummyBlock

TW-DB

1. Pushrodcolorcode:Green=NOcontactblockRed=NCcontactblock.

2. Dummyblocks(nocontacts)areusedwithanoddnumberofcontactblocks.

j Handle/Insert Color CodesColor Code

Black* B

Blue S

Green G

Red R

Yellow Y

White† W

*Colorinsertsnotavailableinblack.†Knobandlevernotavailableinwhite.

Replacement PartsKey Switch Black Sleeve AKW2B-B

Switches &

Pilot Devices


SocketsTim

ersContactors

Terminal Blocks

Circuit Breakers

631800-262-IDEC (4332) • USA & Canada



Assembled Illuminated Selector Switches

A SL W 2 (2) 99 11 (D) (N) – (103) – R – (24V)

Function

SL:IlluminatedSelectorSwitch

Series Designation

W:TWseries

Number of Positions

2:2-Position3:3-Position


Blank:Maintained1:SpringreturnfromRight2:SpringreturnfromLeft3:Two-WayspringreturnfromLeftandRight


99: FullVoltage(lampdeterminesvoltage)126: 120VACStepDownTransformer246: 240VACStepDownTransformer486: 480VACStepDownTransformer



Lens Color Code

A: Amber G: Green R: RedS: BlueW:WhiteY: Yellow

Contact Circuit Number

Standardcircuitsarelistedonthefollowingpagesand635.


Blank:StandardN: Fingersafe

Lamp Type

Blank:IncandescentLampD:LEDLamp

Contact Arrangement

10:1NO 01:1NC20:2NO 02:2NC40:4NO 04:4NC11:1NO-1NC 22:2NO-2NC

1. Useonlywheninterpretingpartnumbers.Donotusefordevelopingpartnumbers.2. Alltransformersstepdownto6V(use6Vlamp).

Switc

hes

& P

ilot D

evic

esSi

gnal

ing

Ligh

tsRe

lays

& S

ocke

tsTi

mer

sCo

ntac

tors

Term

inal

Blo

cks

Circ

uit B

reak

ers


632 www.IDEC.com

Illuminated Selector Switches(Assembled) continued

Illuminated 2-Position Selector SwitchesStyle Part Number

Cont

act

Mou

ntin

g OperatorPosition Lamp

Circuit Type

Maintained Spring Return from Right Spring Return from Left

L R L R L RL R

1NO1NC

12

OX

XO

TransformerFullVoltage

ASLW2j11m-kASLW29911m-k-l



2NO 12

OO

XX





2NC 12

XX

OO


ASLW2j02m-104-kASLW29902m-104-k-l



2NO2NC

1234

OXOX

XOXO





Illuminated 3-Position Selector Switches, Maintained and Spring Return from RightStyle Part Number

Cont

act

Mou

ntin

g Operator PositionLamp

Circuit Type

Maintained Spring Return From Right Spring Return from Left Spring Return Two-Way

L C RL

CR L

CR L

CR L

CR

2NO 12

XO

OO

OX






2NC 12

OX

XX

XO






2NO2NC

1234

XOOX

OOXX

OXXO






2NO2NC

1234

XXOO

OXXO

XOOX






2NO2NC

1234

OOOO

XOXO

OXOX






4NO

1234

XOXO

OOOO

OXOX






4NC

1234

OXOX

XXXX

XOXO






1. Inplaceofj,specifytheTransformerVoltageCode.2. Inplaceofk,specifytheLens/LEDColorCode.3. Inplaceofl,specifytheFullVoltageCode.4. InplaceofmspecifyLampTypeCode5. Forcustomcontactconfigurations,seepage635.6. Lightisindependentofswitchposition.7.YellowselectorswitchcomeswithwhiteLED.


6VAC/DC 6V

12VAC/DC 12V

24VAC/DC 24V



m Lamp Type CodesLamp Code

Incandescent Blank

LED D

j Transformer Voltage CodesVoltage Code

120VAC 126

240VAC 246

480VAC 486

Transformersstepdownto6V(use6Vlamp).

k LED/Lens Color Codes

Color Code

Amber A

Green G

Red R

Blue S

White W

Yellow Y

Switches &

Pilot Devices


SocketsTim

ersContactors

Terminal Blocks

Circuit Breakers

633800-262-IDEC (4332) • USA & Canada



Transformer* + Contact Block + Operator + Lamp/Lead Holder† + Lamp + Lens = Complete Part

*Fullvoltageunitsuseafullvoltageadaptor(TW-DA1B)insteadofatransformer.†Lampholderisnotincludedwithoperators,orderseparately.Leadholderisusedwhenusing3ormorecontactblocks.Orderseparately.

OperatorsStyle Positions Description Part Number

2

Maintained ASLW200

Springreturnfromright ASLW2100

Springreturnfromleft ASLW2200

3

Maintained,cam1Maintained,cam2Maintained,cam3

ASLW300-1

ASLW300-2

ASLW300-3

Springreturnfromright,cam1Springreturnfromright,cam2

ASLW3100-1

ASLW3100-2

Springreturnfromleft,cam1Springreturnfromleft,cam2

ASLW3200-1

ASLW3200-2

Springreturnfromleft/right,cam1Springreturnfromleft/right,cam2

ASLW3300-1

ASLW3300-2

Differentcamsproducedifferentcontactaction.Fordetails,seeContactArrangementsonpage635.

Lenses (Knobs)Style Part Number

Knob ASLWLU-k

Inplaceofk,specifythelenscolorcodefromtable.


LED

6VAC/DC LSTD-6k

12VAC/DC LSTD-1k

24VAC/DC LSTD-2k

120VAC LSTD-H2k

240VAC LSTD-M4k


12VAC/DC IS-12

24VAC/DC IS-24


protectiondiode.


Amber A

Green G

Red R

Blue S

White W

Yellow Y

YellowLEDnotavailable.UsewhiteLED

Switc

hes

& P

ilot D

evic

esSi

gnal

ing

Ligh

tsRe

lays

& S

ocke

tsTi

mer

sCo

ntac

tors

Term

inal

Blo

cks

Circ

uit B

reak

ers


634 www.IDEC.com

Illuminated Selector Switches (Sub-Assembled) continued

Contact Blocks

StylePart Number

1NO 1NC


HW-C10R(earlymake)

HW-C01

HW-C01R(latebreak)


HW-F10R(earlymake)

HW-F01

HW-F01R(latebreak)

DummyBlock

TW-DB



Style Application Part Number

ShortLampHolder


TW-LH1

LongLampHolder


TW-LH2

LeadHolder


HW-LH3


FullSizeTransformer

Standard

120VAC TW-T126B

240VAC TW-T246B

480VAC TW-T486B

Fingersafe

120VAC TW-F126B

240VAC TW-F246B

480VAC TW-F486B

HalfSizeTransformer

120VAC TW-T126SB

240VAC TW-T246SB


Fingersafe TW-DA1FB


Fingersafe HW-DA1FB


Switches &

Pilot Devices


SocketsTim

ersContactors

Terminal Blocks

Circuit Breakers

635800-262-IDEC (4332) • USA & Canada


Contact Arrangement Charts

How to Read Contact Arrangement Charts

Todeterminecontactblockmountingposition,firstmakesuretheselectorswitchisorientedasshownontheright

Contact ArrangementTypeandquantityofswitchcontacts

Circuit Number*N/D=Nodesignationrequired

Contact Block Mounting PositionPositionormountingcontactblocksonoperator

Operator PositionTruthtableindicatestheoper-atingpositionofcontactblockwhenoperatorisswitchedtothatposition.

Contact Block Part NumberPartnumbertousewhenorderingsub-assemblycontactblocks,asrequiredforusewithcorrespondingmountingpositionContact Arrangement Chart: 2-Position Selector Switches

Style

Mounting Position

Operator Position Contact Block

Part Number Description

Operator Part Number


Maintained Spring Ret. from Rt.

Spring Ret. from Lt.

L R L R L R L R

1NO N/D1 O X HW-C10 Knob/Lever

KeyIlluminatedKnob

ASW200ASW2K00ASLW200


ASW2200ASW22K00ASLW22002 O O TW-DB

1NC 1161 X O HW-C01 Knob/Lever

KeyIlluminatedKnob



ASW2200ASW22K00ASLW22002 O O TW-DB

1NO1NC

N/D1 O X HW-C10 Knob/Lever

KeyIlluminatedKnob



ASW2200ASW22K00ASLW22002 X O HW-C01

1031 X O HW-C01 Knob/Lever

KeyIlluminatedKnob



ASW2200ASW22K00ASLW22002 O X HW-C10

1NO-EM1NC-LB

6001 O X HW-C10R Knob/Lever

KeyIlluminatedKnob



ASW2200ASW22K00ASLW22002 X O HW-C01R

6011 X O HW-C01R Knob/Lever

KeyIlluminatedKnob



ASW2200ASW22K00ASLW22002 O X HW-C10R

2NO N/D1 O X HW-C10 Knob/Lever

KeyIlluminatedKnob



ASW2200ASW22K00ASLW22002 O X HW-C10

2NC 1041 X O HW-C01 Knob/Lever

KeyIlluminatedKnob



ASW2200ASW22K00ASLW22002 X O HW-C01

2NO2NC

N/D

1 O X HW-C10

Knob/LeverKeyIlluminatedKnob




2 X O HW-C01

3 O X HW-C10

4 X O HW-C01

111

1 O X HW-C10

Knob/LeverKeyIlluminatedKnob




2 O X HW-C10

3 X O HW-C01

4 X O HW-C01

1. NO-EM,NC-LB=EarlyMake,LateBreak.N/D=Nocircuitnumberdesignationrequiredinassembledselectorswitchpartnumber.

2. X=On(closedcontacts)O=Off(Opencontacts)

2

3

4L

R

1

Switc

hes

& P

ilot D

evic

esSi

gnal

ing

Ligh

tsRe

lays

& S

ocke

tsTi

mer

sCo

ntac

tors

Term

inal

Blo

cks

Circ

uit B

reak

ers


636 www.IDEC.com

Contact Arrangement Chart: 3-Position Selector SwitchesStyle

MountingPosition

Operator PositionContact Block Part Number Description



Maintained Spring Return from Right

Spring Return from Left Two-Way

L C RL

CR L

CR L

CR L

CR

1NO1NC

2021 X 0 0 HW-C10 Knob/Lever

KeyIlluminatedKnob

ASW300-1ASW3K00-1ASLW300-1

ASW3100-1ASW31K00-1ASLW3100-1

ASW3200-1ASW32K00-1ASLW3200-1

ASW3300-1ASW33K00-1ASLW3300-12 X X O HW-C01

2031 0 X X HW-C01 Knob/Lever

KeyIlluminatedKnob


ASW3100-1ASW31K00-1ASLW3100-1

ASW3200-1ASW32K00-1ASLW3200-1

ASW3300-1ASW33K00-1ASLW3300-12 O 0 X HW-C10

3021 X 0 X HW-C10 Knob/Lever

KeyIlluminatedKnob


ASW3100-2ASW31K00-2ASLW3100-2

ASW3200-2ASW32K00-2ASLW3200-2


3031 0 X O HW-C01 Knob/Lever

KeyIlluminatedKnob


ASW3100-2ASW31K00-2ASLW3100-2

ASW3200-2ASW32K00-2ASLW3200-2


2NO

N/D1 X 0 0 HW-C10 Knob/Lever

KeyIlluminatedKnob


ASW3100-1ASW31K00-1ASLW3100-1

ASW3200-1ASW32K00-1ASLW3200-1


3011 X 0 X HW-C10 Knob/Lever

KeyIlluminatedKnob


ASW3100-2ASW31K00-2ASLW3100-2

ASW3200-2ASW32K00-2ASLW3200-2


2NC

3041 0 X O HW-C01 Knob/Lever

KeyIlluminatedKnob


ASW3100-2ASW31K00-2ASLW3100-2

ASW3200-2ASW32K00-2ASLW3200-2


N/D1 0 X X HW-C01 Knob/Lever

KeyIlluminatedKnob


ASW3100-1ASW31K00-1ASLW3100-1

ASW3200-1ASW32K00-1ASLW3200-1


2NO2NC

N/D

1 X 0 0 HW-C10Knob/LeverKeyIlluminatedKnob


ASW3100-1ASW31K00-1ASLW3100-1

ASW3200-1ASW32K00-1ASLW3200-1

ASW3300-1ASW33K00-1ASLW3300-1

2 0 0 X HW-C10

3 0 X X HW-C01

4 X X 0 HW-C01

210

1 0 X X HW-C01Knob/LeverKeyIlluminatedKnob


ASW3100-1ASW31K00-1ASLW3100-1

ASW3200-1ASW32K00-1ASLW3200-1

ASW3300-1ASW33K00-1ASLW3300-1

2 0 0 X HW-C10

3 0 X X HW-C01

4 0 0 X HW-C10

308

1 X 0 X HW-C10Knob/LeverKeyIlluminatedKnob


ASW3100-2ASW31K00-2ASLW3100-2

ASW3200-2ASW32K00-2ASLW3200-2

ASW3300-2ASW33K00-2ASLW3300-2

2 X X 0 HW-C01

3 X 0 X HW-C10

4 X X O HW-C01

309



ASW3100-2ASW31K00-2ASLW3100-2

ASW3200-2ASW32K00-2ASLW3200-2

ASW3300-2ASW33K00-2ASLW3300-2

2 X X 0 HW-C01

3 0 X O HW-C01

4 O 0 X HW-C10

310

1 0 X O HW-C01Knob/LeverKeyIlluminatedKnob


ASW3100-2ASW31K00-2ASLW3100-2

ASW3200-2ASW32K00-2ASLW3200-2

ASW3300-2ASW33K00-2ASLW3300-2

2 O 0 X HW-C10

3 0 X O HW-C01

4 0 0 X HW-C10

1. Eachoperatorsub-assemblyisavailableasa“-1”anda“-2”for3-positionselectorswitches.Theinternalcamofa“-1”isdifferentfromthatofa“-2”.Thisresultsindesignatedcombinationsofopenandclosedcontactsinthevariousoperatorpositions.

2. N/D=Nocircuitnumberdesignationrequiredinassembledpartnumber.3. X=On(closedcontacts)O=Off(opencontacts).XXOverlappingcontactsremainon(closed)whenswitchismovedbetweenthesetwopositions.

Switches &

Pilot Devices


SocketsTim

ersContactors

Terminal Blocks

Circuit Breakers

637800-262-IDEC (4332) • USA & Canada



MountingPosition






L C RL

CR L

CR L

CR L

CR

4NO

N/D

1 X 0 0 HW-C10Knob/LeverKeyIlluminatedKnob


ASW3100-1ASW31K00-1ASLW3100-1

ASW3200-1ASW32K00-1ASLW3200-1

ASW3300-1ASW33K00-1ASLW3300-1

2 0 0 X HW-C10

3 X 0 0 HW-C10

4 0 0 X HW-C10

305



ASW3100-2ASW31K00-2ASLW3100-2

ASW3200-2ASW32K00-2ASLW3200-2

ASW3300-2ASW33K00-2ASLW3300-2

2 0 0 X HW-C10

3 X 0 X HW-C10

4 0 0 X HW-C10

4NC

N/D

1 0 X X HW-C01Knob/LeverKeyIlluminatedKnob


ASW3100-1ASW31K00-1ASLW3100-1

ASW3200-1ASW32K00-1ASLW3200-1

ASW3300-1ASW33K00-1ASLW3300-1

2 X X 0 HW-C01

3 0 X X HW-C01

4 X X O HW-C01

314

1 0 X O HW-C01Knob/LeverKeyIlluminatedKnob


ASW3100-2ASW31K00-2ASLW3100-2

ASW3200-2ASW32K00-2ASLW3200-2

ASW3300-2ASW33K00-2ASLW3300-2

2 X X 0 HW-C01

3 0 X O HW-C01

4 X X 0 HW-C01

1. Eachoperatorsub-assemblyisavailableasa“-1”anda“-2”for3-positionselectorswitches.Theinternalcamofa“-1”isdifferentfromthatofa“-2”.Thisresultsindesignatedcombinationsofopenandclosedcontactsinthevariousoperatorpositions.

2. N/D=Nocircuitnumberdesignationrequiredinassembledpartnumber.3. X=On(closedcontacts)O=Off(opencontacts).XXOverlappingcontactsremainon(closed)whenswitchismovedbetweenthesetwopositions.

Switc

hes

& P

ilot D

evic

esSi

gnal

ing

Ligh

tsRe

lays

& S

ocke

tsTi

mer

sCo

ntac

tors

Term

inal

Blo

cks

Circ

uit B

reak

ers


638 www.IDEC.com

Custom Selector Switch Building Guide

Tobuildacustomselectorswitch,followthesesteps.

Step 1

Howmanypositionsoftheswitchareneeded?

# of positions (2, 3, 4, 5)

Step 2

Howmanycontactsshouldtherebe?

# of isolated contacts (maximum 6)

Step 3

FillintheTruthTable

(X=closed,0=open)

Knob Position

1 2 3 4 5

Cont

acts

1

2

3

4

5

6

Step 4

Ifbuildinga2positionselector,skipthisstep.(2positionselectorshaveonlyonecam)

Ifbuildinga3,4,or5positionselector,determineappropriatecamasfollows:• LookatRow1fromabovetableandlocateanidenticalrowintheoperatortruthtables(Seenextpage).• Repeatforallrows.Theusermustfindoneoperatorthatcontainsallrowsfromabovetable.• Recordtheoperatorcamversion.

Step 5

Buildbyplacingappropriatecontactinappropriatemountingpositionforeachdesiredrowonoperatorcamtruthtable.“L”and“R”refertomountingonleftorrightsideofoperatorasviewedfromthefrontofthepanel.

Step 6

Developanassemblypartnumber(ifnecessary)asfollows:followstandardnumberingnomenclatureforselectorswitches(seepages627or631.Inplaceofthe“CircuitNumber”indicatethecamnumberandcontactarrangementassuchASW322-3-OELCSS,where“3”isthecamnumber,andcontactarrangement“OELCXX”callsoutindividualcontactmountinglocationsinorder(seediagramabove).O=NO,C=NC,E=NO-EM,L=NC-LB,X=nocontact.Partnumbermustdesignateall6pos-siblemountinglocations.

Caution:Beforeputtinganycustomselectorswitchintouse,theusershoulduseanohmmetertotestfordesiredperformance.1. ForOperatorTruthTables,seenextpage.

2

3

4L

R

1

Mounting Positions

Switches &

Pilot Devices


SocketsTim

ersContactors

Terminal Blocks

Circuit Breakers

639800-262-IDEC (4332) • USA & Canada


Operator Truth Tables

Usethefollowingtablestobuildcustomselectorswitches.



Operator Position

Left Right

ASW200ASLW200ASW2K00

HW-C10(NO)

L O X

R O X

HW-C01(NC)

L X O

R X O

HW-C10R(NO-EM)

L O X

R O X

HW-C01R(NC-LB)

L X O

R X O



Operator Position

Left Center Right


HW-C10(NO)

L X O O

R O O X

HW-C01(NC)

L O X X

R X X O

HW-C10R(NO-EM)

L X O O

R O O X

HW-C01R(NC-LB)

L O X X

R X X O


Operator Position

Left Center Right


HW-C10(NO)

L X O X

R O O X

HW-C01(NC)

L O X O

R X X O

HW-C10R(NO-EM)

L X O X

R O O X

HW-C01R(NC-LB)

L O X O

R X X O


Operator Position

Left Center Right


HW-C10(NO)

L X O O

R O O X

HW-C01(NC)

L O X O

R O X O

HW-C10R(NO-EM)

L X O X

R X O X

HW-C01R(NC-LB)

L O X X

R X X O



Operator Position

1 2 3 4

ASW400

HW-C10(NO)

L X O O O

R O X O O

HW-C01(NC)

L O X X X

R X O X X

HW-C10R(NO-EM)

L X O O O

R O X O O

HW-C01R(NC-LB)

L O X X X

R X O X X


Operator Position

1 2 3 4

ASW400-1

HW-C10(NO)

L X O O O

R O O O X

HW-C01(NC)

L O O X O

R O X O O

HW-C10R(NO-EM)

L X X O X

R X O X X

HW-C01R(NC-LB)

L O X X X

R X X X O



Operator Position

1 2 3 4 5

ASW500

HW-C10(NO)

L X O O O O

R O X O O O

HW-C01(NC)

L O O X X X

R O O O X X

HW-C10R(NO-EM)

L X O O O O

R O X O O O

HW-C01R(NC-LB)

L O X X X X

R X O X X X


Operator Position

1 2 3 4 5

ASW500-1

HW-C10(NO)

L X O O O O

R O O O O X

HW-C01(NC)

L O O O X O

R O X O O O

HW-C10R(NO-EM)

L X X X O X

R X O X X X

HW-C01R(NC-LB)

L O X X X X

R X X X X O

Switc

hes

& P

ilot D

evic

esSi

gnal

ing

Ligh

tsRe

lays

& S

ocke

tsTi

mer

sCo

ntac

tors

Term

inal

Blo

cks

Circ

uit B

reak

ers


640 www.IDEC.com

Nameplates — TW Series

FaceplatesNWAL NWAQL NWAS EMERGENCY STOP

1.13" (29mm)1.

0"

(25.

4mm

)

1.13" (29mm)

0.97

5"(2

5mm

)0.

566"

(14.

5mm

)

1.76" (45mm)

1.76

" (4

5mm

)

ø70m

m

Part Number

Nameplate(blank)

NWAL-OB(black)NWAL-OR(red)

NWAQL-OB(black)NWAQL-OR(red) NWAS-OB NWAR-O

Nameplate(engraved) NWAL-j NWAQL-j NWAS-j NWAR-27†

1. Inplaceofj,inserteithertheStandardLegendCodefromtablebeloworcustomengravingdelimitedby““.2. Standardengravingsareavailableatnocharge.3 NWAR-27comesmarked“EmergencyStop”asshownindrawing.




101102103104105106107108109110111112113114115

OPENOUTRAISERESETREVERSERUNSLOWSTARTSTOPSTOPTESTUPI(Int’lOn)O(Int’lOff)EMO

116117118119120121122123124125126127150151152


201202203204205206207208209210211212213214215

REV-FORRUN-JOGRUN-SAFESAFE-RUNSLOW-FASTSTART-STOPSTOP-STARTUP-DOWN

216217218219220221222223


301302303304305306307308309310311312313314315316317

1. Toorderengravednameplates,addlegendcodetonameplatepartnumber. Characterheightbasedonthenumberofcharactersandsizeofnameplate.Standardcharactersizeis3/16”.2. Nameplateswithstandardlegendsarethesamelistpriceasblanknameplates.

Nameplate Order Form on next page.

Switches &

Pilot Devices


SocketsTim

ersContactors

Terminal Blocks

Circuit Breakers

641800-262-IDEC (4332) • USA & Canada


Custom Engraved Nameplates Order Form — TW Series

CopythisorderformanduseittospecifyLetterHeight,CustomEngravings,LocationofEngravingonNameplate,andQuantityDesired.Toensureengravingaccuracy,faxittoyourIDECrepresentative.orDistributor.

YourCompanyName: _________________________________________

YourName: _________________________________________

Telephone: _________________________________________

Fax&Email: _________________________________________

IDECRep/DistributorContact:_________________________________

POnumber(ifknown):_________________________________

IDECRep/DistributorPhone:_________________________________

IDECRep/DistributorFax&Email:_________________________________

NWAL

EngravingLocation

Step 1. ChooseLetterSize-7/64”or1/8”.

Checktheboxforthelettersizeyouwant.Thenwriteyourletteringinboxbelowcheckboxes.Note:1/8”sizeletterscannotexceed9characters.

Step 2. SpecifyQuantity.

Qty

Enterthenumberofnameplatesdesiredintheboxontheright.

7/64” LetterSize

11charactersmax(for7/64”sizeletters)

Sample Letter Sizes

7/64”Letters:

1/8”Letters:

1/8” LetterSize


1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11

NWAQL

EngravingLocation




Qty


7/64” LetterSize


Sample Letter Sizes

7/64”Letters:

1/8”Letters:

1/8” LetterSize


1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11

NWAS

Engraving Location A

Engraving Location B



3/32” LetterSize


1/8” LetterSize


1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20


Qty


Step 3. SpecifyLocation.

Location

Enterthelocationofengraving(AorB),intheboxontheright.

Sample Letter Sizes

3/32”Letters:

1/8”Letters:

Switc

hes

& P

ilot D

evic

esSi

gnal

ing

Ligh

tsRe

lays

& S

ocke

tsTi

mer

sCo

ntac

tors

Term

inal

Blo

cks

Circ

uit B

reak

ers


642 www.IDEC.com

Switch Engraving Order Form – TW Series




Name: Fax:

Address: Email:



SquareSwitch

RoundSwitch


Engraving Area 1

Engraving

Area 2†



# of Lines

Letter Height


# of Lines

Letter Height


15/32 6

15/32 5

Engraving Area 1 1

5/32 5

1/8 6 1/8 6 1/8 5

25/32 6

25/32 5

Engraving Area 2 1

5/32 7

1/8 5 1/8 6 1/8 7

3 1/8 6 3 1/8 5

4 3/32 5 4 3/32 5

1. Abovementionedspecificationsholdtrueforstandardsizepushbuttons(roundandsquare).2. †EngravingArea2canbeengravedfor40mmmushroomHeadnon-Illuminatedpushbuttononly.3. Engravingisdoneonthebuttonitselffornon-Illuminatedpushbuttonsandonmarkingplateforilluminatedpushbuttonsandpilotlights.4. Pleaseentertextexactlyhowyouwantitengraved,takecaretoemphasizecapitalorsmallletters.


Line1:

Line2:

Line3:

Line4:

Sample Letter Sizes

1/8Letters:

5/32Letters:


WorkOrder#:

Switches &

Pilot Devices


SocketsTim

ersContactors

Terminal Blocks

Circuit Breakers

643800-262-IDEC (4332) • USA & Canada


Accessories

TW Series AccessoriesItem Appearance Description/Usage Part Number

LampRemovalTool RubbertoolusedtoinstallorremoveLED’sandincandescentlamps OR-55

ContactBlockRemover Usedtoremovecontactblocks,transformers,lenses,andadaptors.Canalsobeusedtodeterminepanelthicknessadjustment. TW-KC1

NutLockingWrench UsedinOR-14lockingwrenchtotightenlockingnutsinsidesquarebezel TW-KQ2

MetalBezel

Chromeplatedbezelstightenontooperator(replacementfordamagedbezels)

Standardoctagonalunits(chrome-pl.) AW-R8

Fullshroudoctagonalunits(chrome-pl.) AW-RF8

FullshroudmushroomheadunitsØ40mm AW-G4

PlasticBezel

Blackplasticbezelsforsquarebuttons(replacementfordamagedbezels)

Roundflushunits(blackplastic) AW-RP1B

Roundextendedunits(blackplastic) AW-FP1B

Squareunits(blackplastic) AW-Q1B

Squareunitswithfullshroud(blackplastic) AW-QF1B

Boot/Cover Usedtocoverandprotectpushbuttons

Waterprooflenscoverforsquarepilotlights APW00LN

Waterprooflenscoverforsquareilluminatedbuttons APW00L

Clearbootforroundflushunits OC-31

Clearbootforroundextendedunits OC-32

*Inplaceofasterisk,specifyRubber Boot color:B(black),G(green),R (red),Y (yellow)-(nitrilrubber) OCW-11*

Anti-RotationRing Ringtopreventoperatorbasefromrotatinginthemountinghole.Usedwhennameplateisnotused OGL-31

MountingHolePlug Blackrubberplugfillsunusedmountingholesinpanel. OB-31

MetallicMountingHolePlug

Forpluggingunusedmountingholesinthepanel.Tightentheattachedlockingringtoatorqueof12kfg-cmmaximumDegreeofprotection:IP66

LW9Z-BM

ReplacementKeys Pairofkeys(#0) TW-SK

ReplacementBlackSleeveforKeyswitch AKW2B-B

MetalButtonGuard Usedonflushbuttonstopreventinadvertentactuation OLW-C

Switc

hes

& P

ilot D

evic

esSi

gnal

ing

Ligh

tsRe

lays

& S

ocke

tsTi

mer

sCo

ntac

tors

Term

inal

Blo

cks

Circ

uit B

reak

ers


644 www.IDEC.com

Item Appearance Description/Usage Part Number

TerminalTabAdaptor Quick-connectterminals #250(17/64”x3/64”)singletab TW-FA1

Lock-outAdaptor

Usedtoprovidelock-outprotectionforpushbuttonsandknobselectorswitches:•UptoØ40mmmushroomheadsize(Padlocknotincluded.)Notapplicablefore-stops.

HW9Z-KL1

TWtoTWTDAdaptor UsedtomountTWseriescontrolunit(exceptsquareunits)Ø7/8”(22mm)intoaØ1-13/64”(30mm)panelcut-out. TWN-A1R8

ReplacementMarkingPlates

Whiteplasticengravingplateforuseonallilluminatedunits(includedineachlens).Maybeusedtocaptureprintedmylarinsert(notsup-pliedbyIDEC)underlensface.

RoundPushbutton(Ø14mm) ALW2B

RoundPilotLight(Ø14mm) APW2B

MushroomPushbutton(Ø14mm) ALW3B

SquarePilotLight(q21mm) APQW1B

SquarePushbutton(q21mm) ALQW2B

Fingersafe Covers for TW SeriesAppearance Description Used with Part Number

Fingersafeterminalcover,adds6mmtooveralldepth APWandUPQWfullvoltagepilotlights APS-PVL

Fingersafeterminalcover,adds3.5mmtooveralldepth.Onerequiredforeachcontact,onlyforrear-mostterminals

Non-illuminatedpushbuttonsandselectors HW-VL2

Fingersafeterminalcover,adds3mmtooveralldepth APWandUPQWtransformerpilotlights,andillumi-natedpushbuttonsandilluminatedselectors HW-VL3

Fingersafeterminalcoverforcontacts. Fullvoltageilluminatedpushbuttonsandselectors HW-VL4

Fingersafeterminalcoverforfullvoltageadaptor,adds3mmtodepth Fullvoltageilluminatedpushbuttonsandselectors HW-VL5

Fingersafeterminalcoverforhalfsizetransformeradaptor,adds3mmtodepth Illuminatedpushbuttonsandselectors HW-VL6

Switches &

Pilot Devices


SocketsTim

ersContactors

Terminal Blocks

Circuit Breakers

645800-262-IDEC (4332) • USA & Canada


Dimensions

Pushbuttons

Flush Extended Extended with Full Shroud

30

37ø29

ø24

13

M3.5 TerminalScrews

68.5 (3-4 blocks)

48.5 (1-2 blocks)


13

19 30

37ø29

ø24

M3.5 TerminalScrews

68.5 (3-4 blocks)

48.5 (1-2 blocks)


ø29

30

37ø24

19.5

M3.5 TerminalScrews

68.5 (3-4 blocks)

48.5 (1-2 blocks)


29mm Mushroom 40mm Mushroom Mushroom with Full ShroudM3.5 TerminalScrews

13

22.568.5 (3-4 blocks)

48.5 (1-2 block)


30

37ø29

M3.5 TerminalScrews

1322.5

ø40

68.5 (3-4 blocks)

48.5 (1-2 blocks)


30

37

M3.5 TerminalScrew

48.5 (1-2 blocks)

68.5 (3-4 blocks)


30

37ø46

23

29mm Push-Lock-Turn-Reset 40mm Push-Lock-Turn-Reset Keylock Push On/Off

30

37

1322.5

ø29

M3.5 TerminalScrews

48.5 (1-2 blocks)

68.5 (3-4 blocks)

Panel Thickness1 to 6 Reset Angle 75°

M3.5 TerminalScrews

48.5 (1-2 blocks)

68.5 (3-4 blocks)

Panel Thickness1 to 6 Reset Angle 75°

30

37

13

22.5

ø40

Reset(unlock)

37

2547

13

ø29

45°

30

M3.5 TerminalScrews

48.5 (1-2 blocks)

68.5 (3-4 blocks)

Panel Thickness1 to 6

40mm Pushlock Key reset 40mm Push-Pull Square Flush

(unlock)Reset

37

25

47

13

45°

30

ø40

M3.5 TerminalScrews

48.5 (1-2 blocks)

68.5 (3-4 blocks)


37

2513

30

ø40

30.5

M3.5 TerminalScrews

48.5 (1-2 blocks)

68.5 (3-4 blocks)


37

13

30

30 25

M3.5 TerminalScrews

48.5 (1-2 blocks)

68.5 (3-4 blocks)


Square Extended

37

1330

30

20

25

M3.5 TerminalScrews

48.5 (1-2 blocks)

68.5 (3-4 blocks)


Selector Switches

37

2513

30

ø24

ø29

M3.5 TerminalScrews

48.5 (2 blocks)

68.5 (4 blocks)

Panel Thickness 1 to 6M3.5 TerminalScrews

48.5 (2 blocks)

68.5 (4 blocks)


37

1330

ø29

ø25

25

M3.5 TeminalScrews

48.5 (2 blocks)

68.5 (4 blocks)


37

13

30

ø29

19

41

ø24

Switc

hes

& P

ilot D

evic

esSi

gnal

ing

Ligh

tsRe

lays

& S

ocke

tsTi

mer

sCo

ntac

tors

Term

inal

Blo

cks

Circ

uit B

reak

ers


646 www.IDEC.com

Dimensions continued


Extended Extended with Full Shroud Square Extended

Marking plate: ø15.5mm


13

19 30

ø24

ø29 37



30

ø24

ø29 37

20 30

37

20

13

25 30

Marking plate: 21mm


29mm Push-Turn-Reset 40mm Push-Turn-Reset Mushroom


Reset Angle: 75°Panel Thickness1 to 6

30

37

13

22.5

ø29


Reset Angle 75°

30

37

13

22.5

ø40



30

37

13

ø29

22.5


Push-Pull



30

37

25

13

ø40

30.5


1 Contact Block with Full Voltage Adaptor Transformer (2 blocks) 1 Contact Block with Half Size Transformer

X2X1

X2

X1

M3.5 Terminal Screws Panel Thickness1 to 6

86.5

X2

X1

64.5


2 Contact Blocks with Full Voltage Adaptor Transformer (4 blocks) 2 Contact Blocks with Half Size Transformer

X1

X2

63.5

M3.5Terminal Screw Panel Thickness

1 to 6mmX2

X1

106.5

M3.5 Terminal Screws Panel Thickness1 to 6

X2

X1

68.5


3 Contact Blocks with Full Voltage Adaptor 4 Contact Blocks with Full Voltage Adaptor 3 Contact Blocks with Half Size Transformer

X2X1

68.5

M3.5Terminal Screws Panel Thickness

1 to 6 X1

X2

X2

X1

84.5

M3.5 Terminal Screws


Switches &

Pilot Devices


SocketsTim

ersContactors

Terminal Blocks

Circuit Breakers

647800-262-IDEC (4332) • USA & Canada


Dimensions continued

Pilot Lights

Round Flush APW1 Full Voltage Round Flush APW1 Transformer

28.5 13 30

ø29 37ø24

17


28.5 13

66.5

30

ø29 37ø24

17

M3.5 Terminal Screw


Round Flush Marking Type APW1B Full Voltage Round Flush Marking Type APW1B Transformer

Marking plate: ø15.5 mm

28.5 13 30

ø29 37ø24

17


Marking plate: ø15.5 mm

28.5 13

66.5

30

ø29 37ø24

17

M3.5 TerminalScrew


Dome APW2 Full Voltage Dome APW2 TransformerPanel Thickness1 to 6

28.5 13

25

30

ø23

.6

ø29 37

M3.5 TerminalScrew


28.5 13

66.5 25

30

ø23

.6

ø29 37

Square Flush Marking Type APQW1B Full Voltage Square Flush Marking Type APQW1B Transformer

Marking plate: 22 mm


28.5 13 30

37

16

25 30

Marking plate: 22 mm

M3.5 TerminalScrew Panel Thickness 1 to 6

28.5 13

66.5

30

37

16

25 30

Illuminated Selector SwitchesM3.5 Terminal Screws

83.5 (4 blocks)

B: 86.5 (2 blocks), 106.5 (4 blocks)

A: 63.5 (2 blocks)


13

25

ø24

ø29

30

37

Switc

hes

& P

ilot D

evic

esSi

gnal

ing

Ligh

tsRe

lays

& S

ocke

tsTi

mer

sCo

ntac

tors

Term

inal

Blo

cks

Circ

uit B

reak

ers


648 www.IDEC.com

Dimensions continuedPanel Cut-Out

Diagram PartDimension

A B C D

A

B

D

C

Pushbuttons

Ø0.137”(3.5mm)

1.95”(50mm);1.76”(45mm)minimum

Ø0.878”(22.3mm)

1.17”(30mm)Std.Octagonal

>1.56”(40mm)LargeMushroom

Pilot Light


Selector Switches1.17”(30mm)*Seenote.


1.TheØ0.137”(Ø3.5mm)recessisnecessarywheneitherthenameplateoranti-rotationringisused.2.*>1.404”(36mm)for2-or3-position. >1.95”(50mm)for4-or5-position.

Accessory Dimensions

OGL-31Anti-Rotation Ring

OLW-CMetal Button Guard

OCW-11Pushbutton Rubber Boot

OB-31Mounting Hole Rubber Plug

ø22 ø27.4

10.2

0.8ø22.5

18.6

1.6t

R42.5

Mou

ntin

g Ce

nter

s50

min

.

15

Flush

M22 P1.0

ø31

18.5

ø32

9

Extended

M22

Buttoninstalled

Buttoninstalled

P1.0

ø32

9

ø26

ø31

21

ø29

ø25 3.5

3.5

HW9Z-KL1Lock-out Adaptor

AW-RP1BRound Plastic Bezel

AW-FP1BRound Plastic w/Full Shroud

Key hole ø8Waterproof RubberGasket 0.5t

3070

ø50

(ID: ø44.4)

93

29.530

R66.5


82.5

ø22.2

24 (inside)

ø29

13

ø29

19.8

AW-QF1BSquare Full Shroud

30

13

Finger-Safe Cover Dimensions

HW-VL6 HW-VL5 HW-VL4

HW-VL3 HW-VL2 APS-PVL

Switches &

Pilot Devices


SocketsTim

ersContactors

Terminal Blocks

Circuit Breakers

649800-262-IDEC (4332) • USA & Canada


Component Construction and General Instructions — TW Series

Instructions for Switches and Pilot Devices

TWSeries:AdjustmentforPanelThickness

Thepanelthicknessringprovidesadjustmentfrom0.04”to0.24”(1to6mm)in0.004”(0.1mm)increments.Rotatetheringuntilthemarkingsaroundtheperipheryarealignedforthedesiredthickness,asshownbelow.

0 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.6 0.7 0.8 0.9 0

Scale on Adjustment (in 0.1 mm)

0.1 mm

12

4

6

3

5

1 mm Panel Thickness Scale(in 1 mm on the operator)

A

35

435

46 6

2

Ex. Panel thickness 2 mm Ex. Panel thickness 2.6 mm

Note: Whenanameplateorananti-rotationringisused,add0.03”(0.8mm)tothepanelthicknessdimension.

Anadjustmentforpanelthicknessesshownbelowcanbemadequicklybyusingthecontactblockremovertool.

1.6 mm

2.3 mm

3.5 mm

1 mm2 mm

3.2 mm

Tool TW-KC1

Switc

hes

& P

ilot D

evic

esSi

gnal

ing

Ligh

tsRe

lays

& S

ocke

tsTi

mer

sCo

ntac

tors

Term

inal

Blo

cks

Circ

uit B

reak

ers


650 www.IDEC.com

Instructions continued

Pilot Lights and Pushbuttons

IMPORTANT:InstallthebodyoftheTWcontrolunitwiththepanelthicknessscalefacingup.

Octagonal and Round Bezels

Octagonalandroundbezelsscrewintotheoperator.Usealockingringwrench(optional)forsecuretighteningandeasyremoval.Roundflushandextendedbuttonssnapontotheoperatorbase.Mushroombuttonsscrewontotheoperatorbase.

Everyroundlenscanbeusedwithorwithoutlegendmarkings.Engravingcanbedoneonawhitetranslucentplatewhichisplacedinthelens,orclearmylarcanbeprintedandplacedinthelens.

Round Marking Unit

Insertmarkingplateunderlens

Lens

MarkingPlate

Press in

Pressinroundflushandextendedlens.Screwinmushroomlens

Square Bezels

Squarebezelsareinstalledina3-stepprocedure.Firstinstallthebaseplatefromthefront.Theninstallthelocknutusingthenutlockingwrench(optional).Finally,installthesquarebezel,whichsnap-fitsontothebaseplate.Squarebuttonsalsosnapontotheoperatorbase.

Everysquarelenscanbeusedwithorwithoutlegendmarkings.Engravingcanbedoneonawhitetranslucentplatewhichisplacedinthelens,orclearmylarcanbeprintedandplacedinthelens.Squareunitsincludearoundwaterprooflenswhichscrewsintotheoperator.Thesquareouterlenssnapson.

Square Marking Units


PilotLight

Marking PlateInse

rt

Squa

re L

ens


IlluminatedPushbutton

Marking Plate

Lens Retainer

Waterproof Lens

Pres

s in

Squa

re L

ens

Toremovesquarelensfromoperator,placeascrewdriverundertheindentationonthesideofthelens.Toremovethemarkingplate,placeascrewdriverundertheindentationandliftouttheplate.Thelensretainercanberemovedbypressinga3/16”screwdriverintooneoftherecesses.

Marking Plate Engraving Area

Shape Engraving Area Used With Part Number

RoundØ0.55”(14mm) Illuminatedpushbuttons ALW2B

Ø0.55”(14mm) Pilotlights APW2B

Mushroom Ø0.55”(14mm) Illuminatedmushroom ALW3B

Square q0.83”(21mm) Squarepilotlights APQW1B

Square q0.83”(21mm) Squareilluminatedpushbuttons ALQW2B

Switches &

Pilot Devices


SocketsTim

ersContactors

Terminal Blocks

Circuit Breakers

651800-262-IDEC (4332) • USA & Canada


Instructions, continued

Selector Switches

Theoperatorshaftofeachunithasarecesstoidentifyinwhichdirectiontoinstallthehandle.Alignthehandlewiththerecess.Presscolorinsert(TW-HC1)intothehandleandthenpresshandleintotheoperator,asshownbelow.

Selector Switch(non-illuminated)

IlluminatedSelector Switch

Recess

Pressincolorinsert

Pressinhandle

Removecolorinsertbeforepullingoutthehandle.

Standard Operating Positions2-Postion, 90º 3-Postion, 45º 4-Postion, 45º 5-Postion, 30º

1 2 1 2

01

23

41

2 3 45

Positions: Non-Illuminated 3-Position Operators

1 20 1

2

0

1

2

0

Installation

TerminalX1=PositiveTerminalX2=Negative

Makesureslotisfacingup

Lampholderisinstalledasshown,duetopolarity.Leadholder(usedwithtwostacksofcontactblocks)doesnothavepolarity.

TWIlluminatedPushbuttons,TWSelectorSwitches(ACTransformerorFullVoltage)

TW Pilot Lights

Installation of LED Illuminated Units

ACtransformersarerecommendedforuseinareassubjectedtoinductivenoise.Whenusingfullvoltagetypes,installaprotectiondiodeasshownbelow.(DiodewithDCpowersupplytoprotectagainstsurgesandnoise.)

TerminalX1

TerminalX2

Diode

LED

MakesurethatLEDilluminatedunitsareinstalledwithcorrectpolarity,asindicatedattheterminals.

Switc

hes

& P

ilot D

evic

esSi

gnal

ing

Ligh

tsRe

lays

& S

ocke

tsTi

mer

sCo

ntac

tors

Term

inal

Blo

cks

Circ

uit B

reak

ers

FB Enclosures Switches & Pilot Devices

652 www.IDEC.com

Enclosures for XW, HW & TW 22mm Switches and Pilot Devices

Key features:• Threecompactsizes(mm):76x76,140x76and200x76• Availablein1,2,3,4or5mountingholeconfigurations• Easyinstallation:panel,wallorframemountable• Polycarbonateenclosurecoverandbase,stainlesssteelscrews• ULListed,RoHSCompliant• IP65andType4Xrated(wheninstalledwithIP65orNemaType4Xunit)• ClassIIelectricshockprotection(wheninstalledwithapplicableunit)• Idealforhightemperatures(-25to+60ºC)andcorrosiveenvironments

Specifications

Operating Conditions

Ambienttemperature –25to+60°C(nofreezing)

Relativehumidity 45to85%RH(nocondensation)

Storagetemperature –40to+80°C(nofreezing)

Degreeofpollution 3

Degree of Protection IP65(whenIP65switchesandpilotdevicesareinstalled)Type4XIndoorUseOnly(whenType4Xswitchesandpilotdevicesareinstalled)

Electric Shock Protection ClassII(whenclassIIswitchesandpilotdevicesareinstalled)

MaterialCoverandbase Polycarbonate

Covermountingscrews Stainlesssteel

Applicable Switches and Pilot Devices HW,TWandXWseriesswitches,pilotdevicesandaccessories(seenotebelow)

Weight (approx.)76mmtype:125g(FB1W-111Z)140mmtype:184g(FB2W-211Z)200mmtype:243g(FB3W-311Z)

Chooseswitches,pilotdevicesandaccessoriesthatmatchthemountingholecenters,effectivedepthbehindthecover,andthethicknessofthecoverwhereswitchesandpilotdevicesareinstalled(3mm).Enclosureswith30or36mmmountingholecentersmaylimittheknoborientationofselectorswitchesbecausethecontactblockscanbemountedinonedirectiononlyonthesemountingcenters.

Enclosure Part Numbers

Size (mm) Description Part Number Distance Between Hole Centers (mm)

76x76x59.5Enclosure1hole,Yellow FB1W-111Y –

Enclosure1hole,Beige FB1W-111Z –

140x76x59.5Enclosure2hole,Beige FB2W-211Z 50

Enclosure3hole,Beige FB2W-312Z 30

200x76x59.5




Accessories

Description Part Number

PlugAdaptor13.5mm HW9Z-PG135

MountingBracket FB9Z-PK1

Connectorsandnutsarenotsuppliedwithaccessories.

Switch and Pilot Device AccessoriesSeries Description Part Number

HWSeries

Nameplate HWAM,HWAQ,HWAS,HWAV

Markingplatefornameplate HWNP

Anti-rotationring HW9Z-RL

EMOswitchguard

HW9Z-KG1,HW9Z-KG2,HW9Z-KG3,HW9Z-KG4

Switchcover HW9Z-K1,HW9Z-K11

Pushbuttonclearboot OC-31,OC-32

Padlockcover HW9Z-KL1

XWSeriesE-Stops

Nameplate HWAV

EMOswitchguard

HW9Z-KG1,HW9Z-KG2,HW9Z-KG3,HW9Z-KG4

Anti-rotationring HW9Z-RL

TWSeries

NameplateNWA,NWAQ,NWAS-0,NWAL-0,NWAQL-0,NWAV

Anti-rotationring OGL-31

Metalbuttonguard OLW-C

Pushbuttonclearboot OC-31,OC-32

Buttoncover OCW-11

Padlockcover HW9Z-KL1

Switches &

Pilot Devices


SocketsTim

ersContactors

Terminal Blocks

Circuit Breakers

653800-262-IDEC (4332) • USA & Canada

FB EnclosuresSwitches & Pilot Devices

External Dimensions (mm)

CoverMounting Screws

76

ø22.3

76

2-ø21.3Knockout

18

59.5 Cover Mounting Screws

76

140

3030

Cover Mounting Screws

76

3030

3030

200Cover Mounting Screws

76

140 50


76

5050

200


76

3636

36

200

FB1W-111Y/Z FB2W-211Z FB2W-312Z FB3W-311Z FB3W-413Z FB3W-512Z

FB9Z-PK1

Two M4 TappedScrews (supplied)

Four M4 Tapped Screw Holes

FB9Z-PK1FrameMountingAdapter

7236

30

6.6 10

.554

6.5

132 10

R4

R2.5

R3.3

Mounting

Internal Dimensions (mm)

3D

55

2

45Switch & Pilot DeviceMounting AreaThickness

Measurements (mm)

Model FB1 FB2 FB3

D 45 92 150

External Back Dimensions (mm)

4-M4 Tapped Screw Holes forRear Mounting (Depth: 10mm)

2-Front Mounting Holes2-ø14 Knockout

B

31

A C

4-R2.2

62

Measurements (mm)

Model FB2 FB3

A 84 144

B 104 164

C 106 166

140and200mm(FB2/FB3)76mm(FB1)

41

4-M4 Tapped Holes for Rear Mounting(Depth: 10 mm)

ø14 Knockout2-Front Mounting Holes

62

21

15.5

21

2-ø4.6

Mounting Hole Dimensions

Model FB1FB2 FB3 FB2/FB3

50mm Mounting Centers

36/50mm Mounting Centers

30mm Mounting Centers

Shape

13

13

3.2

3.2

ø22.3

3.2

13ø22.3

Switc

hes

& P

ilot D

evic

esSi

gnal

ing

Ligh

tsRe

lays

& S

ocke

tsTi

mer

sCo

ntac

tors

Term

inal

Blo

cks

Circ

uit B

reak

ers

ø30mm - XN E-Stops Switches & Pilot Devices

654 www.IDEC.com

30mm XN E-Stops

Key features: • Plastic bezel, metallic padlock and flush bezel available

• Install up to 20 padlocks (XN4E)

• ø40, ø44 or ø60mm Mushroom heads available

• IDEC’s original “safe break action” ensures that the contacts stay open when the contact block is detached from the operator.

• Safety-lock mechanism (IEC60947-5-5, 6.2)

• 2-in-1: Push-to-lock, Pull/Turn-to-Reset

• Push-ON LED model allows E-Stops to be illuminated only when latched

• Direct Opening Action mechanism (IEC60947-5-5, 5.2, IEC60947-5-1, Annex K)

• Very short panel depth

• Degree of protection IP65 (IEC60529)• RoHS compliant (EU directive 2002/95/EC). • XN4E series complies with OSHA and ISO 12100-2:2003 standards• UL, c-UL listed, EN compliant• UL NISD category emergency type device (File# E305148)

File No. E68961

SpecificationsApplicable Standards IEC60947-5-1, EN60947-5-1, IEC60947-5-5, EN60947-5-5, UL508, UL991, CSA C22.2 No. 14

Operating Temperature Non-illuminated: –25 to +60°C (no freezing), Illuminated: –25 to +55°C (no freezing)

Operating Humidity 45 to 85% RH (no condensation)

Storage Temperature –45 to +80°C

Operating Force

XN1E, XN5EPush-to-lock: 32NPull-to-reset: 21NTurn-to-reset: 0.27 N·m

XN4EPush-to-lock: 32NPull-to-reset: N/ATurn-to-reset: 0.4 N·m

Minimum Force Required for Direct Opening Action 80N



Contact Resistance 50mΩ maximum (initial value)

Contact Material Gold plated silver

Insulation Resistance 100MΩ minimum (500V DC megger)


Pollution Degree 3

Operation Frequency 900 operations/hour

Shock Resistance Operating extremes: 150m/s2 (15G), Damage limits: 1000m/s2 (100G)

Vibration Resistance Operating extremes: 10 to 500Hz, amplitude 0.35mm acceleration 50m/s2 Damage limits: 10 to 500Hz, amplitude 0.35mm acceleration 50m/s2

Mechanical Life 250,000 operations minimum

Electrical Life 100,000 operations minimum, (250,000 operations minimum @ 24V AC/DC, 100mA)

Degree of Protection Operator: IP65 (IEC60529)Terminal: IP20 (when XW9Z-VL2MF is installed)

Terminal Style M3.0 screw terminal


Wire Size 16 AWG max

WeightXN1E: Plastic bezel: 83g (ø40 mm), 93g (ø60 mm)XN5E: Flush bezel: 89gXN4E: Padlock type: 20g

Switches &

Pilot Devices


SocketsTim

ersContactors

Terminal Blocks

Circuit Breakers

655800-262-IDEC (4332) • USA & Canada

ø30mm - XN E-StopsSwitches & Pilot Devices

Part Numbers

XN1E Plastic Bezel Type E-Stops (push-pull/twist reset)Style Operator Type Main Contact Monitor Contact Part Number

Non-Illuminated

40mm Mushroom

1NC 1NO XN1E-BV411MR

2NC – XN1E-BV402MR




60mm Mushroom






Illuminated

40mm Mushroom LED(24V AC/DC)

1NC 1NO XN1E-LV411Q4MR

2NC – XN1E-LV402Q4MR



4NC – XN1E-LV404Q4MR

40mm Mushroom Push-ON LED(24V AC/DC) 2NC 1NO XN1E-TV412Q4MR

XN4E Padlock Type E-Stops (push twist reset only)Style Operator Type Main Contact Monitor Contact Part Number

Non-Illuminated

44mm Mushroom

1NC 1NO XN4E-BL411MR

2NC - XN4E-BL402MR



4NC - XN4E-BL404MR

Illuminated


1NC 1NO XN4E-LL411Q4MR

2NC - XN4E-LL402Q4MR



4NC - XN4E-LL404Q4MR

44mm Mushroom Push-ON LED(24V AC/DC) 2NC 1NO XN4E-TL412Q4MR

XN5E Flush Bezel Type E-Stops (push-pull/twist reset)Style Operator Type Main Contact Monitor Contact Part Number

Non-Illuminated

40mm Mushroom


2NC - XN5E-BV402MR



4NC - XN5E-BV404MR

Illuminated



2NC - XN5E-LV402Q4MR



4NC - XN5E-LV404Q4MR

40mm Mushroom Push-ON LED(24V AC/DC) 2NC 1NO XN5E-TV412Q4MR

Switc

hes

& P

ilot D

evic

esSi

gnal

ing

Ligh

tsRe

lays

& S

ocke

tsTi

mer

sCo

ntac

tors

Term

inal

Blo

cks

Circ

uit B

reak

ers


656 www.IDEC.com

Contact RatingsRated Insulation Voltage (Ui) 250V



Rate

d Op

erat

ing

Curr

ent

Mai

n

Cont

acts

(NC)

AC 50/60HzResistive Load (AC-12) – 5A 3A

Inductive Load (AC-15) – 3A 1.5A

DCResistive Load (DC-12) 2A 0.4A 0.2A

Inductive Load (DC-13) 1A 0.22A 0.1A

Mon

itor

Cont

acts

(NO)

AC 50/60HzResistive Load (AC-12) – 1.2A 0.6A

Inductive Load (AC-14) – 0.6A 0.3A

DCResistive Load (DC-12) 2A 0.4A 0.2A

Inductive Load (DC-13) 1A 0.22A 0.1A

1. Minimum applicable load: 5V AC/DC, 1mA (reference value). 2. The rated operating currents are measured at resistive/inductive load types specified

in IEC 60947-5-1.

Illuminated Unit LED RatingsModel Operating Voltage Current

XN 24V AC/DC ±10% 15mA

Depth Behind the PanelModel Depth (mm) Description

XN1E 47.7 1 - 4 contacts, plastic bezel

XN5E 60.4 1 - 4 contacts, flush bezel

XN4E 61.4 1 - 4 contacts, padlock


X

Y

Measurements

Size øA X & Y

XN1E, XN5E 30.5+0.5 70mm min

XN4E 30.5

For XN4E, determine the values according to the size and number of padlocks and hasp.

Panel Cutout

Push-ONIlluminated

3347.7

20.1

18.5

37

33.0

+0.5 0

4.8+0.20

R0.8 max.ø30.5 +0.50

Panel Cut-out

Panel Thickness 1 to 5Terminal CoverXW9Z-VL2M

Rubber GasketLocking Ring

M3 TerminalScrews ø40

*Contact IDEC for additional configurations.

Part Numbers

XN1E - L V 4 02 Q4 MR Bezel1: Plastic Bezel4: Padlock5: Flush Bezel

IlluminationXN1E, XN5E BV: Non-Illuminated LV: Illuminated LED TV: Illuminated Push-ON LEDXN4E BL: Non-Illuminated LL: Illuminated LED TL: Illuminated Push-ON LED

Mushroom Size4: ø40mm: XN1E, XN5E ø44mm: XN4E 5: ø60mm (XN1E non-illuminated only)

Contact Configuration*11: 1NO - 1NC02: 2NC 13: 1NO - 3NC22: 2NO - 2NC04: 4NC 12: 1NO-2NC (Push-ON LED only)

Voltage CodeBlank: Non-IlluminatedQ4: 24V AC/DC (Illuminated & Push-ON LED type)

Terminal Arrangements (Bottom View)4NC 1NO-3NC 2NC 1NO-1NC 2NO-2NC 1NO-2NC

Non-Illuminated

TOPTOP

*1*2

*2*1

*1

*3*4

*2

TOP

*1*2

*4*3

*1

*3*4

*2*2

*1 *2

*2*1

*1

*1*2

L RL R

TOP

*1*2

*2*1

*1

*3*4

*2

L RL R

TOP

L R

*3 *4

*4 *3

*1*2

*2*1

Push-ON

LED

TOP

X1 X2

L R

∗3 ∗4

∗1∗2

∗2∗1

IlluminatedTOPTOP

X2

*2

LED

*4 *3X1

*1

*1 *2

*2*1

TOP

X2

*2

LED

*4 *3X1

*1

*3 *4

*2*1*1

*2

*2*1

*1

X1

LED

*2

X2*1*2

L R

TOP

X2

*2

LED

*4 *3X1

*1

*3 *4

*2*1

L RL RL R

TOP

X2

LED

X1

L R

*3 *4

*4 *3

*1*2

*2*1

Terminal Marking Description

• Contact Type

• Contact Number (1-4)

T O P

(Example: 1NO-3NC contact)

L R

11 12

34 33

2122

4241

1-2: NC main contact3-4: NO monitor contact

Starting with the contact on TOP in a counterclockwise direction. Note: 1: contact on the TOP 2: contact on the Left 3: contact on the Bottom 4: contact on the Right

Switches &

Pilot Devices


SocketsTim

ersContactors

Terminal Blocks

Circuit Breakers

657800-262-IDEC (4332) • USA & Canada


Dimensions (mm)

XN1E Non-Illuminated (with terminal cover)

3347.7

20.1

18.5

ø40


37



M3 TerminalScrews

33.0

+0.5 0

4.8+0.20

R0.8 max.ø30.5 +0.50

Panel Cut-out

ø40 mmMushroom

ø60 mmJumbo Mushroom

33

ø60

XN1E Illuminated/Push-ON (with terminal cover)

Push-ONIlluminated

3347.7

20.1

18.5

37

33.0

+0.5 0

4.8+0.20

R0.8 max.ø30.5 +0.50

Panel Cut-out



M3 TerminalScrews ø40

XN5E Illuminated (with terminal cover)

Push-ONIlluminated

ø41

2160.4

20.1

18.5

37

Rubber GasketLocking RingM3 Terminal Screws ø40

33.0

+0.5 0

4.8+0.2 0

ø30.5

R0.8 max.+0.50

Panel Cut-out


XN4E Illuminated (with terminal cover)

61.459.9

20.1

18.5

43

37

ø44

33.0

+0.5 0

4.8+0.20

R0.8 max.ø30.5 +0.50

Panel Cut-out



M3 Terminal ScrewsPush-ONIlluminated

NameplatesItem Part No. Legend Mounting Panel Thickness

ø60m

m ø30mm

HNAV-0 (blank) XN4E:1.0 to 4.5 mm

XN1E, XN5E:1.0 to 3.5 mm

HNAV-27 EMERGENCY STOP


ø41

2160.4

20.1

18.5

37

ø40

33.0

+0.5 0

4.8+0.2 0

ø30.5

R0.8 max.+0.50

Panel Cut-out


Rubber GasketLocking RingM3 Terminal Screws


61.4

20.1

18.5

43

ø44

33.0

+0.5 0

4.8+0.20

R0.8 max.ø30.5 +0.50

Panel Cut-out


M3 Terminal Screws


AccessoriesItem Description Part Number

Locking Ring Wrench XN9Z-T1

Locking Ring Twist Wrench TWST-T1

Lockout Hasp XN9Z-HASP421

Item Description Part Number

Terminal Cover for Contact Block XW9Z-VL2M

IP20 Fingersafe Cover XW9Z-VL2MF

Switc

hes

& P

ilot D

evic

esSi

gnal

ing

Ligh

tsRe

lays

& S

ocke

tsTi

mer

sCo

ntac

tors

Term

inal

Blo

cks

Circ

uit B

reak

ers


658 www.IDEC.com



➀ Grab

➀ GrabLatch

Bayonet Ring (yellow)

➁ Pull

➂ Turn counterclockwise

First unlock the operator button. Grab the yellow bayonet ring j and pull back the bayonet ring until the latch pin clicks k, then turn the contact block counterclockwise and pull out l.

Notes for removing the contact block

1. Do not attempt to remove the contact block while the operator is latched, otherwise the switch may be damaged.

2. When the contact block is removed, the monitor contact (NO contact) is closed.

3. While removing the contact block, do not use excessive force, otherwise the switch may be damaged.

4. An LED lamp is built into the contact block for illuminated pushbuttons. When removing the contact block, pull the contact block straight to prevent damage to the LED lamp. If excessive force is used, the LED lamp may be damaged and fail to light.

Panel Mounting

Rubber Gasket Operator withoutthread

TOP Marking

Anti-rotationProjection Locking Ring

Remove the locking ring from the operator and check that the rubber gasket is in place. Insert the operator from panel front into the panel hole. Face the side without thread on the operator with TOP marking upward, and tighten the locking ring using ring wrench XN9Z-T1 or TWST-T1 to a torque of 2.5 N·m maximum.

When using a nameplate

Projection

When using a nameplate HNAV-0, break the projection from the nameplate using pliers.


Marking Marking

➀ PushTOP Marking

➁ Turn clockwise

First unlock the operator button. Align the small q marking on the edge of the operator with the small p marking on the yellow bayonet ring. Hold the contact block, not the bayonet ring. Press the contact block onto the operator and turn the contact block clockwise until the bayonet ring clicks.

Notes for installing the contact block

1. Do not attempt to install the contact block when the operator is latched, otherwise the switch may be damaged.

2. Make sure that the bayonet ring is in the locked position.

Installing & Removing Terminal Covers

XW9Z-VL2M

➀ Place the projectionson the contact block.

TOP Markings

➁ Press theterminal cover

Projections Slots

To install the terminal cover, align the TOP marking on the terminal cover with the TOP marking on the contact block. Place the two projections on the bottom side of the contact block into the slots in the terminal cover. Press the terminal cover toward the contact block.

To remove the terminal cover, pull out the

(Pull)

TOP Marking

TOP Marking

Projections

two latches on the top side of the terminal cover. Do not exert excessive force to the latches, otherwise the latches may break.

IP20 Fingersafe Terminal Cover XW9Z-VL2MF

To install the IP20 fingersafe terminal (Press)

TOP Marking

TOP Marking

cover, align the TOP marking on the cover with the TOP marking on the contact block, and press the cover toward the contact block.

1. Once installed, the XW9Z-VL2MF cannot be removed.2. With the XW9Z-VL2MF installed, crimping terminals cannot be used.3. The XW9Z-VL2MF cannot be installed after wiring.4. Make sure that the XW9Z-VL2MF is securely installed. IP20 cannot be achieved when

installed loosely, and electric shock may occur.

Notes for Operation

When using the XN emergency stop switches in safety-related part of a control system, observe safety standards and regulations of the relevant country or region. Also be sure to perform a risk assessment before operation.

Wiring

Tighten the M3 terminal screws to a torque of 0.6 to 1.0 N·m.

Contact Bounce

When the button is reset by pulling or turning, the NC main contacts will bounce. When pressing the button, the NO monitor contacts will bounce.

When designing a control circuit, take the contact bounce time into consider-ation (reference value: 20 ms).


LED lamp is built into the contact block and cannot be replaced.

Handling

Do not expose the switch to excessive shocks and vibrations, for example by operating the switch with tools. Otherwise the switch may be deformed or dam-aged, causing malfunction or operation failure.

Screw Terminal Type

1. AWG18 to 16

2. Tighten the M3 terminal screw to a tightening torque of 0.6 to 1.0 N·m.

Switches &

Pilot Devices


SocketsTim

ersContactors

Terminal Blocks

Circuit Breakers

659800-262-IDEC (4332) • USA & Canada


Operating Instructions, continuedScrew Terminal Type

1. Wire thickness: 0.75 to 1.25 mm2 (AWG18 to 16)

Wire

Insulating Tube

Crimping Terminal

4.7 to 5.9

6.0

max

.

3.2

min

.

4.7 to 5.93.0 max.

ø3.2 min.

Wire

Insulating TubeCrimpingTerminal

4.7 to 5.9

ø6.0

max

.

4.7 min. 6.2 max.

ø1.2

max

.

Ring Terminal Spade TerminalApplicable Crimping Terminals Solid Wire

Be sure to install an insulating tube on the crimping terminal.

2. Tighten the M3 terminal screw to a tightening torque of 0.6 to 1.0 N·m.

Connector Type

1. Connector shape Tyco Electronics, D-2000 series Part No. 1376009-1 (tab header, board mount)

2. Applicable connectors (to be supplied by user) Tyco Electronics, D-2000 series Part No. 1-1318119-4 (receptacle housing) Tyco Electronics, D-2000 series Part No. 1318107-1 (receptacle contact)

3. To prepare correct receptacles for the connector type, read the instruction sheet and catalog of Tyco Electronics and understand the installation and wiring method.

4. Fasten the cable so that the connector is not pulled. Otherwise the switch may be deformed and damaged, causing malfunction or operation failure.

Installing and Removing Terminal Covers

XW9Z-VL2M

To install the terminal cover, align the TOP marking on the terminal cover with the TOP marking on the contact block. Place the two projections on the bottom side of the contact block into the slots in the terminal cover. Press the terminal cover toward the contact block.

k Press the terminal cover

TOP marking

j Place the projections on the contact block

To remove the terminal cover, pull out the two latches on the top side of the terminal cover. Do not exert excessive force to the latches, otherwise the latches may break.

TOP Markings

Pull out the latches

IP20 Protection Terminal Cover XW9Z-VL2MF

To install the IP20 protection cover, align the TOP marking on the cover with the TOP marking on the contact block, and press the cover toward the contact block.

TOP marking

TOP marking

(Press)

1. Once installed, the XW9Z-VL2MF cannot be removed.2. The XW9Z-VL2MF cannot be installed after wiring.3. With the XW9Z-VL2MF installed, crimping terminals cannot be used. Use solid wires.4. Make sure that the XW9Z-VL2MF is securely installed. IP20 cannot be achieved when

installed loosely, and electric shocks may occur.

Contact Bounce

When the button is reset by pulling or turning, the NC main contacts will bounce. When pressing the button, the NO monitor contacts will bounce.

When designing a control circuit, take the contact bounce time into consider-ation (reference value: 20 ms).


An LED lamp is built into the contact block and cannot be replaced.

Installing the Anti-rotation Ring HW9Z-RL

Align the side without thread on the operator with TOP marking, the small s marking on the anti-rotation ring, and the recess on the mounting panel.

TOP marking

p marking on the anti-rotation ringWithout thread

Anti-rotation Ring (HW9Z-RL)

Switc

hes

& P

ilot D

evic

esSi

gnal

ing

Ligh

tsRe

lays

& S

ocke

tsTi

mer

sCo

ntac

tors

Term

inal

Blo

cks

Circ

uit B

reak

ers

ø30mm - TWTD Series Switches & Pilot Devices

660 www.IDEC.com

TWTD Series — Full Size NEMA Pushbuttons

TWTD Series: Heavy duty switches built to last

Key features:• Variety of button sizes up to 2 9/16” (65mm) • Rugged construction includes chrome plated zinc locking ring die cast zinc

mounting threads, screw mounted contact blocks• LED or incandescent illumination • Transformer or full voltage• Transparent contact windows • Slow make, double break self-cleaning contacts• Modular construction for maximum flexibility• Double nickel plated terminal screws • Available assembled or as sub-components• Type 4x and IP65 watertight/oiltight panel• Large M3.5 screw terminals with captive sems plate

The rugged series of TWTD switches offers both variety and durability in an attractive design.

With button sizes up to 2 9/16” (65mm), chrome plated zinc locking rings, die cast zinc mounting threads, steel anti-rotation rings, and self cleaning contacts, the TWTDs are here to stay.

The TWTD series also offers either LED or incandescent illumination in full volt-age and transformer models.

Transparent contact windows allow the viewing of IDEC’s self cleaning slow-make/slow-break contacts.

Regardless of your switching needs, the TWTD series provides the kind of long lasting, industrial strength quality you’ve come to expect from IDEC.

UL ListedFile No. E68961 File No. LR21451 Ref No. 117617MC

Certificate No. 2005010305145658

Switches &

Pilot Devices


SocketsTim

ersContactors

Terminal Blocks

Circuit Breakers

661800-262-IDEC (4332) • USA & Canada

ø30mm - TWTD SeriesSwitches & Pilot Devices

SpecificationsConforming to Standards EN60947-1, EN60947-5-1, VDE0660-200, UL508, CSA C22-2 No.14

Approvals

CSA: pushbuttons and selector switches: A600 pilot lights and illuminated pushbuttons, direct supply pilot lights and illuminated pushbut-tons with integral transformer (100/110, 115, 120, 200/220, 230, 240, 380, 400/440, 480V)UL: pushbuttons and selector switches: A600 pilot lights and illuminated pushbuttons, direct supply pilot lights and illuminated pushbuttons with integral transformer (100/110, 115, 120, 200/220, 230, 240, 380, 400/440, 480V)TÜV: pushbuttons and selector switches: A600=P600 (NO, NC)/Q600 (NO-EM, NC-LB) pilot lights and illuminated pushbuttons, direct supply pilot lights and illuminated pushbuttons with integral transformer (100/110, 115, 120, 200/220, 230, 240, 380, 400/440, 480V)

Operating Temperature Operation: –25 to +50°C (without freezing)Storage: –40 to +70°C (without freezing)

Vibration Resistance 10 to 55Hz, 98m/sec2 (10g) conforming to IEC6068-2-6

Shock Resistance 980m/sec2 (100g) conforming to IEC6068-2-7

Electric Shock Protection Class 0 conforming to IEC60536

Degree of Protection IP65 (from front of the panel) (conforming to IEC60529)IP54 (key switches)Type 1, 2, 3, 3R, 3S, 4, 4X, 5, 12, 13 (conforming to NEMA ICS6-110)

Mechanical Life Momentary pushbuttons: 5,000,000 (900 operations per hour)All other switches: 500,000

Pollution Degree (conforming to IEC60947-1)

3 for switches not using a transformer2 for switches using a transformer

Mechanical-Electrical Specifications

Rated Operational CharacteristicsAC-15: A600 or Ue = 250V, le = 3A (NO, NC, NO-EM, NC-LB)DC-13: P600 or Ue = 125V, le = 1.1A (NO, NC)DC-13: Q600 or Ue = 125V, le = 0.9A (NO-EM, NC-LB)

Rated Insulation Voltage 600V

Rated Switching Overvoltage Less than 4kV, conforming to IEC60947-1

Rated Impulse Withstanding Voltage 4kV for contact circuit2.5kV for lamp circuit

Rated Thermal Current 10 Amp

Minimum Switching Capacity 5 mA at 3V AC/DC

Contact Operation Slow break NC or NO, self-cleaning

Operating ForceFlush and extended pushbuttons—with 1NO or 1NC contact: 6.2±2N (momentary), 7.0±2N (maintained)Additional contacts—1NO or 1NC: +3.2N (momentary), + 3.3N (maintained)

Terminal Referencing Conforming to CENELEC EN50005

Recommended Terminal Torque 0.8 N m (7.1 in lb.)

External Short-Circuit Protection 10A 250V fuse conforming to IEC60269-1

Applicable Wire Size Minimum 1 x 22 AWG, max. 2 x 14 AWG or 1 x 12 AWG

Contact Resistance Initial contact resistance of 50mΩ or less

Contact Gap 4mm (NO and NC)2mm (NO-EM and NC-LB)

Lamp Ratings Incandescent: 1 WLEDs: 6V: 17mA, 12V: 11mA, 24V: 11mA, / 120, 240V: 10mA

Maximum Inrush Current 40 A (40 msec)


Contact Ratings

Contact Ratings by Utilization Category IEC 60947-5-1AC-15 (A600)

DC-13 (P600)

Contact Ratings by Utilization Category

Operational Voltage 24V 48V 50V 110V 220V 440V

Operation Current

AC 50/60 HzAC-12 Control of resistive loads & solid state loads 10A — 10A 10A 6A 2A

AC-15 Control of electromagnetic loads (> 72VA) 10A — 7A 5A 3A 1A

DCDC-12 Control of resistive loads & solid state loads 8A 5A — 2.2A 1.1A —

DC-13 Control of electromagnets 5A 2A — 1.1A 0.6A —

Switc

hes

& P

ilot D

evic

esSi

gnal

ing

Ligh

tsRe

lays

& S

ocke

tsTi

mer

sCo

ntac

tors

Term

inal

Blo

cks

Circ

uit B

reak

ers


662 www.IDEC.com


Assembled Pushbuttons

A B ( ) D 1 10 N – R

Function

B: Momentary O: Maintained V: Pushlock Turn Reset Y: Push-Pull

Bezel Shape

Blank: Octagonal F: Full Shroud G: Mushroom Shroud P: Neoprene Boot

Series Designation

D: TWTD Series

Button Color

B: Black G: Green W: White R: Red S: Blue Y: Yellow

Contact Arrangement

10: 1NO 01: 1NC 20: 2NO 02: 2NC 11: 1NO-1NC 22: 2NO-2NC

Button Shape

1: Flush 2: Extended 3: Mushroom ø 40mm 4: Jumbo Mushroom ø 65mm

1. Use only when interpreting part numbers. Do not use for developing part numbers.2. Custom contact configurations available, contact IDEC for details.

Switches &

Pilot Devices


SocketsTim

ersContactors

Terminal Blocks

Circuit Breakers

663800-262-IDEC (4332) • USA & Canada



Non-Illuminated PushbuttonsStyle Contacts Momentary Maintained

Flush

1NO1NC1NO-1NC2NO2NC

ABD110N-jABD101N-jABD111N-jABD120N-jABD102N-j

AOD110N-jAOD101N-jAOD111N-jAOD120N-jAOD102N-j

Extended

1NO1NC1NO-1NC2NO2NC



Extended with Neoprene Boot†

1NO1NC1NO-1NC2NO2NC

ABPD210N-jABPD201N-jABPD211N-jABPD220N-jABPD202N-j

AOPD210N-jAOPD201N-jAOPD211N-jAOPD220N-jAOPD202N-j

Recessed

1NO1NC1NO-1NC2NO2NC

ABFD110N-jABFD101N-jABFD111N-jABFD120N-jABFD102N-j

AOFD110N-jAOFD101N-jAOFD111N-jAOFD120N-jAOFD102N-j

Extended with Full Shroud

1NO1NC1NO-1NC2NO2NC



ø 40mm Mushroom Head

1NO1NC1NO-1NC2NO2NC

ABD310N-j ABD301N-j ABD311N-j ABD320N-j ABD302N-j

AOD310N-j AOD301N-j AOD311N-j AOD320N-j AOD302N-j

ø 40mmMushroom Head with Full Shroud

1NO1NC1NO-1NC2NO2NC

ABGD310N-jABGD301N-jABGD311N-jABGD320N-jABGD302N-j

AOGD310N-jAOGD301N-jAOGD311N-jAOGD320N-jAOGD302N-j

ø 65mmJumbo Mushroom Head

1NO1NC1NO-1NC2NO2NC



ø 65mmJumbo Mushroom Headwith Shallow Shroud

1NO1NC1NO-1NC2NO2NC

ABGD410N-jABGD401N-jABGD411N-jABGD420N-jABGD402N-j

AOGD410N-jAOGD401N-jAOGD411N-jAOGD420N-jAOGD402N-j

ø 65mmJumbo Mushroom HeadWith Deep Shroud

1NO1NC1NO-1NC2NO2NC



1. In place of j, specify the Button Color Code.2. For sub-assembly part numbers, see next page.3. For accessories, see page 682.4. †Neoprene boot available only in Black (B), Green (G), Red (R) and Yellow (Y).


Black B

Green G

Red R

Blue S

Yellow Y

White W

1. 65mm Jumbo mushroom not available in white.2. Neoprene boot is not available in blue or white.

Switc

hes

& P

ilot D

evic

esSi

gnal

ing

Ligh

tsRe

lays

& S

ocke

tsTi

mer

sCo

ntac

tors

Term

inal

Blo

cks

Circ

uit B

reak

ers


664 www.IDEC.com


Contact Block + Operator + Button = Complete Part

Operators

StylePart Number


Flush/Extended ABD-100 AOD-100

Extended with Full Shroud ABFD-200 AOFD-200

ø 40mm Mushroom/ø 65mm Jumbo Mushroom

ABD-300 AOD-300

ø 40mm Mushroom with Full Shroud ABGD-300 AOGD-300

ø 65mm Jumbo Mushroom with Shallow Shroud

ABGD-400 AOGD-400

ø 65mm Jumbo Mushroom with Deep Shroud

ABFD-400 AOFD-400

Buttons and LensesStyle Part Number

Flush ABD1BN-j

Extended ABD2BN-j

ø 40mm Mushroom ABD3BN-j

ø 65mm Jumbo Mushroom ABD4BN-j

In place of j, specify the Button Color Code. (See table previous page)

Contact Blocks

StylePart Number

1NO 1NC

All Control Units

BST-010

BST-010S(early make)

BST-001

BST-001S(late break)

Dummy Block BST-D

1. Dummy blocks (no contacts) are used with an odd number of contact blocks.2. Combining BST-010S and BST-001S result in overlapping contacts (remain on, or closed,

when switch is moved between two positions).

Switches &

Pilot Devices


SocketsTim

ersContactors

Terminal Blocks

Circuit Breakers

665800-262-IDEC (4332) • USA & Canada


E-Stops (Assembled)

Assembled E-Stops

A V (L) D 3 (99) 11 (D) N – R – (24V)

Function

V: Pushlock Turn Reset Y: Push-Pull

Illumination

Blank: None L: Illuminated

Series Designation

D: TWTD Series

Button/Lens Size

3: 40mm Mushroom


99: Full Voltage (lamp determines voltage) 126: 120V AC Step Down Transformer 246: 240V AC Step Down Transformer 486: 480V AC Step Down Transformer

Lamp Voltage (full voltage illuminated units only)

6V: 6V AC/DC 12V: 12V AC/DC 24V: 24V AC/DC 120V: 120V AC (LED only) 240V: 240V AC (LED only)

Button/Lens Color Code

A: Amber G: Green R: Red S: Blue W: White Y: Yellow

Lamp Type (illuminated units only)

Blank: Incandescent D: LED

Contact Arrangement


1. Use only when interpreting part numbers. Do not use for developing part numbers.2. Custom contact configurations available, contact IDEC for details.

Switc

hes

& P

ilot D

evic

esSi

gnal

ing

Ligh

tsRe

lays

& S

ocke

tsTi

mer

sCo

ntac

tors

Term

inal

Blo

cks

Circ

uit B

reak

ers


666 www.IDEC.com

E-Stops (Assembled)

E-Stop SwitchesStyle Contacts Part Number

ø 40mm Pushlock Turn Reset

Non-Illuminated

1NO1NC

1NO-1NC2NO2NC

AVD310N-R*AVD301N-R*AVD311N-R*AVD320N-R*AVD302N-R*

ø 40mm Illuminated Pushlock Turn Reset Full Voltage

1NO-1NC2NO2NC

AVLD39911nN-R-l*AVLD39920nN-R-l*AVLD39902nN-R-l*

Transformer1NO-1NC

2NO2NC

AVLD3 m 11nN-R*AVLD3 m 20nN-R*AVLD3 m 02nN-R*

ø 40mm Push-Pull

Non-Illuminated

1NO1NC

1NO-1NC2NO2NC

AYD310N-jAYD301N-jAYD311N-jAYD320N-jAYD302N-j

ø 40mm Push-Pull

Full Voltage1NO-1NC

2NO2NC

AYLD39911nN-k-l **AYLD39920nN-k-l **AYLD39902nN-k-l **

Transformer1NO-1NC

2NO2NC

AYLD3 m 11nN-k **AYLD3 m 20nN-k **AYLD3 m 02nN-k**

ø 40mm Momentary Push-Pull (3-position) Full Voltage 1NO-1NC

1NC-1LB†AYLD229911nN-k-l -TK962AYLD229902SnN-k-l-TK962

Transformer 1NO-1NC1NC-1LB†

AYLD22 m 11nN-k-TK962AYLD22 m 02SnN-k-TK962

Unibody E-Stops


ø 40mm Pushlock Turn Reset(available in Red only)

1NO-1NC2NC

HN1E-BV4F11-R*HN1E-BV4F02-R*

Illuminated ø 40mm Pushlock Turn Reset(available in Red only)

1NO-1NC2NC

HN1E-LV4F11Qn-R-lHN1E-LV4F02Qn-R-l

1. In place of j, specify the button color code2. In place of k, specify the lens color code.3. In place of l, specify the Full Voltage (lamp voltage) Code.4. In place of m, specify the transformer voltage code.5. In place of n, specify the Lamp Type code.6. With single unit construction, the positive action contacts

are integrated in the body of the switch. This provides an extra degree of safety and reliability for critical emergency stop functions.

7. HN1E series E-stops comply with the IEC “E-Stop Addendum to the Low Voltage Directive,” this includes “tamper proof” operation whereby a change of contact state is not possible by “teasing” or “floating” the operator.

8. 3 position push-pull available in spring return to center only.9. *Available in red only.10. **Not available in blue.11. †The most common configuration for motor starting applica-

tions.12. For sub-assembly part numbers, see next page.13. For nameplates and accessories, see page 684 and page 682.14. For dimensions, see page 687.

3 Position Push-Pull†

Contact Push Center Pull

NC(BST-001) O O X

NC-LB(BST-001S) O X X

NO(BST-010) X O O

NO-EM(BST-010S) X X O


Black B

Green G

Red R

Blue S

Yellow Y


Amber A

Green G

Red R

Blue S

White W


6V AC/DC 6V

12V AC/DC 12V

24V AC/DC 24V

120V AC 120V

240V AC 240V (LED only) m Transformer Voltage Codes

Voltage Code

120VAC 126

240VAC 246

480VAC 486

Transformers step down to 6V.


Incandescent Blank

LED D

Switches &

Pilot Devices


SocketsTim

ersContactors

Terminal Blocks

Circuit Breakers

667800-262-IDEC (4332) • USA & Canada


E-Stops (Sub-Assembled)

Transformer* + Operator + Lamp + Button/Lens = Complete Part

* Not required for full voltage units (full voltage clips used instead).


ø 40mm Pushlock Turn Reset AVD-300

Illuminated ø 40mm Pushlock Turn Reset AVLD3-0600N

ø 40mm Push-Pull AYD-3100

Illuminated ø 40mm Push-Pull

2 pos AYLD-0600

3 pos AYLD22TK962-0B01

Buttons and LensesStyle Part Number

Button for Pushlock Turn Reset E-Stop (ø 40mm, red only) AVN3B-R

Lens for Illuminated Pushlock Turn Reset E-Stop (ø 40mm, red only)

AVLN3LU-R

Button for Push-Pull E-Stop (ø 40mm) AYD3BN-j

Lens for Illuminated Push-Pull E-Stop (ø 40mm)

2 pos* AYLD3L-k

3 pos AYLD2L-k

1. In place of j, specify the Button Color Code. (See table below)2. In place of k, specify the LED Color Code.3. *Not available in blue.


LED

6V AC/DC LSTD-6k

12V AC/DC LSTD-1k

24V AC/DC LSTD-2k

120V AC LSTD-H2k

240V AC LSTD-M4k

Incandescent6V AC/DC IS-6

12V AC/DC IS-12

24V AC/DC IS-24

120V AC L-120L

1. In place of k, specify the LED color code.2. The LED contains a current-limiting resistor and a

protection diode.


Black B

Green G

Red R

Blue S

Yellow Y

k LED Color CodesColor Code

Amber A

Green G

Red R

Blue S

White W

Contact Blocks

StylePart Number

1NO 1NC

All Control Units

BST-010


BST-001


Dummy Block BST-D

1. Dummy blocks (no contacts) are used with an odd number of contact blocks.2. Combining BST-010S and BST-001S result in overlapping contacts.

Full Voltage ClipsPrimary Voltage (50/60Hz) Part Number

Full Voltage Clips (2 required for each unit) APD-F

Transformers

Style Primary Voltage (50/60Hz) Part Number

120V AC TWD-0126

240V AC TWD-0246

480V AC TWD-0486

6V secondary voltage (uses 6V lamp).

Switc

hes

& P

ilot D

evic

esSi

gnal

ing

Ligh

tsRe

lays

& S

ocke

tsTi

mer

sCo

ntac

tors

Term

inal

Blo

cks

Circ

uit B

reak

ers


668 www.IDEC.com


Assembled Pilot Lights

A P D 1 126 D N – R – ( )

FunctionP: Pilot Light

Series DesignationD: TWTD Series

Lens Shape1: Dome

Rated Operational Voltage (Primary)Transformer Type 126: 120V AC 246: 240V AC 486: 480V AC

Full Voltage Type 99: Full Voltage

Lamp Voltage (full voltage illuminated units only) 6V: 6V AC/DC 12V: 12V AC/DC 24V: 24V AC/DC 120V: 120V AC (LED only) 240V: 240V AC (LED only)

Lens Color CodeA: Amber G: Green R: Red S: Blue W: White Y: Yellow

Lamp TypeBlank: Incandescent D: LED

Use only when interpreting part numbers. Do not use for developing part numbers.

LED and Incandescent Pilot Lights


Part Number

LED Incandescent

Transformer Dome

120V AC240V AC480V AC

APD1126DN-kAPD1246DN-kAPD1486DN-k

APD1126N-kAPD1246N-kAPD1486N-k

Full Voltage Dome

— APD199DN-k-l APD199N-k-l

1. In place of k, specify the Lens/LED Color Code.2. In place of l, specify the Full Voltage Code (lamp voltage).3. Yellow pilot light comes with white LED.


Amber A

Green G

Red R

Blue S

White W

Yellow Y


6V AC/DC 6V

12V AC/DC 12V

24V AC/DC 24V

120V AC 120V

240V AC 240V (LED only)

Switches &

Pilot Devices


SocketsTim

ersContactors

Terminal Blocks

Circuit Breakers

669800-262-IDEC (4332) • USA & Canada



Transformer* + Operator + Lamp + Lens = Complete Part

* Not required for full voltage units (full voltage clips used instead).

One Each from Left Column plus One Selection from Right Column


Transformer APD-006

Full Voltage APD-199

Full voltage operator comes with full voltage clips.


Dome Lens APN106LN-k

1. In place of k, specify the Lens Color Code. 2. LED and incandescent lenses differ in shade only. Some colors have only one shade.


LED

6V AC/DC LSTD-6k

12V AC/DC LSTD-1k

24V AC/DC LSTD-2k

120V AC LSTD-H2k

240V AC LSTD-M4k

Incandescent

6V AC/DC IS-6

12V AC/DC IS-12

24V AC/DC IS-24

120V AC L-120L

1. In place of k, specify the LED color code.2. The LED contains a current-limiting resistor and a protection diode.

Full Voltage ClipsPrimary Voltage (50/60Hz) Part Number

APD-F

Required for all full voltage models. Two pieces each.

Transformers


LED

120V AC TWD-0126

240V AC TWD-0246

480V AC TWD-0486

6V secondary voltage (use 6V lamp).


Amber A

Green G

Red R

Blue S

White W

Yellow Y

Yellow lens only. Yellow LED not available, use white LED.

Switc

hes

& P

ilot D

evic

esSi

gnal

ing

Ligh

tsRe

lays

& S

ocke

tsTi

mer

sCo

ntac

tors

Term

inal

Blo

cks

Circ

uit B

reak

ers


670 www.IDEC.com


Assembled Illuminated Pushbuttons

A L ( ) D 2 126 11 (D) N – R – ( )

Function

L: Momentary Action OL: Maintained Action

Bezel Shape

Blank: Octagonal F: Full Shroud

Series Designation

D: TWTD Series

Lens Shape

2: Extended 3: Mushroom ø 40mm

Rated Operational Voltage (Primary)

Transformer Type 126: 120V AC 246: 240V AC 486: 480V AC


Lamp Voltage (full voltage only)

6V: 6V AC/DC 12V: 12V AC/DC 24V: 24V AC/DC 120V: 120V AC 240V: 240V AC (LED only)

Lens Color Code


Lamp Type

Blank: Incandescent D: LED

Contact Arrangement

20: 2NO 02: 2NC 11: 1NO-1NC

1. Use only when interpreting part numbers. Do not use for developing part numbers.2. All transformers step down to 6V.

Switches &

Pilot Devices


SocketsTim

ersContactors

Terminal Blocks

Circuit Breakers

671800-262-IDEC (4332) • USA & Canada




Style ContactsPart Number


Extended LensFull Voltage

1NO-1NC2NO2NC

ALD29911nN-k-l ALD29920nN-k-lALD29902nN-k-l

AOLD29911nN-k-lAOLD29920nN-k-lAOLD29902nN-k-l

Transformer1NO-1NC

2NO2NC

ALD2 m 11nN-kALD2 m 20nN-kALD2 m 02nN-k

AOLD2 m 11nN-kAOLD2 m 20nN-kAOLD2 m 02nN-k

Extended Lens with Full Shroud

Full Voltage1NO-1NC

2NO2NC

ALFD29911nN-k-l ALFD29920nN-k-lALFD29902nN-k-l

AOLFD29911nN-k-l AOLFD29920nN-k lAOLFD29902nN-k-l

Transformer1NO-1NC

2NO2NC

ALFD2 m 11nN-kALFD2 m 20nN-kALFD2 m 02nN-k

AOLFD2 m 11nN-kAOLFD2 m 20nN-kAOLFD2 m 02nN-k

ø 40mm Mushroom LensFull Voltage

1NO-1NC2NO2NC

ALD39911nN-k-lALD39920nN-k-lALD39902nN-k-l

AOLD39911nN-k-l AOLD39920nN-k-lAOLD39902nN-k-l

Transformer1NO-1NC

2NO2NC

ALD3 m 11nN-kALD3 m 20nN-kALD3 m 02nN-k

AOLD3 m 11nN-kAOLD3 m 20nN-kAOLD3 m 02nN-k

1. In place of k, specify the Lens Color Code.2. In place of l, specify the Full Voltage Code (lamp voltage).3. In place of m, specify the Transformer Voltage Code.4. In place of n, specify the Lamp Type Code.5. Light is independent of switch position. 6. Yellow pushbutton comes with white LED only.


Amber A

Green G

Red R

Blue S

White W

Yellow Y


6V AC/DC 6V

12V AC/DC 12V

24V AC/DC 24V

120V AC 120V

240V AC 240V (LED only) m Transformer Voltage Codes

Voltage Code

120VAC 126

240VAC 246

480VAC 486

6V secondary voltage (uses 6V lamp).


Incandescent Blank

LED D

Switc

hes

& P

ilot D

evic

esSi

gnal

ing

Ligh

tsRe

lays

& S

ocke

tsTi

mer

sCo

ntac

tors

Term

inal

Blo

cks

Circ

uit B

reak

ers


672 www.IDEC.com


Transformer* + Contact Block + Operator + Lamp + Lens = Complete Part

*Not required for full voltage types (full voltage types use APD-F full voltage clips).

Operators

StylePart Number


Extended ALD-0600 AOLD-0600

Extended with Full Shroud ALFD-0600 AOLFD-0600

40mm Mushroom ALD-0600 AOLD-0600


Extended ALN06LU-k

ø 40mm Mushroom ALN3LU-k

In place of k, specify the Lens Color Code.

Full Voltage ClipsStyle Part Number


Required for all full voltage models.


LED

6V AC/DC LSTD-6k

12V AC/DC LSTD-1k

24V AC/DC LSTD-2k

120V AC LSTD-H2k

240V AC LSTD-M4k


12V AC/DC IS-12

24V AC/DC IS-24

120V AC L-120L


protection diode.


Amber A

Green G

Red R

Blue S

White W

Yellow Y


Contact Blocks

StylePart Number

1NO 1NC

All Control Units

BST-010


BST-001


Dummy Block BST-D



Transformers


Transformers

120V AC TWD-0126

240V AC TWD-0246

480V AC TWD-0486

6V secondary voltage (use 6V lamp).

Switches &

Pilot Devices


SocketsTim

ersContactors

Terminal Blocks

Circuit Breakers

673800-262-IDEC (4332) • USA & Canada



Assembled Selector Switches

A S D 2 ( ) ( ) 11 N – ( )

Function

S: Selector Switch

Series Designation

D: TWTD Series

Number of Positions

2: 2-Position 3: 3-Position


Blank: Maintained 1: Spring return from Right 2: Spring return from Left 3: 2-Way spring return from Left and Right

Circuit Number

(See Circuit # column of Selector Switch Contact Arrangement Chart on beginning on page 679.)


10: 1NO 01: 1NC 20: 2NO 02: 2NC 40: 4NO 04: 4NC 11: 1NO-1NC 22: 2NO-2NC

Operator Style Code

Blank: Knob Operator L: Lever Operator K: Key Operator

1. Use only when interpreting part numbers. Do not use for developing part numbers.2. Custom key removal codes available. Please contact IDEC for details.

Switc

hes

& P

ilot D

evic

esSi

gnal

ing

Ligh

tsRe

lays

& S

ocke

tsTi

mer

sCo

ntac

tors

Term

inal

Blo

cks

Circ

uit B

reak

ers


674 www.IDEC.com


Non-Illuminated 2-Position Selector SwitchesStyle Part Number

1. The truth table indicates the operating position of contact block when the operator is switched to that position.

X = On (closed contacts) O = Off (open contacts) X X = Overlapping Contacts: Remain on (closed

contacts) when switch is moved between these two positions.

2. All knob and lever selector switches come in black. Other colors are available by ordering the knob or lever separately.

3. Custom contact arrangements available, see page 679.

Cont

act

Mou

ntin

g Operator Position Maintained Spring Return

from RightSpring Return

from Left

L R L R L R L R

1NO 12

OO

XO

KnobLeverKey

ASD210NASD2L10NASD2K10N



1NC 12

XO

OO

KnobLeverKey

ASD201N-116ASD2L01N-116ASD2K01N-116

ASD2101N-116ASD21L01N-116ASD21K01N-116

ASD2201N-116ASD22L01N-116ASD22K01N-116

1NO1NC

12

XO

OX

KnobLeverKey




2NO 12

OO

XX

KnobLeverKey




2NC 12

XX

OO

KnobLeverKey


ASD2102N-104ASD21L02N-104ASD21K02N-104

ASD2202N-104ASD22L02N-104ASD22K02N-104

2NO2NC

1234

OXOX

XOXO

KnobLeverKey




2NO2NC

1234

OOXX

XXOO

KnobLeverKey


ASD2122N-111ASD21L22N-111ASD21K22N-111

ASD2222N-111ASD22L22N-111ASD22K22N-111

Non-Illuminated 3-Position Selector SwitchesStyle Part Number

Cont

act

Mou

ntin

g Operator Position Maintained Spring Return from Right Spring Return from Left Spring Return Two-Way

L C RL

CR L

CR L

CR L

CR

2NO 12

XO

OO

OX

KnobLeverKey





2NC 12

OX

XX

XO

KnobLeverKey





2NO2NC

1234

XOOX

OOXX

OXXO

KnobLeverKey





2NO2NC

1234

XXOO

OXXO

XOOX

KnobLeverKey


ASD3122N-309ASD31L22N-309ASD31K22N-309

ASD3222N-309ASD32L22N-309ASD32K22N-309

ASD3322N-309ASD33L22N-309ASD33K22N-309

2NO2NC

1234

OOOO

XOXO

OXOX

KnobLeverKey


ASD3122N-310ASD31L22N-310ASD31K22N-310

ASD3222N-310ASD32L22N-310ASD32K22N-310

ASD3322N-310ASD33L22N-310ASD33K22N-310

4NO

1234

XOXO

OOOO

OXOX

KnobLeverKey





4NC

1234

OXOX

XXXX

XOXO

KnobLeverKey





Switches &

Pilot Devices


SocketsTim

ersContactors

Terminal Blocks

Circuit Breakers

675800-262-IDEC (4332) • USA & Canada


Non-Illuminated Selector Switches (Sub-Assembled)

Contact Blocks + Operator + Knob or Lever* + Color Insert* = Complete Part†

1. *Not needed with key type switches.2. †Knob type shown.

OperatorsStyle Position Description Part Number

Knob/Lever

2

Maintained ASD200

Spring return from right ASD2100

Spring return from left ASD2200

3

Maintained, Cam 1Maintained, Cam 2

ASD300-1ASD300-2

Spring return from right, Cam 1Spring return from right, Cam 2

ASD3100-1ASD3100-2

Spring return from left, Cam 1Spring return from left, Cam 2

ASD3200-1ASD3200-2

Spring return from left/right, Cam 1Spring return from left/right, Cam 2

ASD3300-1ASD3300-2

Key

2

Maintained ASD2K00-RA

Spring return from right ASD21K00-RL

Spring return from left ASD22K00

3

Maintained, Cam 1Maintained, Cam 2

ASD3K00-1ASD3K00-2


ASD31K00-1-RLCASD31K00-2-RLC


ASD32K00-1-RRCASD32K00-2-RRC


ASD33K00-1-RCASD33K00-2-RC

1. Order knobs, levers, color inserts separately (see below).2. For key switches, keys are removable in all maintained positions. Other options available,

contact IDEC for details.3. See page 681 “Operator Truth Tables” for details of difference between cams.

j Color CodesKnob/Lever Color Code

Black B

Blue S

Green G

Red R

Yellow Y

White W

1. Knob/Lever not available in white.2. Color inserts not available in Black.3. Lever not available in yellow.

Handles and InsertsStyle Part Number

Knob ASDHHY-j

Lever ASDHHL-j*

Color Insert TW-HC1-j

1. In place of j, specify the Color Code. *Not available in yellow.

Contact Blocks

StylePart Number

1NO 1NC

All Control Units

BST-010


BST-001


Dummy Block BST-D



Switc

hes

& P

ilot D

evic

esSi

gnal

ing

Ligh

tsRe

lays

& S

ocke

tsTi

mer

sCo

ntac

tors

Term

inal

Blo

cks

Circ

uit B

reak

ers


676 www.IDEC.com



A SL D 2 (2) 99 11 D N – 111 – R – 24

Function

SL: Illuminated Selector Switch

Series Designation

D: TWTD series

Number of Positions

2: 2-Position 3: 3-Position


Blank: Maintained 1: Spring return from Right 2: Spring return from Left 3: Two-Way spring return from Left and Right

Rated Operational Voltage (Primary)

Transformer Type 126: 120V AC 246: 240V AC 486: 480V AC




Lamp Voltage (Full Voltage Units Only)

6V: 6V AC/DC 12V: 12V AC/DC 24V: 24V AC/DC 120V: 120V AC 240V: 240V AC (LED only)

Lens Color Code


Circuit Code Number

See Circuit # column of Selec-tor Switch Contact Arrangement Charts on page 679.

Lamp Type

Blank: Incandescent Lamp D: LED Lamp

Use only when interpreting part numbers. Do not use for developing part numbers.

Switches &

Pilot Devices


SocketsTim

ersContactors

Terminal Blocks

Circuit Breakers

677800-262-IDEC (4332) • USA & Canada



Illuminated 2-Position Selector Switches k LED/Lens Color CodesColor Code

Amber A

Green G

Red R

Blue S

White W

Yellow Y


6V AC/DC 6V

12V AC/DC 12V

24V AC/DC 24V

120V AC 120V

240V AC 240V (LED only)

Style Part Number

Cont

act

Mou

ntin

g OperatorPosition Lamp

Circuit Type

Maintained Spring Return from Right Spring Return from Left

L R L R L RL R

1NO1NC

12

OX

XO

TransformerFull Voltage

ASLD2 m11nN-kASLD29911nN-k-l



2NO 12

OO

XX





2NC 12

XX

OO


ASLD2 m02nN-104-kASLD29902nN-104-k-l



2NO2NC

1234

OXOX

XOXO


ASLD2 m22nN-kASLD29922nN-k- l



2NO2NC

1234

OOXX

XXOO





Illuminated 3-Position Selector Switches, Maintained and Spring ReturnStyle Part Number

Cont

act

Mou

ntin

g Operator PositionLamp

Circuit Type

Maintained Spring Return From Right Spring Return from Left Spring Return Two-Way

L C RL

CR L

CR L

CR L

CR

2NO 12

XO

OO

OX


ASLD3 m 20nN-kASLD39920nN-k-l

ASLD31 m 20nN-kASLD319920nN-k- l



2NC 12

OX

XX

XO






2NO2NC

1234

XOOX

OOXX

OXXO






2NO2NC

1234

XXOO

OXXO

XOOX


ASLD3 m 22nN-309-kASLD39922nN-309-k-l




2NO2NC

1234

OOOO

XOXO

OXOX






4NO

1234

XOXO

OOOO

OXOX






4NC

1234

OXOX

XXXX

XOXO





ASLD33 m 04nN-k ASLD339904nN-k-l

1. In place of k, specify the Lens/LED Color Code, in place of l, specify the Full Voltage (lamp voltage) Code, in place of m, specify the Transformer Voltage Code and in place of n specify the Lamp Type Code.

2. The truth table indicates the operating position of contact block when the operator is switched to that position. X = On (Closed Contacts) O = Off (Open Contacts) X X = Overlapping Contacts: Remain on (closed contacts) when switch is moved between these positions

3. Yellow selector switch comes with white LED.

m Transformer Voltage CodesVoltage Code

120VAC240VAC480VAC

126246486

Transformers step down to 6V (use 6V lamp).

Light is independent of switch position.


Incandescent Blank

LED D

Switc

hes

& P

ilot D

evic

esSi

gnal

ing

Ligh

tsRe

lays

& S

ocke

tsTi

mer

sCo

ntac

tors

Term

inal

Blo

cks

Circ

uit B

reak

ers


678 www.IDEC.com


Transformer* + Contact Block + Operator + Lamp + Lens = Complete Part

*Not required for full voltage units (use APD-F full voltage clips instead).

OperatorsStyle Position Description Part Number

Operator

2 Maintained ASLD200

3 Maintained, Cam 1Maintained, Cam 2

ASLD300-1ASLD300-2

2Spring return from right ASLD2100

Spring return from left ASLD2200

3


ASLD3100-1ASLD3100-2






Knob ASLNHU-j


LED

6V AC/DC LSTD-6k

12V AC/DC LSTD-1k

24V AC/DC LSTD-2k

120V AC LSTD-H2k

240V AC LSTD-M4k


12V AC/DC IS-12

24V AC/DC IS-24

120V AC L-120L


protection diode.

Contact Blocks

StylePart Number

1NO 1NC

All Control Units

BST-010


BST-001


Dummy Block BST-D



Full Voltage ClipsStyle Part Number


Required for all full voltage models.

Transformers


Transformers

120V AC TWD-0126

240V AC TWD-0246

480V AC TWD-0486

6V secondary voltage.

k LED/Lens Color CodesColor Code Color Code

Amber A Blue S

Green G White W

Red R Yellow Y


Switches &

Pilot Devices


SocketsTim

ersContactors

Terminal Blocks

Circuit Breakers

679800-262-IDEC (4332) • USA & Canada


Contact Arrangement Charts

How to Read Contact Arrangement Charts

To determine contact block mounting position, first make sure the selector switch is oriented as shown on the right

Contact ArrangementType and quantity of switch contacts Circuit Number

* N/D = No designation

Contact Block Mounting PositionPosition or mounting contact blocks on operator

Operator PositionTruth table indicates the operating posi-tion of contact block when operator is switched to that position.

X = On (Closed Contacts) O = Off (Open Contacts)X X = Overlapping Contacts: Remain on (closed) when switch is moved between these two positions

Contact Block Part NumberPart number to use when ordering sub-assembly contact blocks, as required for use with corresponding mounting positionContact Arrangement Chart: 2-Position Selector Switches

Style

Mounting Position

Operator Position Contact Block

Part Number Description





L R L R L R L R

1NO N/D1 O X BST-010 Knob/Lever

KeyIlluminated Knob

ASD200ASD2K00ASLD200


ASD2200ASD22K00ASLD22002 O O BST-D

1NC 1161 X O BST-001 Knob/Lever

KeyIlluminated Knob



ASD2200ASD22K00ASLD22002 O O BST-D

1NO1NC

N/D1 O X BST-010 Knob/Lever

KeyIlluminated Knob



ASD2200ASD22K00ASLD22002 X O BST-001

1031 X O BST-001 Knob/Lever

KeyIlluminated Knob



ASD2200ASD22K00ASLD22002 O X BST-010

1NO-EM1NC-LB

6001 O X BST-010S Knob/Lever

KeyIlluminated Knob



ASD2200ASD22K00ASLD22002 X O BST-001S

6011 X O BST-001S Knob/Lever

KeyIlluminated Knob



ASD2200ASD22K00ASLD22002 O X BST-010S

2NO N/D1 O X BST-010 Knob/Lever

KeyIlluminated Knob



ASD2200ASD22K00ASLD22002 O X BST-010

2NC 1041 X O BST-001 Knob/Lever

KeyIlluminated Knob



ASD2200ASD22K00ASLD22002 X O BST-001

2NO2NC

N/D

1 O X BST-010 Knob/LeverKeyIlluminated Knob




2 X O BST-0013 O X BST-0104 X O BST-001

110

1 X O BST-001 Knob/LeverKeyIlluminated Knob




2 O X BST-0103 X O BST-0014 O X BST-010

111





2 O X BST-0103 X O BST-0014 X O BST-001

4NO N/D





2 O X BST-0103 O X BST-0104 O X BST-010

Switc

hes

& P

ilot D

evic

esSi

gnal

ing

Ligh

tsRe

lays

& S

ocke

tsTi

mer

sCo

ntac

tors

Term

inal

Blo

cks

Circ

uit B

reak

ers


680 www.IDEC.com


MountingPosition






L C RL

CR L

CR L

CR L

CR

1NO1NC

2021 X O O BST-010 Knob/Lever

KeyIlluminated Knob

ASD300-1ASD3K00-1ASLD300-1

ASD3100-1ASD31K00-1ASLD3100-1

ASD3200-1ASD32K00-1ASLD3200-1

ASD3300-1ASD33K00-1ASLD3300-12 X X O BST-001

2031 O X X BST-001 Knob/Lever

KeyIlluminated Knob


ASD3100-1ASD31K00-1ASLD3100-1

ASD3200-1ASD32K00-1ASLD3200-1

ASD3300-1ASD33K00-1ASLD3300-12 O O X BST-010

3021 X O X BST-010 Knob/Lever

KeyIlluminated Knob


ASD3100-2ASD31K00-2ASLD3100-2

ASD3200-2ASD32K00-2ASLD3200-2


3031 O X O BST-001 Knob/Lever

KeyIlluminated Knob


ASD3100-2ASD31K00-2ASLD3100-2

ASD3200-2ASD32K00-2ASLD3200-2


2NO

N/D1 X O O BST-010 Knob/Lever

KeyIlluminated Knob


ASD3100-1ASD31K00-1ASLD3100-1

ASD3200-1ASD32K00-1ASLD3200-1


3011 X O X BST-010 Knob/Lever

KeyIlluminated Knob


ASD3100-2ASD31K00-2ASLD3100-2

ASD3200-2ASD32K00-2ASLD3200-2


2NC

3041 O X O BST-001 Knob/Lever

KeyIlluminated Knob


ASD3100-2ASD31K00-2ASLD3100-2

ASD3200-2ASD32K00-2ASLD3200-2


N/D1 O X X BST-001 Knob/Lever

KeyIlluminated Knob


ASD3100-1ASD31K00-1ASLD3100-1

ASD3200-1ASD32K00-1ASLD3200-1


2NO2NC

N/D

1 X O O BST-010Knob/LeverKeyIlluminated Knob


ASD3100-1ASD31K00-1ASLD3100-1

ASD3200-1ASD32K00-1ASLD3200-1

ASD3300-1ASD33K00-1ASLD3300-1

2 O O X BST-010

3 O X X BST-001

4 X X O BST-001

210

1 O X X BST-001Knob/LeverKeyIlluminated Knob


ASD3100-1ASD31K00-1ASLD3100-1

ASD3200-1ASD32K00-1ASLD3200-1

ASD3300-1ASD33K00-1ASLD3300-1

2 O O X BST-010

3 O X X BST-001

4 O O X BST-010

308

1 X O X BST-010Knob/LeverKeyIlluminated Knob


ASD3100-2ASD31K00-2ASLD3100-2

ASD3200-2ASD32K00-2ASLD3200-2

ASD3300-2ASD33K00-2ASLD3300-2

2 X X O BST-001

3 X O X BST-010

4 X X O BST-001

309



ASD3100-2ASD31K00-2ASLD3100-2

ASD3200-2ASD32K00-2ASLD3200-2

ASD3300-2ASD33K00-2ASLD3300-2

2 X X O BST-001

3 O X O BST-001

4 O O X BST-010

310

1 O X O BST-001Knob/LeverKeyIlluminated Knob


ASD3100-2ASD31K00-2ASLD3100-2

ASD3200-2ASD32K00-2ASLD3200-2

ASD3300-2ASD33K00-2ASLD3300-2

2 O O X BST-010

3 O X O BST-001

4 O O X BST-010

1. Each operator sub-assembly is available as a “-1” and a “-2” for 3-position selector switches. The internal cam of a “-1” is different from that of a “-2”. This results in designated combinations of open and closed contacts in the various operator positions.

2. N/D = No circuit number designation required in assembled part number.3. X = On (closed contacts) O = Off (open contacts). X X Overlapping contacts remain on (closed) when switch is moved between these two positions.

Switches &

Pilot Devices


SocketsTim

ersContactors

Terminal Blocks

Circuit Breakers

681800-262-IDEC (4332) • USA & Canada



MountingPosition






L C RL

CR L

CR L

CR L

CR

4NO

N/D

1 X O O BST-010Knob/LeverKeyIlluminated Knob


ASD3100-1ASD31K00-1ASLD3100-1

ASD3200-1ASD32K00-1ASLD3200-1

ASD3300-1ASD33K00-1ASLD3300-1

2 O O X BST-010

3 X O O BST-010

4 O O X BST-010

305



ASD3100-2ASD31K00-2ASLD3100-2

ASD3200-2ASD32K00-2ASLD3200-2

ASD3300-2ASD33K00-2ASLD3300-2

2 O O X BST-010

3 X O X BST-010

4 O O X BST-010

4NC

N/D

1 O X X BST-001Knob/LeverKeyIlluminated Knob


ASD3100-1ASD31K00-1ASLD3100-1

ASD3200-1ASD32K00-1ASLD3200-1

ASD3300-1ASD33K00-1ASLD3300-1

2 X X O BST-001

3 O X X BST-001

4 X X O BST-001

314

1 O X O BST-001Knob/LeverKeyIlluminated Knob


ASD3100-2ASD31K00-2ASLD3100-2

ASD3200-2ASD32K00-2ASLD3200-2

ASD3300-2ASD33K00-2ASLD3300-2

2 X X O BST-001

3 O X O BST-001

4 X X O BST-001

1. Each operator sub-assembly is available as a “-1” and a “-2” for 3-position selector switches. The internal cam of a “-1” is different from that of a “-2”. This results in designated combinations of open and closed contacts in the various operator positions.

2. N/D = No circuit number designation required in assembled part number.3. X = On (closed contacts) O = Off (open contacts). X X Overlapping contacts remain on (closed) when switch is moved between these two positions.

Operator Truth Tables

Use the following tables to build custom selector switches.



Operator Position

Left Right

ASD200

BST-010 (NO)L O X

R O X

BST-001 (NC)L X O

R X O

BST-010S (NO-EM)L O X

R O X

BST-001S (NC-LB)L X O

R X O

3 Position Push/Pull Switches

ContactOperator Position

Pull Normal Push

AYLD22

BST-010 (NO) O O X

BST-001 (NC) X O O

BST-010S (NO-EM) O X X

BST-001S (NC-LB) X X O



Operator Position

Left Center Right

ASD300-1ASLD300-1ASD3K00-1

BST-010 (NO)L X O O

R O O X

BST-001 (NC)L O X X

R X X O

BST-010S (NO-EM)L X O O

R O O X

BST-001S (NC-LB)L O X X

R X X O


Operator Position

Left Center Right

ASD300-2ASLD300-2ASD3K00-2

BST-010 (NO)L X O X

R O O X

BST-001 (NC)L O X O

R X X O

BST-010S (NO-EM)L X O X

R O O X

BST-001S (NC-LB)L O X O

R X X O

Switc

hes

& P

ilot D

evic

esSi

gnal

ing

Ligh

tsRe

lays

& S

ocke

tsTi

mer

sCo

ntac

tors

Term

inal

Blo

cks

Circ

uit B

reak

ers


682 www.IDEC.com

Accessories — TWTD Series

TWTD Series AccessoriesItem Appearance Description/Usage Part Number

Lamp Removal Tool Rubber tool used to install or remove LED’s and incandescent lamps OR-55

Metal Bezel Replacement locking ring/bezel

Standard octagonal units (chrome-pl.). OG-81

Extended, non-illuminated (chrome-pl.). OG-82

Extended, illuminated (chrome-pl.). OG-83L

Jumbo Mushroom Shallow Shroud ABN4G

Jumbo Mushroom Deep Shroud ABN4F

Plastic Bezel Black plastic locking ring/bezel OGP11B

Boot/Cover Used to cover and protect pushbuttons

In place of j, specify Neoprene Rubber Boot color:B (black), G (green), R (red), Y (yellow) OC-11 j

Flush units (clear plastic -40˚ to +60˚C). OC-121

Extended units (clear plastic -40˚ to +60˚C). OC-122

Anti-Rotation Ring

Plastic washerFor nameplates or panels that should not be scratched. OGL-D1T

Thrust washer/Anti-rotation ring for use with notched panel cutout. OGL-D1S

Mounting Hole Plug Plugs used to fill unused 30mm panel cutouts.

Plastic with locking nut attached. OBP-11

Metal with locking nut attached OB-11

Grey rubber (-5˚ to +60˚C) OB-13

Terminal Tab Adaptor Tab #250 17/64” x 3/64” (6.35mm x 0.8mm): Single tab TW-FA1

Full Voltage Adaptor

Used on all full voltage illuminated units.Two required per unit. (M3.5 screw and saddle) APD-F

Lock Out Adaptor Used to provide lockout protection for TWTD pushbuttons and knob selectors. ø 1-13/64” (30mm) OL-KL1

Replacement Keys Pair of keys (#0) TW-SK

Switches &

Pilot Devices


SocketsTim

ersContactors

Terminal Blocks

Circuit Breakers

683800-262-IDEC (4332) • USA & Canada


Fingersafe Covers for TWTD SeriesItem Description Used with Part Number

Fingersafe terminal cover, for full voltage pilot lights, adds 3mm to overall depth APD199... full voltage pilot lights APD-PVL

Fingersafe terminal cover, for contact blocks, adds 3mm to overall depth Non-Illuminated pushbuttons ABD..., and AOD... N-VL2

Fingersafe terminal cover, adds 1.5mm to overall depth Transformer pilot lights and illuminated units N-VL3

Fingersafe terminal cover, adds 4 mm to depth Full voltage illuminated pushbuttons N-VL4

Dimensions on page 687.

Switc

hes

& P

ilot D

evic

esSi

gnal

ing

Ligh

tsRe

lays

& S

ocke

tsTi

mer

sCo

ntac

tors

Term

inal

Blo

cks

Circ

uit B

reak

ers


684 www.IDEC.com

Nameplates — TWTD Series

FaceplatesNALD NAKD NAQD HNAV

Dimensions

1.85

" (47

.5m

m)

Ø1.19" (30.5mm)

1.56" (40mm)

2.24

" (57

.5m

m)

Ø1.19" (30.5mm)

2.03" (52mm)

1.95

" (50

mm

)

Ø1.19" (30.5mm)

1.95" (50mm)

5mm

ø60m

m 30.5mm

Description Part Number

Nameplate(blank)

NALD-B (black)NALD-R (red)

NAKD-B (black)NAKD-R (red)

NAQD-B (black)NAQD-R (red) HNAV-O

Nameplate(engraved) NALD-j NAKD-j NAQD-j HNAV-27 “Emergency Stop”

1. Nameplates are made of 0.031” aluminum. Lettering is white letters engraved on black background.2. In place of j, insert either the standard legend code from table below or custom engraving delimited by “ “.3. HNAV available in yellow only.



AUTOCLOSEDOWNEMERG.STOP*FASTFORWARDHANDHIGHININCHJOGLOWLOWEROFFON

101102103104105106107108109110111112113114115

OPENOUTRAISERESETREVERSERUNSLOWSTARTSTOP*STOPTESTUPI (Int’l On)O (Int’l Off)EMO

116117118119120121122123124125126127150151152


201202203204205206207208209210211212213214215

REV-FORRUN-JOGRUN-SAFESAFE-RUNSLOW-FASTSTART-STOPSTOP-STARTUP-DOWN

216217218219220221222223


301302303304305306307308309310311312313314315316317

1. *Available in Red as standard legend code 104 and 124. To order engraved nameplate and codes, add legend code to nameplate part number.

Character height based on the number of characters, space and size of nameplate. Standard character size is 3/16”. 2. Nameplates with standard legends are the same list price as blank nameplates. Special engravings, additional cost.

To specify engraving instructions, use the Nameplate order form on next page.

Switches &

Pilot Devices


SocketsTim

ersContactors

Terminal Blocks

Circuit Breakers

685800-262-IDEC (4332) • USA & Canada


Custom engraved Nameplates Order Form — TWTD Series

Copy this order form and use it to specify Letter Height, Custom Engravings, Location of Engraving on Nameplate, and Quantity Desired. To ensure engraving accuracy, fax it to your IDEC representative. or Distributor.

Your Company Name: _________________________________________

Your Name: _________________________________________

Telephone: _________________________________________

Fax & Email: _________________________________________

IDEC Rep/Distributor Contact: _________________________________

PO number (if known): _________________________________

IDEC Rep/Distributor Phone: _________________________________

IDEC Rep/Distributor Fax & Email: _________________________________

NALD Nameplate

EngravingLocation

Step 1. Choose Letter Size - 7/64” or 1/8”.

Check the box for the letter size you want. Then write your lettering in box below checkboxes. Note: 1/8” size let-ters cannot exceed 13 characters.

Step 2. Specify Quantity.

Qty

Enter the number of nameplates desired in the box on the right.

Sample Letter Sizes

7/64” Letters:

1/8” Letters:

7/64” Letter Size

11 characters max (for 7/64” size letters)

1/8” Letter Size


1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16

NAKD Nameplate

EngravingLocation


Check the box for the letter size you want. Then write your lettering in box below checkboxes. Note: 1/8” size letters cannot exceed 9 characters.

Step 2. Specify Quantity.

Qty


1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17

Sample Letter Sizes

1/8” Letters:

NAQD Nameplate

EngravingLocation


Check the box for the letter size you want. Then write your lettering in box below checkboxes. Note: 1/8” size letters cannot exceed 16 characters.

7/64” Letter Size


1/8” Letter Size


1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20Step 2. Specify Quantity.

Qty


Sample Letter Sizes

3/32” Letters:

1/8” Letters:

Switc

hes

& P

ilot D

evic

esSi

gnal

ing

Ligh

tsRe

lays

& S

ocke

tsTi

mer

sCo

ntac

tors

Term

inal

Blo

cks

Circ

uit B

reak

ers


686 www.IDEC.com

Switch Engraving Order Form – TWTD Series

Copy this order form and use it to specify Letter Height, Maximum Number of Lines and Text to be engraved.

To insure engraving accuracy, fax it to your IDEC representative or Distributor.

Your Company: Telephone:

Name: Fax:

Address: Email:

PO: Part Number to be Engraved:

Please check one of the boxes below to indicate your choice of engraving options:

SquareSwitch

65mmJumbo

Mushroom


Engraving Area 1

Engraving

Area 2†

# of Lines

Letter Height


# of Lines

Letter Height


# of Lines

Letter Height


15/32 7

13/4 4

Engraving Area 1 1

5/32 5

1/8 8 5/16 5 1/8 5

25/32 7

2

5/16 5 Engraving Area 2 1

5/32 7

1/8 8 1/4 6 1/8 7

3 1/8 8 5/32 8

1. Above mentioned specifications hold true for standard size push-buttons (round and square).

2. †Engraving Area 2 can be engraved for 40mm mushroom head non-Illuminated pushbutton only.

3. Engraving is done on the button itself for non-Illuminated push but-tons and on marking plate for illuminated push buttons and pilot lights.

4. Please enter text exactly how you want it engraved, take care to emphasize capital or small letters.

4 Custom* 3

5/32 8

*Engraving is possible, but character size will be smaller than standard sizes. 1/8 9

RoundSwitch 4 1/8 9

# of Lines

Letter Height


Enter text to be engraved:

Line 1:

Line 2:

Line 3:

Line 4:

Sample Letter Sizes

1/8 Letters:

5/32 Letters:

All engraving is 5/8mm wide.

15/32 7

1/8 8

25/32 7

1/8 8

3 1/8 8

4 Custom*

*Engraving is possible, but character size will be smaller than standard sizes.

For IDEC Internal Use Only:

Work Order #:

Switches &

Pilot Devices


SocketsTim

ersContactors

Terminal Blocks

Circuit Breakers

687800-262-IDEC (4332) • USA & Canada


Dimensions (mm)

Pushbutton

5.5 23

9


ø35

40

ø25

ø40

14.553 (1 or 2blocks)

76 (3 or 4 blocks)

M3.5 Terminal Screw Pushbuttons Dimension A Dimension B

Flush Extended Extended w/Full Shroud

0.351” (9mm)0.566” (14.5mm)0.663” (17mm)

ø 0.975” (25mm)ø 0.975”(25mm)

ø 1.11” (28.5mm)

Mushroom Mushroom w/Full Shroud Jumbo Mushroomø 1.56” (40mm)

0.858” (22mm)0.936” (24mm)1.13” (29mm)

ø 1.56” (40mm)ø 1.87” (48mm)ø 2.54” (65mm)

Mushroom, Pushlock Turn Reset and Push-Pullø 1.56” (40mm)

*0.975” (25mm)**0.975” (25mm)

ø 1.56” (40mm)ø 1.56” (40mm)

*Dimension when operator is in reset position.**Dimension when operator is in pull position.

Mushroom Pushbutton w/Full ShroudM3.5 Terminal Screw

5.5 23 40

ø40

53 (1 or 2blocks)

76 (3 or 4 blocks)22

ø40


Illuminated Pushbuttonsw/Transformer M3.5 Terminal Screw

ø35

9

97.5 (2 blocks)120.5 (4 blocks)

A


40

ø40

M3 Terminal Screw

B

Full Voltage

63 (2 blocks)

M3 Terminal Screw

ø24

ø35

23

86 (4 blocks)

9

24

5.5

Panel Thickness 0.8 to 7.5M3.5 Terminal Screw

40

ø40

Illuminated Pushbuttons Dimension A Dimension B

Flush w/Full Shroud 0.975” (25mm)0.995” (25.5mm)

ø 0.936” (24mm)ø 0.936” (24mm)

Extended w/Full Shroud 0.741” (19mm)0.761” (19.5mm)

ø 0.936” (24mm)ø 0.936” (24mm)

ø 1.56” (40mm) Mushroom Pushlock Turn Reset, Push-Pull

*0.975” (25mm)**0.975” (25mm)

ø 1.56” (40mm)ø 1.56” (40mm)

*Dimension when operator is in reset position.**Dimension when operator is in pull position.

Pilot Lights

A:29.5 9B:64.5 22

40

ø25

ø35

ø40

M3.5 TerminalScrew

M3.5 TerminalScrew


Selector Switches

Knob Lever Key

M3.5 Terminal Screw

405.5 23

ø35

53 (1 or 2blocks)

76 (4 blocks)

21

ø40

90

45 45


M3.5 Terminal Screw

40

5.5 23

ø35

53 (1 or 2blocks)

76 (4 blocks)21.5

ø40

90

45 45


M3.5 Terminal Screw

40

5.5 23

ø35

53 (1 or 2blocks)

76 (4 blocks)

ø40

9

16.5

38

90

45 45


Illuminated Knob

40

ø40

235.5

28

9

ø35

ø25

M3.5 Terminal Screws

M3 Terminal Screw

63 (2 blocks)A: 86 (4 blocks)

B: 97.5 (2 blocks), 120.5 (4 blocks)


(including nameplate)

90

45 45

Switc

hes

& P

ilot D

evic

esSi

gnal

ing

Ligh

tsRe

lays

& S

ocke

tsTi

mer

sCo

ntac

tors

Term

inal

Blo

cks

Circ

uit B

reak

ers


688 www.IDEC.com

Selector Switches Panel Cut-Out

Ø 0.195" (5mm)

Ø 1.20" (30.5mm)

> 1.95" (50mm)*

1.64" (42mm)

1. *Jumbo Mushroom < 2.61” (66mm)2. Minimum mounting centers are applicable to switches with one

stack of contact blocks. When mounting two stacks of contact blocks, minimum centers should allow for access to wiring.

3. The ø 0.195” (ø 5mm) recess is necessary when either the nameplate or anti-rotation ring is used.

IlluminatedSelector Switches

OL-KL1Lock-Out Adaptor

OC-31Pushbutton Clear Boot

OGL-31Anti-Rotation Ring

OB-31Mounting Hole Rubber Plug

Waterproof Rubber

Gasket 0.5t

24

Key Hole ø8

30

70

ø50

ø30.2

93

29.5

30

R66.5

Panel Thickness

0.8 to 3.2

82.5

22 (OC-32)18 (OC-31)

ø32.

6

ø22 ø27.4

10.2

0.8

ø29

ø25 3.5

3.5

Finger-Safe Cover

N-VL2 N-VL3 N-VL4

APD-PVL

Switches &

Pilot Devices


SocketsTim

ersContactors

Terminal Blocks

Circuit Breakers

689800-262-IDEC (4332) • USA & Canada



Adjustment for Panel Thickness

Each unit is shipped with several waterproof gaskets which are 0.06” (1.5mm) and 0.12” (3mm) thick. Combine the gaskets for a dimension approximately equal to panel thickness and install between the bezel and the body of the unit.

A trim washer must be used with a thrust washer or a nameplate to prevent the control unit from rotating in the mounting hole. When using anti-rotation rings (trim washer with thrust washer or nameplate), install as shown below.

Selector Switches

The operator shaft of each unit has a recess to identify in which direction to install the handle. Align the handle with the recess. Press color insert (TW-HC1) into the Standard Operating Positions.

Standard Operation Positions2-Position, 90° 3-Position, 45°

1 2 1 2

0

Non-Illuminated 3-Position Operators

1 20 1

2

0

1

2

0

Installation of TWTD Series UnitsTWTD Pilot Lights

TWTD Illuminated PushbuttonsTWTD Selector Switches(Transformer or Full Voltage)

Terminal X1 = PositiveTerminal X2 = Negative

Installation of LED Illuminated Units

Transformer units are recommended for use in areas subjected to inductive noise. When using full voltage types, install a protection diode as shown below. Use diode with DC power supply to protect against surges and noise.

Make sure that LED illuminated units are installed with correct polarity, as indicated at the terminals.

Application Example For Push-To-Test Pilot Light

A typical application of illuminated pushbuttons is a push-to-test pilot light which can be used to check the lamp/LED circuit.

Transformer/AC-Adapter Circuit

Full Voltage Circuit

Switc

hes

& P

ilot D

evic

esSi

gnal

ing

Ligh

tsRe

lays

& S

ocke

tsTi

mer

sCo

ntac

tors

Term

inal

Blo

cks

Circ

uit B

reak

ers

ø30mm - CS Series Switches & Pilot Devices

690 www.IDEC.com

CS Series — Heavy Duty Cam Switches

Key features:• Wide variety of heavy-duty oiltight cam switches• Operators available up to 12 positions • Switches made with a double circuit contact block• Contact blocks rated 600V, 10A• Ideal for ammeter/voltmeter applications• Built to order — not available in subcomponents• UL listed and CSA certified • Type 4, 13



Contact RatingsRated Thermal Current 10A

AC Break Current 120V/5A 240V/3A 480V/2A 600V/1A

DC

Resistive Break Current 24V/8A 110V/8A 220V/1A 440V/0.45A

InductiveBreak Current 24V/5A 110V/1.2A 220V/0.45A 440V/0.20A

Make Current (A) Rated amperage x 1.1

Electrical Life 500,000 operations minimum (at full rated load)

Mechanical Life 5,000,000 (at no load)

CS SeriesOperator

Series Style Cam Angle Position Maximum Contacts To Be

Mounted Handle Styles

ACSNO

30º Up to 12

1 to 10 decks;Up to 20 contacts YB, SB, PB, FB

45º Up to 8

60º Up to 6

90º Up to 4

ACSNK

30º Up to 12

1 to 10 decks;Up to 20 contacts

HB or standard key

45º Up to 8

60º Up to 6

90º Up to 4

UCSQO

30º Up to 12

1 to 10 decks;Up to 20 contacts YB, SB, PB, FB

45º Up to 8

60º Up to 6

90º Up to 4

UCSQM45º

Spring return

Only 3 1 to 3 decks;Up to 6 contacts YB, SB, PB, FB

1. Do not use spring return (SR) for more than six contacts.2. Two identical keys come with ACSNK unit. Specify “H” for handle key option.3. For handle styles, see page 695.

Switches &

Pilot Devices


SocketsTim

ersContactors

Terminal Blocks

Circuit Breakers

691800-262-IDEC (4332) • USA & Canada

ø30mm - CS SeriesSwitches & Pilot Devices



ACSNO – 3 6 6 – ( ) SB – C3013

Series

ACSNO = Standard Cam Switch (30mm) ACSNK = Key Cam Switch (30mm) UCSQO = Cam Switch (5 hole mounting) UCSQM = 3 Position Spring Return Cam Switch (5 hole mounting)

Number of Levels (Decks)

1 through 10Note: One level contains two independent contacts.*

Number of Positions

2 through 12

Angle

3 = 30° (12 position max) 4 = 45° (8 position max) 6 = 60° (6 position max) 9 = 90° (4 position max)

Contact Arrangement

1. For standard contact arrange-ments, use designations on page 642.

2. For custom contact arrangements, omit contact arrangement des-ignation and complete the blank order form on page 694.

Handle

YB = Knob, Small SB = Lever, Small PB = Lever, Large FB = Knob, Large HB = Handle Key (ACSNK only) Blank = Standard Key (ACSNK only)


Blank: Maintained RO = Spring return from left (2, 3 or 4position, 45° only) OR = Spring return from right (2, 3 or 4 position, 45° only) RR = Return from right and left (3 pos, 45° only)

1. *Contact blocks may contain two independent contacts, (a four position switch with four independent contacts only requires two contact blocks).2. *Caution: switches with 180° or more of rotation may require separate blocks for each contact due to cam overlapping. 3. Key retainable in every 45º position (45, 90, 180, 225, 270, 315, 360).

Switc

hes

& P

ilot D

evic

esSi

gnal

ing

Ligh

tsRe

lays

& S

ocke

tsTi

mer

sCo

ntac

tors

Term

inal

Blo

cks

Circ

uit B

reak

ers


692 www.IDEC.com

Contact Arrangements

Standard Arrangements

Terminal Numbers

3

1

4

2

1 2

Position Numbers

C-1001 C-1002 C-1014 C-1005 C-1008

3

1

4

2

1 2

3

1

4

2

1 2

3

1

4

2

1 2

3

1

4

2

1 2 3

3

1

4

2

C-2001 C-2002 C-2006 C-2004 C-2008 C-2009 C-2027

7

5

3

1

8

6

4

2

1 2

7

5

3

1

8

6

4

2

1 2

7

5

3

1

8

6

4

2

7

5

3

1

8

6

4

2

1 2 3

7

5

3

1

8

6

4

2

1 2 3 4

7

5

3

1

8

6

4

2

1 2 3 4

7

5

3

1

8

6

4

2

1 2 3 4 5

C-3001 C-3002 C-3005 C-3013 C-3016

11

9

7

5

3

1

1 2

12

10

8

6

4

2

11

9

7

5

3

1

1 2 3

12

10

8

6

4

2

11

9

7

5

3

1

1 2 3

12

10

8

6

4

2

11

9

7

5

3

1

12

10

8

6

4

2

1 2 3 4 5 6

11

9

7

5

3

1

12

10

8

6

4

2

1 2 3 4 5

C-4001 C-4002

15

13

11

9

7

5

3

1

16

14

12

10

8

6

4

2

1 2 3 4

15

13

11

9

7

5

3

1

16

14

12

10

8

6

4

2

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

C-5001 C-6001 C-6002

19

17

15

13

11

9

7

5

3

1

20

18

16

14

12

10

8

6

4

2

1 2 3

23

21

19

17

15

13

11

9

7

5

3

1

24

22

20

18

16

14

12

10

8

6

4

2

1 2 3 4

23

21

19

17

15

13

11

9

7

5

3

1

24

22

20

18

16

14

12

10

8

6

4

2

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12

Switches &

Pilot Devices


SocketsTim

ersContactors

Terminal Blocks

Circuit Breakers

693800-262-IDEC (4332) • USA & Canada


Contact Arrangements continued

Ammeter Switching

C-1012 C-4007

R S T

CT

O R S T15

13

11

9

7

5

3

1

16

14

12

10

8

6

4

2

CS

E

A

C-4003 C-6003

R S T

CT

O R S T15

13

11

9

7

5

3

1

16

14

12

10

8

6

4

2

ACS

E

CT

O R S T23

21

19

17

15

13

11

9

7

5

3

1

24

22

20

18

16

14

12

10

8

6

4

2

R S T ACS

E

Voltmeter Switching

C-2022 C-3008

R S T EPT 7

5

3

1

8

6

4

23ø-4W

VCS

O

PT

ST TR11

9

7

5

3

1

12

10

8

6

4

2

R S T

CSRS V

C-3009 C-3007

R S T E

PT

11

9

7

5

3

1

12

10

8

6

4

2

VCS

3ø-4W

Switc

hes

& P

ilot D

evic

esSi

gnal

ing

Ligh

tsRe

lays

& S

ocke

tsTi

mer

sCo

ntac

tors

Term

inal

Blo

cks

Circ

uit B

reak

ers


694 www.IDEC.com

Order Form (Custom Contact Arrangement)

( )

Series

ACSNO ACSNK UCSQO UCSQM

*Note: One Deck can drive two independent contacts.

Number of PositionsUnit Angle Positions

ACSNOACSNK*UCSQO

30° only 9, 10, 11, 12

30° or 45° only 7 or 8

30°, 45° or 60° 5 or 6

30°, 45°, 60°, 90° 2, 3, or 4

UCSQM 45° only 3 only

* ACSNK keys only remove at 45°.

*Number of Decks

Specify Qty = 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, or 10

Angle

3 = 30º 4 = 45º 6 = 60º 9 = 90º

Spring Return

Blank = Maintained RO = Spring return from left (3 or 4 position, 45º) OR = Spring return from right (3 or 4 position, 45º) RR = Return from right and left (3 position, 45º)

UCSQM is available in spring-return version only.

Handle ACSNO, UCSQO, UCSQM:

YB = Knob, Small SB = Lever, Small PB = Lever, Large FB = Knob, Large

ACSNK:

HB = Handle Key (option) Blank = Standard Key

For handle styles, see page 695.

Contact Arrangement Table

Cams Terminal Numbers

Position1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12

Deck 11 and 23 and 4


Deck 39 and 10

11 and 12








To specify non-standard arrangements (designation not on preceding pages), fill in this table using the following symbols.X = Closed contact (break before make) O = Open contact X X = Overlapping contact (remain on when switch is moved between two positions)

Specifying Nameplate (Optional)

30º 1

11

1 2 2

22

33

33

4

4

4

4

55

5

6

66

7

8

789

1011

12 45º 1

11

1 2 2

22

33

33

4

4

4

4

55

5

6

66

7

8

789

1011

12

60º

1

11

1 2 2

22

33

33

4

4

4

4

55

5

6

66

7

8

789

1011

12

90º

1

11

1 2 2

22

33

33

4

4

4

4

55

5

6

66

7

8

789

1011

12

Specifying Legends Position

1 _______________________________

2 _______________________________

3 _______________________________

4 _______________________________

5 _______________________________

6 _______________________________

If no engraving information is provided, a blank nameplate will be supplied.

1 _______________________________

2 _______________________________

3 _______________________________

4 _______________________________

5 _______________________________

6

Switches &

Pilot Devices


SocketsTim

ersContactors

Terminal Blocks

Circuit Breakers

695800-262-IDEC (4332) • USA & Canada


Accessories — CS Series

Replacement Handles

Part Number CSH-YB CSH-SB CSH-PB CSH-FB CSH-H2B

Dimensions 0.79”D x 1.61”H 0.79”D x 1.97”H 1.58”D x 1.97”H 1.58”D x Ø 1.97” 0.95”D x 2.28”H

Applicable Models ACSNO, UCSQO, UCSQM ACSNK

Replacement Nameplates

Size & Shapeq 2.52” (64mm)Black Aluminum

Part Number CQ CQM CQN

Applicable Models UCSQO UCSQM ACSNO, ACSNK

1. Extra cost for engraving, 3/16” min. letter height, Legends maximum ten characters. 2. Blank nameplates are supplied with all cam switches (they need not be ordered separately).

Wiring ClipsPart Number Contact Block Jumpers

CJ-1

Between decks

CJ-2

Same deck

Replacement KeysPart Number Description

K301

Pair of keys (#301)

Switc

hes

& P

ilot D

evic

esSi

gnal

ing

Ligh

tsRe

lays

& S

ocke

tsTi

mer

sCo

ntac

tors

Term

inal

Blo

cks

Circ

uit B

reak

ers


696 www.IDEC.com

Dimensions/Terminal Arrangements/Mounting Holes

ACSNO

* Spring Return: 44Maintained: 42N: Number of Contact Blocks

M3.5 Terminal Screw

47 47

52

( S2

Hand

le)


2 9 12

12N+9 * 30.7

52

50

Terminal Arrangement

47

Mounting Holes

R0.8 max.

ø30.5(ACSNO/ACSNK)

+0.5 0

0+0.2

+0.50

4.8

33

UCSQOUCSQM

4-ø4.5

48

48

ø13

ACSNK

47 47

2 9 12

12N+9

52 52

35

30

M3.5 Terminal Screw Panel Thickness 0.8 to 6

*


UCSQO

M3.5 TerminalScrew

(Y2

Hand

le)

4-M4 Screw

2 9 12

52

12N+9 * 7 25

70

64

41

Panel Thickness7.0 max.

48

46.4


UCSQM

M3.5 TerminalScrew

( P2

Han

dle)

4-M4 Screw

2 9 12

12N+9

52

7 70

64

50

Panel Thickness 7.0 max.

31 43

48

N: Number of Contact Blocks

46.4

Switches &

Pilot Devices


SocketsTim

ersContactors

Terminal Blocks

Circuit Breakers

697800-262-IDEC (4332) • USA & Canada

ø30mm - ARN SeriesSwitches & Pilot Devices

ARN Series — Mono-Lever Switches

Key features:• Mono-Lever Switches Ø 1-13/64” (30mm) • Contact Blocks Rated for 600V, 10A• Available in 2–, 3–, and 4–positions.• Maintained and spring-return modes available.• Models available with interlock mechanism to prevent inadvertent actuation.



SpecificationsOperating Temperature -25˚to 50˚C (without freezing)

Insulation Resistance 100MΩ

Contact Rating

Rated Voltage: Current

110VDC: 3A24V AC/DC: 10A120VAC: 10A240VAC: 6A480VAC: 2A600VAC: 1A

Insulation Voltage 600V AC/DC

Rated Thermal Current 10A

Electrical Life Over 500,000 operations

Part Numbering Guide (Assembled)

ARN 4 – 1012 – 10.00.02.11

j Style k Number of Contact Blocks

l Lever Action

m Contact Arrangement

Description Code Remarks

j Style

Standard Lever ARN

Interlocking lever prevents inadvertent operation.Short Lever ARNS

Interlocking Lever ARNL

k No. of Contact Blocks —

1

Each contact block contains two independent contacts.2

3

4

l Lever Action

Blocked 0Specify in this order: Up.Right.Down.LeftMaintained 1

Spring Return 2

m Contact Arrangement

No contacts 00

Specify the number of contacts to be activated in all active (non-blocked) positions: Up.Right.Down.LeftFor blocked positions use code: 00

1 NO contact 10

1 NC contact 01

1 NO and 1 NC contact 11

2 NO contacts 20

Switc

hes

& P

ilot D

evic

esSi

gnal

ing

Ligh

tsRe

lays

& S

ocke

tsTi

mer

sCo

ntac

tors

Term

inal

Blo

cks

Circ

uit B

reak

ers

ø30mm - ARN Series Switches & Pilot Devices

698 www.IDEC.com

Mono-Lever Switches (Sub-Assembled)

Contact Blocks + Operator = Complete Part

Standard Mono-Lever OperatorsStyle Lever Operation Mode Part Number

Standard Lever

2-Position manual return3-Position manual return4-Position manual return

ARN0-1010-BARN0-1110-BARN0-1111-B

2-Position spring return3-Position spring return4-Position spring return

ARN0-2020-BARN0-2220-BARN0-2222-B

Short Lever


ARNS0-1010-BARNS0-1110-BARNS0-1111-B


ARNS0-2020-BARNS0-2220-BARNS0-2222-B

Interlocking Lever


ARNL0-1010-BARNL0-1110-BARNL0-1111-B


ARNL0-2020-BARNL0-2220-BARNL0-2222-B

Contact BlocksStyle Contact Arrangement Part Number

2NO contacts1NO & 1NC contact2NC contacts1NO early make contact

BR-1EBR-2EBR-3EBR-1EM

To calculate the number of contact blocks required, add the number of NO and NC contacts on each pair of adjoining positions (up + right, right + down, down + left, and left + up). The largest of the four sums is the number of contact blocks required. Up to four contact blocks can be mounted.

Replacement PartsStyle Part Number

Bellows

ARN0, ARNS0(standard & short lever) ARN-BL

ARNL0 (Interlocking)

ARNL-BL(comes in 2 pieces)

Knob (ball) All Models Knob (ball) ARNB-B

Switches &

Pilot Devices


SocketsTim

ersContactors

Terminal Blocks

Circuit Breakers

699800-262-IDEC (4332) • USA & Canada

ø30mm - ARN SeriesSwitches & Pilot Devices

Dimensions — ARN Series

ARNO

30

M3.5 TerminalScrew

6 23

1 block: 47, 2 blocks: 703 blocks: 93, 4 blocks: 116


51

51

ø42

30

ø22

83

ARNSO

30

6 23

63 51

51

ø42

30

M3.5 TerminalScrew


ø22


ARNLO30

°

6 2351

51ø42

30°

ø22

83

M3.5 TerminalScrew Panel Thickness 0.8 to 6


ARNO ARNSO ARNLO

R0.8 max.

0+0.5

0+0.2

+0.5 0

4.8

33

ø30.5

Switc

hes

& P

ilot D

evic

esSi

gnal

ing

Ligh

tsRe

lays

& S

ocke

tsTi

mer

sCo

ntac

tors

Term

inal

Blo

cks

Circ

uit B

reak

ers

Switches & Pilot Devices

700 www.IDEC.com

Switches & Pilot Devices - REM-Technik · Selector Switch, Key Switch, E-Stop, Mono-Lever 549 TW...

Documents

Transcript of Switches & Pilot Devices - REM-Technik · Selector Switch, Key Switch, E-Stop, Mono-Lever 549 TW...